Adams v. Bell Motion For Further Relief 5-82 (Folder)
Working File
May, 1982

199 pages
Cite this item
-
Division of Legal Information and Community Service, Education - Higher Education. Adams v. Bell Motion For Further Relief 5-82 (Folder), 1982. 30bb11e5-739b-ef11-8a69-6045bddc2d97. LDF Archives, Thurgood Marshall Institute. https://ldfrecollection.org/archives/archives-search/archives-item/91d14fa0-5d3d-4b25-975b-76aa08f282fb/adams-v-bell-motion-for-further-relief-5-82-folder. Accessed August 06, 2025.
Copied!
UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUiMBIA KENNETH ADAiMS / et ^ , Plaintiffs, V . TERREL H. BELL, et al,, Defendants. Civil Action No. 70-3095 DEFENDANTS' POINTS AND AUTHORITIES IN OPPOSITION TO PLAINTIFFS' MOTION FOR FURTHER RELIEF Introduction Title VI of the 1964 Civil Rights Act prohibits, inter alia, the granting of federal aid to public higher education systems which have not desegregated. In 1978, the Department of Health, Education and Welfare (HEW) (a predecessor of the Department of Education) adopted guidelines, the Revised Criteria Specifying the Ingredients of Acceptable Plans to Desegregate State Systems of Public Higher Education, 43 Fed. Reg. 6658 (1978) (Criteria), to assist states in preparing acceptable plans for the desegregation of their formerly ^ jure segregated higher education systems. See Adams v. Califano, 430 F. Supp. 118, 121 (D.D.C. 1977). The Criteria enumerate the goals and commitments that HEW, in consul tation with various groups and organizations — including the plaintiffs here — concluded should be contained in those plans. Since 1978, the Office for Civil Rights (OCR) has applied the Criteria in accepting state plans for desegregation. In 1978 or 1979, HEW accepted the plans submitted by the States of Arkansas, */Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, Oklahoma, and Virginia." Since January, 1981, OCR has accepted plans submitted by the States of Delaware, Missouri, and West Virginia, and •k "k ^ conditionally accepted a plan from Kentucky. Following acceptance of each of these state plans for desegregation of higher education systems, the Office for Civil Rights of the Department of Education (Education) has monitored implementation of those plans to ensure that the goal of desegregation of V These are referred to as the "first tier" states. Included within that group is the State of Pennsylvania, from which no plan has been accepted yet. **/ These are referred to the "second tier" states. Another second tier state is Texas, which is discussed below. state public higher education systems is .achieved in an effective and meaningful manner within each state system. The experience of OCR over the past four years has shown that applying and implementing the Criteria has been a complex, diffi cult and time-consuming process. Each state has presented a unique situation, in terms of the nature of the violation to be remedied, the structure of the state system, and many other relevant factors. OCR has striven to apply the Criteria in a meaningful and effective way, consistent with each state's unique si tuation. Despite OCR's strenuous efforts to achieve desegregation of state higher education institutions within the context of these various state systems, plaintiffs have moved for further relief in this area, alleging that Education is not properly applying or enforcing the Criteria. Plaintiffs raise two related claims. First, they allege that the desegregation plans accepted from the "second tier" states do not meet the Criteria. Second, they allege that Education has failed to impose sanctions where the "first tier" states have failed to implement their plans pursuant to the Criteria. As relief, plaintiffs request this court to order defendants to "implement the desegregation guidelines and timetables mandated by the Criteria" and to "initiate enforcement proceedings, where necessary, with respect to those states which are defiant or perenially [sic] recalcitrant." Plaintiffs' Motion for Further Relief (Motion) at 44. Despite Education's good faith and responsible efforts to apply flexibly the Criteria in accepting and monitoring state plans for desegregation to meet the unique needs of each state, plaintiffs ask this Court to undertake what would necessarily be an extraordinarily sweeping and detailed review of enumerable exercises of administrative discretion in complex, state-wide cases involving ten states. Based on selected, skeletal statis tics and isolated factual anecdotes, plaintiffs seek a ruling that the plans for each of five states are inadequate and must be renegotiated. They also request this Court to find that five - 2 - other states are not implementing their desegregation plans and to order the Department of Education to institute enforcement pro ceedings against those five states. This wide-ranging interven tion into the difficult process of achieving desegregation is not justified. Plaintiffs' motion should be denied. From their inception, the Criteria were understood to be guidelines to be applied in a flexible manner consistent with the unique circumstances of particular states. Application of the Criteria in accepting a desegregation plan requires a detailed understanding of the problems, structure and possible solutions of each state's higher education system. Monitoring of state desegregation plans requires this same level of understanding, as well as the exercise of judgment concerning the delicate and complex decisions of degrees of compliance. Monitoring entails making judgments concerning the relative value of additional efforts at voluntary compliance. OCR has attempted through negotiations to work with states to further desegregation and ensure compliance with accepted plans. Where OCR has determined that such efforts are insufficient, it has taken further steps: initiated enforcement proceedings (North Carolina); referred cases for enforcement to the Department of Justice (Ohio and Alabama); and formally notified States of deficiencies in the implementation of previously accepted plans (Florida and Virginia), Achieving desegregation of higher education systems requires time and much mutual effort on the part of OCR and the states. Indeed, both the States and OCR, have operated under the belief that it was necessary to allow five years for the major objectives of the plans to be achieved and that the end of that five year period is the m.ost appropriate time to determine the success of the plans. For the first tier states (Virginia, Oklahoma, Georgia, Florida and Arkansas), the five year period expires at - 3 - the completion of the 1982-1983 school year. OCR is prepared to review thoroughly the compliance status of these states at the end of the five year period, and to seek further remedies where necessary. DISCUSSION I. The Criteria Provide Specific and Effective Guidance to the States in Achieving Desegregation of Their Higher Education System but Do Not Have the Force and Effect of Law. The Criteria were issued to provide guidance to formerly de jure segregated state higher education systems developing desegregation plans.' the Criteria: As stated in the introduction to HEW has determined that the criteria provide specific and effective guidance to the States and at the same time are sufficiently flexible to provide for circumstances which may vary from state to state. 43 Fed. Reg. 6658 (1978). The Criteria were thus designed to aid in devising plans that would be effective in achieving the desegregation of the system. 43 Fed. Reg. 6659 (1978) . As the Fourth Circuit noted, prior to the issuance of the higher education guidelines. Title VI required negotiations seeking voluntary compliance as an initial step and that the issuance of "'compliance guidelines' or instructions . . . [would] assist in voluntary compliance and . . . negotiations. . . . " Mayor and City Council of Baltimore v. Mathews, 562 F.2d 914, 922 (4th Cir, 1977), withdrawn, 571 F.2d 1272, cert, denied, 439 U.S. 862 (1978) . Because desegregation problems in colleges and universities differ widely from those encountered in elementary and secondary schools, the Court of Appeals recognized, in 1973, the need for HEW to formulate separate guidelines for the desegregation of statewide systems of higher education. Adams v. Richardson, 480 F.2d 1159 , 1164 (D.C. Cir. 1973). This Court -subsequently ordered HEW to "develop final guidelines or criteria specifying the ingredients of an acceptable higher education desegregation plan within 90 days." Adams v. Califano, 430 F. Supp. 118, 121 (D.D.C. 1977). Pursuant to that order, HEW developed and filed, on July 5, 1977, the Criteria Specifying the Ingredients of Acceptable Plans to Desegregate State Systems of Public Higher Education. One month later, these criteria were amended to take into account suggestions from the states and, in 1978, the Revised Criteria Specifying the Ingredients of Acceptable Plans to Desegregate State Systems of Public Higher Education, 43 Fed. Reg. 6658 (1978) (Criteria), were published. - 4 - Indeed, in issuing the Criteria, David Tatel, then Director of OCR, noted that "[t]he goals [of the Criteria] are established as indices by which to measure progress toward the objective of eliminating the effects of unconstitutional de jure racial segre gation. . . 43 Fed. Reg. 6659. Noting that "[t]hese goals are not quotas . . ."Mr. Tatel wrote that "[flailure to achieve a goal is not sufficient evidence, standing alone, to establish a violation of Title VI." M. It was always intended that OCR would have the authority under the Criteria to "modify the goals and timetables." Id. The Criteria were not intended to operate as regulations with the force and effect of law, nor were they promulgated as regula tions pursuant to the procedural requirements of the Administra tive Procedure Act (APA) , 5 U.S.C. 551 e_t sea., or published for comment as a "proposed rule" in the Federal Register. Neither this Court nor the Court of Appeals has mandated otherwise. Indeed, both the Court of Appeals and this Court consistently */referred to the need for "guidelines" in this area.” Viewing the Criteria as non-mandatory guidelines, rather than regulations subject to mechanical application, is consistent with the manner in which the courts and Education" have V The Court of Appeals said "HEW has not yet formulated guide lines for desegregating state systems of higher learning." Adams V. Richardson, 480 F.2d at 1164. This Court remarked that HEW should "develop final guidelines or criteria." Adams v. Califano, 430 F. Supp. at 120. **/ It is well settled that the agency's interpretation should be deemed a prime consideration when determining whether rules such as the Criteria are guidelines or substantive regulations. Daughters of Miriam Center v. Mathews, 590 F.2d 1250, 1255-56 n. 9 (3d Cir. 1978); Haddon Township Board of Education v. New Jersev Department of Education, 476 F. Supp. 681, 693 (D. N.J. 1979); 1 K. Davis, Administrative Law Treatise §503 (1958 and Supps. 1970, 1976). Besides making it clear in the Criteria themselves that it considered the Criteria to be merely guidelines, the Department of Education has consistently interpreted the Criteria as guidelines and not regulations. For example, in the administrative enforce ment proceeding against North Carolina's higher education system, in which these same plaintiffs were actively involved as inter veners, Education stated on several occasions that it viewed the Criteria as guidelines and not regulations. The administrative law judge agreed and so ruled: (FOOTNOTE CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) - 5 - treated similar criteria issued in connection with elementary and secondary schools. Guidelines were issued in the elementary and secondary educa tion area to assist such systems in formulating desegregation plans. Issued prior to the higher education guidelines, the elementary and secondary school guidelines were treated by HEW and have been recognized by the courts as policy guidelines — not regulations. See "Revised Statements of Policies for School Desegregation Plans under Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964" 31 Fed. Reg. 5623 (April 1966) (1966 Guidelines); United States V. Jefferson County Board of Education, 372 F.2d 836 (5th Cir. 1966), rehearing en banc 380 F.2d 385 (1967), cert. denied, 389 U.S. 840 (1967); Alabama NAACP State Conference Branches v. Wallace, 269 F. Supp. 346 (M.D. Ala. 1967). In Jefferson County Board of Education, supra, 372 F.2d at 857-858, for example, the Fifth Circuit emphasized the distinction between HEW's "policies" and its substantive regulation imple menting Title VI — 45 C.F.R. Part 80: (Footnote continued from previous page) The history of the Criteria convinces me that neither Judge Pratt nor the government intended that they have the force, and effect of law. . . . Such guidelines or interpretations (of Title VI) are not binding on the courts — the hallmark of legislative type rulemaking. Rather, they simply "constitute a body of experience and informed judgment to which courts and litigants may properly resort for guidance." Skidmore v. Swift and Co., 323 U.S. 134, 140 (1944). In Re the State of North Carolina, et al.. No. 79 VI-1, Order Ruling on Respondents i'’totion To Dismiss Administrative Proceeding and Certifying Certain Questions To The Reviewing Authority at 7 (October 10, 1979). - 6 - The guidelines (i.e., Policies) do not purport to be a rule, regulation or order. They con^ stitute a statement of policy under Section 30.4(c) of the HEW Regulations. HEW is under no statutory compulsion to issue such statements . . . . They are not regulations requiring the approval of the President. Similarly, in Alabama NAACP State Conference Branches v. Wallace, supra, 269 F. Supp. at 351, the court stated that the 1966 Guide lines were "simply statements of policies," and "were not an exer cise of rule-making power and hence do not have the status of law. "■ The Court also noted that "school authorities may and should respect the guidelines as a reliable guide to what -k-k y the Department's enforcement action should be." W. As guidelines and not regulations issued pursuant to the APA, the Criteria do not carry the force and effect of law. See Chrysler Corp. v. Brown, 441 U.S. 281, 313-317 (1979); Brown v. Lynn, 385 F. Supp. 986, 998 (D. 111. 1974); Haddon Township Board of Ed. V. New Jersey Dept, of Ed., 476 F. Supp. 681, 691 (D. N.J. 1979). They are merely statements of policy, as contemplated by 5 U.-S.C. §553 (b) (A). As observed by the district court in North Carolina v. Dept. of H.E.W., 480 F. Supp. 929, 938 n.6 (E.D. N.C. ^7 Moreover, the status of the guidelines issued in the elemen tary and secondary area has been compared to those issued in the higher education area. Shortly before the Criteria were published in 1977, the Fourth Circuit noted that although HEW had developed and published the 1966 Guidelines, it has "failed, however, to take comparable action with respect to higher education." Mayor of Baltimore v. Mathews, 562 F.2d 914, 922 (4th Cir. 1977), with drawn , 571 F.2d 1273, cert. denied, 439 U.S. 862 (1978) (emphasis supplied). The Fourth Circuit, echoing the earlier directive of this Court, found that comparable guidelines were necessary and ordered HEW to provide "final guidelines or criteria specifying the ingredients of an acceptable higher education desegregation plan for Maryland." M. at 926. **/ In 1973, the Court of Appeals specifically referred to the Alabama NAACP case when it noted the need for guidelines in the higher education area, impliedly recognizing the guidelines as "a statement of policies." Adams v. Richardson, 480 F.2d 1159, 1164 n.9 (D.C. Cir. 1973) (en banc). - 7 - (1979), "the criteria can be adjusted to meet unique situational realities like those that confront North Carolina's higher educa tion system.... (W)e expect that the Secretary will utilize them as standards in a practical and flexible manner." II. OCR has Applied the Criteria in a Meaningful and Appropriate Manner to Each State's Unique S i t u a t i o n _______________________ A. Plans Accepted From the Second Tier States Specifically Address the Goals Set Forth in the Criteria and Provide For Each State's Particular Circumstances________________________ This Court and the Court of J^peals specifically identified several issues when addressing the problems of desegregating formerly ^ jure segregated public higher education systems. The Court of Appeals emphasized that integrating higher education "must be dealt with on a statewide rather than a school-by-school basis." Adams v. Richardson, 480 F.2d 1159, 1164 (D.C. Cir. 1973) (en banc). It stressed that the states needed to eliminate systemwide racial imbalance, to focus on increasing minority representation in professional areas, and to take into account the special problems of minority students. M. at 1164-1165. Fur ther, both the Court of Appeals in its 1973 decision and this Court in Adams v. Califano, 430 F. Supp. 118 (D.D.C. 1977), pointed out that the process of desegregation should place no greater burden upon black colleges and their students than upon white colleges. Id. at 120. This Court accordingly prescribed that HEW must "take into account the unique importance of the black colleges. . . . " when devising criteria for higher education desegregation plans. Id. These principles are reflected in the Criteria developed in 1977. They are set forth in the introduction to the Criteria: 1. The Criteria will apply to states which formerly operated ^ jure segregated (dual) systems of higher education; 2. In those states there is an affirmative duty to take affirmative remedial steps as opposed to adopting neutral and passive policies to eliminate the vestiges of the formerly dual system; 3. Those states must undertake a statewide approach with coordinated planning to produce a comprehensive, systemwide desegregation plan; 4. The desegregation plans should contain specific goals and timetables for enrollment and employment and specific commitments for the enhancement of traditionally black institutions (TBIs); 5. There are special considerations present when desegregating higher education which make that process different and more complex than desegregating elementary and secondary education; and 6. The states, in developing their plans, must take into account the unique role of the TBIs and not place disproportionate burdens on black students, faculties and institutions. Revised Criteria Specifying the Ingredients of Acceptable Plans to Desegregate State Systems of Public Higher Education, 43 F.R. 6658, 6659-6660 (Feb. 15, 1978). These principles embody the goals involved in higher educa tion desegregation. In determining whether a plan submitted by a state is acceptable, OCR examines whether the plan comports with the Criteria, as expressed in those legal principles set out above, and whether the plan has a reasonable likelihood of accomp lishing its purposes. As envisioned by the Criteria, however, OCR also examines the varying circumstances presented by each state's higher education system. When it published the Criteria, HEW recognized that they "provide specific and effective guidance to the states and at the same time, are sufficiently flexible to provide for circumstances which may vary from state to state." Criteria, supra, 45 Fed. Reg. at 6658 (Feb. 15, 1978). Of necessity, each state requires a specially tailored set of remedies. Each state system varies according to the number and size of its higher education institutions, its racial enrollment, its state racial population and other relevant institutional characteristics such as limited missions, limited program offer ings and service areas. Some states had several TBIs and signifi cant racial separation in enrollment and employment. (Declaration 55A). Other states had only one TBI. (Declaration ^5A). Some - 9 - states had black enrollment in its traditionally white institu tions (TWIs) reflecting those institutions' service areas, while other states did not. (Declaration f[5A) . The TBIs of some states were not the equal of the TWIs in such areas as their academic quality, facilities, and program breadth while the conditions at TBIs in other states required less enhancement to achieve compar ability. (Declaration J5A). Some states no longer have a systemr wide violation. (Declaration 55A). Consequently, each state is required to develop a plan that would address its particular circumstances, considering the violation(s) identified by OCR in the letter of findings (LOF) transmitted to the state. Because the circumstances and the scope of the violation in each state differ, OCR has attempted to negotiate plans consistent with the nature of each individual state system and the remedy required for the particular violation identified. This approach could and has resulted in emphasizing one aspect of the Criteria less than another, as long as similar remedial results are achieved. (Declaration ?[5B) . For instance, historically, black and white schools in the same service area offered identical programs, thereby encouraging students to make their enrollment decisions for racial reasons. (Declaration 55D). The Criteria therefore call for the elimina tion of unnecessary educational program duplication. The elimina tion of this unnecessary duplication (by eliminating, merging or specializing the programs) is designed to encourage students to enroll at the school where the program remains available instead of making their enrollment decision for racial reasons. But the Criteria also require that the unique importance of black colleges be taken into account. The Criteria recognize, therefore, the need to place new, high demand, unduplicated pro grams at the black institution. This type of flexibility permits the states some alternative in their choice of remedies. In Georgia, for example, OCR approved a plan that called for the - 10 - elimination of unnecesary program duplication in two major pro grams taught at two schools in the same city, (Declaration */fSD). However, OCR sanctioned Georgia's alternative approach of adding attractive, high demand programs -- without "eliminating" existing "duplication" — at its two other black institutions. Similarly, in the state plan accepted by OCR for South Carolina, the State promised to create no further program duplica tion and to enhance the TBI so that in five years, twenty-five percent of the students at the TBI would be enrolled in high demand or unduplicated programs. To assist in accomplishing that goal, a doctoral program in education was among the nine new high demand or unduplicated programs to be added to the TBI. The State also committed itself to ensuring the resources necessary for the TBI to maintain accredited programs in Engineering Technology, •k it ̂ Business and Education. (Declaration ?[5F) . OCR accepted a plan from the State of Florida that would address its unique structure. The Florida system is unique because 80 percent of its students are enrolled in community colleges. (Declaration J5K). Because of this, OCR permitted Florida to address Criterion IIB(2) (which requires the states to reduce the disparity between black and white entrance rates into TWIs from high schools) by committing itself to increase the enrollment of black students entering the four-year and upper division TWIs, instead of by setting goals for entering freshmen •k kk ̂ at the senior institutions. V In Savannah, Savannah State College eliminated its education programs and neighboring Armstrong State College eliminated its business programs. These steps did result in shifts in racial enrollment. (Declaration 55D). **/ OCR has permitted other states to follow a similarly flexible, programmatic approach to the desegregation of TBIs, where a new program development plan, combined with other mea sures, appeared to have a reasonable likelihood of success. For example, in Virginia, one of the TBIs shares a city with a TWI, necessitating a plan for those two colleges which emphasizes eliminating unnecessary duplication. The approach for the other TBIs in the State is to rely on program enhancement. (Declaration 55E). Other states plans which emphasize new program development at TBIs include the plans of Oklahoma, Kentucky, Florida and Delaware. (Declaration 555G-5J). ***/ The need for statewide enrollment goals is more limited in some states than others. In Kentucky, for example, blacks enter higher education institutions at a slightly higher rate than do whites. Where necessary for an institution, however, the goals were provided, - 11 - In negotiating a desegregation plan with a state, and in deciding whether that plan will remedy the violation, therefore, OCR considers several factors. These include, among others; (1) scope of the violation; (2) geography; (3) necessity for, and extend of, institutional participation; (4) degree of desegregation; (5) demographics (e ,g. , location); (6) the history of each institution; (7) the relative growth of each institution; (3) the service area; (9) the mission of each institution; (10) its course offerings; (11) the quality of the faculty; (12) the condition of the physical facilities; (13) the degree to which proximate institutions compete for students; (14) the financial support received from the State; (15) outside financial support; (16) endowment income; (17) the state tax base and the share it provides to public higher education; (18) employment factors; and (19) structure of the State governing boards. (Declaration ^54, 6A). OCR considers those factors initially in developing its letters of findings (LOFs) transmitted to the states. Consideration of these factors.is a complex and time consuming process. Plaintiffs of necessity are asking this Court to review the pertinent characteristics listed above for at least the five states which, they allege, departed impermissibly from the Criteria. The case of North Carolina illustrates the magnitude of the course upon which plaintiffs would have this embark. When HEW was faced with a decision on the adequacy of the proposal made by North Carolina, it chose to initiate an administrative proceeding at which approximately 70 witnesses testified, some of them for as long as five days. The issue in that hearing was essentially the same issue olaintiffs ask this Court to decide for each of five states. - 12 - Plaintiffs fail to recognize, however, the need to consider these various factors set forth above in shaping a */remedy.” In attacking the state plans of Kentucky, Missouri, Delaware, West Virginia and Texas, they simplify the approach of examining the adequacy of accepted state plans by mechanistic application of the Criteria where defendants have taken a complex approach and have conducted detailed and lengthy ★ ★ y' analyses. The examples set out below demonstrate how plaintiffs' failure to consider the nexus between remedy and violation seriously flaws their analysis. For example, plaintiffs complain that the plan accepted by defendants for Missouri was not acceptable, because only three of twenty-eight institutions are included. Only three Missouri institutions are included because defendants' investigation demon strated that the other institutions already have been desegre gated. (Declaration f6I). That determination was based on a review of each institution's enrollment and employment and the * ie it ie y racial composition of the area it services. Further, V Plaintiffs also fail to recognize the wide diversity of governing structures in higher education. While some states, such as North Carolina, have a single board which operates the state system in a centralized fashion, other states, such as Texas (with several independent boards) or Virginia and Kentucky (with board authority limited to coordination functions), have governing structures which are much less centralized. (Declaration ^8). Plaintiffs apparently expect, and believe necessary, a profound restructuring of higher education in each Adams state. OCR, on the other hand, must be prepared to negotiate with those parties selected by the governor to develop the state's plan. This may include either a centralized board certain of its ability to implement necessary commitments, or a board less able to implement changes on its own. OCR is without power to require states to organize their higher education systems in a highly centralized fashion. **/ OCR's analyses often draw upon outside consultants and on-site visits, and involve the review of these diverse factors. ***/ Service area data are considered essential in determining whether an institution has been desegregated. It is not sufficient to note merely that an institution is, for instance, 59 percent black. - 13 it was determined that no other institutions were needed in the state plan for an adequate remedy. Therefore, the focus of the plan was directed at those three schools in which the vestiges of */the formerly dual system remained." The plaintiffs speculate, however, that in Missouri; [a] comprehensive state-wide Plan would seek to benefit from the presence of a two-year institution that appears to be progressing toward integration in the region of a substantially segregated university by relying upon the two-year school as a "feeder” institution to help integrate the nearby university. Motion at 17. Plaintiffs are referring to Moberly College, a junior college approximately thirty-five miles from the University of Missouri at Columbia (UM-C). Moberly College, 15% black in 1980, has a total enrollment of 901, including 136 blacks. UM-C, the state's flagship institution, has an enrollment of 24,579, and is 90% white. OCR concluded, with obvious accuracy, that Moberly did not have sufficient black enrollment to act as an adequate feeder institution. Of course, UM-C still retains the burden of Plaintiffs make a similar mistake with regard to Delaware, again complaining about the failure to address the system on a statewide basis, since the community colleges were not included in the plan. OCR found that the community colleges were not part of the violation, because, as with Missouri, no community college in Delaware is racially identifiable in terms of student enrollment, when considering service area, nor in terms of faculty employment, when considering the availability pool. (Declaration 5 6N). However, OCR did direct the state to consider the effect that remedial measures applied to one institution, including the community colleges, will have on another institution. A similar flexible approach was taken in West Virginia to meet the needs of remedying the violations in that state. Defend ants determined that racial attendance patterns at state schools were strikingly regional in nature, and that those patterns generally reflected the relative racial population of the sur rounding countries. (Declaration *I6L) . Thus, the State's plan logically and appropriately focused upon the desegregation of WVU. Likewise, in Kentucky and Arkansas, enrollment goals vary with the racial composition of those counties which make up each institu tion's service area. (Declaration 1[̂ 6D, 6F) . Thus, in Kentucky, three senior institutions and the community colleges have no goals for increasing black enrollments since they have achieved parity in their service areas. (Declaration ![6F). In Arkansas, the goals range from 0 percent to 42-52 percent depending on the racial makeup of the service areas. (Declaration ![6D). - 14 */attracting black students. Based upon the facts provided to this Court by plaintiffs, it would be impossible to make an accurate finding on the alleged need to include additional insti tutions in Missouri's plan. To the contrary, OCR's detailed consideration of the scope and nature of that state's violations has shown otherwise. In attacking Delaware's plan, plaintiffs allege that there is duplication of programs between Delaware Technical and Community College (DTCC) and the TBI, Delaware State College (DSC). Motion at 14. They offer no evidence to support this assertion, however. Ordinarily, two year degree programs at technical and community colleges do not duplicate four year degree programs at liberal arts schools because their purposes are radically different, and * * y/ OCR did not find the situation to be otherwise. (Declara tion ?[60) . Plaintiffs also assert that in Kentucky's plan there are "absolutely no statewide measures" for student recruitment, retention and development. Motion at 9. This assertion is wrong. In fact Kentucky promised to adopt statewide retention measures, if the institutional measures did not work. Kentucky Plan at ■k it it y 84-85. Also, the need for student recruitment measures in Kentucky is not- as great as for many other states because -the black entrance rate in the State is higher than that for whites. (Declaration *[7L) . Plaintiffs' claim that the plan contains only Plaintiffs also claim that there are two-year and four-year institutions in the general vicinity of the other universities cited in the LOF, implying that they would be of great assistance in the desegregation process. Motion at 17. The facts prove this statement to be incorrect. For instanoe. Southeast Missouri State University (SEMSU), oited in the LOF, is approximately ninety miles away from any other public college. The two community colleges approximately ninety miles from SEMSU are .8 peroent and 4.3% black (with a total of 65 black students). (Declaration 56K) . **/ Two year and four year programs being provided in the same service area can create competition for students which may inter fere with desegregation. OCR is monitoring the situation in Delaware. (Declaration ![60) . ***/ Even if the assertion were true, it would not serve to indict Kentucky's plan, since such measure can often best be developed by individual institutions, absent unusual circum stances. (Declaration !I6G) . - 15 collections of statistical reports and no statewide employment plan is also inaccurate. Plaintiff's Motion at 10. To the contrary, the plan does contain individual affirmative action plans for institutions and statewide bodies. (Declaration «[7M) . The plaintiffs also allege that defendants circumvented this Court's order of September, 1981 by granting a provisional accept- */ance to the Kentucky plan. Motion at 9.~ They fail to grasp, however, the occasional necessity for provisional accept- ance of statewide plans. A state faces tremendous practical problems in developing, in a relatively short time, a comprehensive, coordinated state plan affecting numerous institutions. (Texas, for instance, has thirty-seven senior institutions and 68 technical schools and community colleges.) Often, numerous studies must be conducted to determine appropriate program placement, examine facilities, develop affirmative action plans and formulate enrollment and retention measures involved in the long-range planning. As a result, most state plans have totaled hundreds of pages. Although plaintiffs emphasize the importance of statewide planning, they also expect a comprehensive plan to be developed ninety days after the issuance of an LOF. Such an unrealistic practice could only result in poor planning, confusion, an inability properly to The Kentucky negotiations were extremely complex. There were sixteen negotiation sessions over a twelve month period and OCR received 21 written submissions from the State. The negotiations did extend beyond this Court's deadline. By December 31, 1931, however, OCR was very confident that it would reach an agreement with Kentucky. At the same time, it was prepared to initiate enforcement proceedings if it became necessary. OCR chose to avoid creating a confrontational atmosphere by enforcement pro ceedings that might inhibit the negotiations that were quickly closing. This choice was upheld. In fact, a plan from Kentucky was provisionally accepted by OCR on January 29, 1982. (Declara tion 510A) . **/ Plaintiffs imply that a provisional acceptance is unusual and inappropriate. As plaintiffs are well aware, OCR has provis ionally accepted numerous state plans in the past, beginning as early as OCR's provisional acceptance of the Oklahoma plan in 1978. On none of these occasions did plaintiffs complain to this Court that defendants were circumventing its orders. For example, OCR provisionally accepted the Oklahoma plan on February 3, 1978, the Virginia plan on toril 14, 1978, and the Georgia plan on March 14, 1978. OCR also provisionally accepted North Carolina's sub mission in 1978, only to reject it later when the conditions attached to final acceptance were not satisfactorily met. (Declaration 511). - 16 assess critical factors, and the eventual failure of the desegre gation plan. OCR's experience indicates that an adequate "compre hensive statewide plan," which can affect as many as 275,000 students, cannot be developed quickly or easily. Therefore, in Kentucky, numerous-, complex negotiations have occurred to develop */a fxnal state plan. Similar lengthy negotiations are occurring in Texas. These result from a variety of factors; o The complexity of the Texas system, with 105 institutions. The thirty-seven senior institutions alone have sixteen separate boards of governance. o The need to revise fifty-four institutional student recruitment and retention plans. o The development of 105 institutional affirmative action employment plans. o The need to negotiate among the many different boards within the state. o The development of student enrollment and staff employment goals, alone of all the states, for both Hispanics and blacks. (Declaration *[9A) . The complexity of the Texas situation has required numerous negotiating sessions and numerous exchanges of documents and letters; OCR is reasonably confident that a fully acceptable plan will be achieved in a timely manner. (Declaration S9B). Lengthy negotiations have also occurred in Pennsylvania. In 1974, Pennsylvania submitted, and OCR accepted, the State's higher education desegregation plan. OCR subsequently reviewed various reports and submissions from the State and conducted three on-site monitoring visits during the period of 1975-1980. As a result of the information gathered during this period, OCR notified the State on January 16, 1981, that it had failed to achieve compli ance with Title VI under the 1974 plan. (Declaration ?[19A). V In Kentucky, there were face-to-face negotiations in 1981 on March 1, on July 28, on August 19, 21, and 28, in September, on November 20, on December 7, 8, 11 and 15, and in 1982 on January 6, 10 and 15 and on March 30-31. The State mads written submis sions in 1981 on February 10, March 16, June 8, 12 and 16, July 10 and 28, August 10, 19, 21 and 24, September 1, 22 and 29, December 4, 8, 23 and 31, and in 1982 on January 6, 10 and 15. (Declara tion <[10A) . - 17 - Between January and May, 1981, OCR met with officials of the State concerning a revised plan. On May 27, 1981, the State affirmed its commitment to supplement its 1974 plan and proposed specific time frames within which it intended to accomplish addi tional steps necessary for the final development and submission of its supplemental plan. (Declaration ?[19C) . On September 30, 1981, the State forwarded its 1981 Supple ment to the 1974 plan. On December 18, 1981, OCR notified the State that the Supplement was incomplete in major areas and included a point-by-point analysis for the further guidance of the State. Pennsylvania was asked to submit a revised plan, which it did on February 25, 1982 (the Mdendum) . (Declaration ?[19D). On March 18, 1982, OCR's regional office notified the State that, because of the state's continued deferral of a plan for the enhancement of Cheyney State, the 1982 Addendum was not an accept able plan for compliance with Title VI, and that, if an acceptable plan was not submitted, enforcement proceedings would be recom mended. (Declaration fl9E). As a result, on April 16, 1982, the regional office wrote the State informing it,that the region was recommending the initiation of enforcement proceedings. (Declara tion I19E) . On May 6, 1982, the State wrote OCR to report on progress toward the enhancement of Cheyney State. Enhancement efforts at Cheyney State have been delayed, however, while the State seeks to appoint a new president of the college. (Declaration ^191) . In late April 1982, the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights, Clarence Thomas, left the Department of Education and Acting Assistant Secretary, Harry M. Singleton, assumed his duties and responsibilities. As is his prerogative as the new Assistant Secretary, Mr. Singleton is reviewing the situation in Pennsyl vania's system of higher education. (Declaration ^19G). Plaintiffs have miscomprehended and misapplied the principles of the Criteria. Neither the Criteria nor applicable law require the states to adopt unneeded remedial measures. To the contrary, defendants have ensured that the plans adopted are properly tailored to the problems identified in the LOFs. Plaintiffs' attempt to attack those plans, based on a mechanistic application - 18 - of the Criteria and without the detailed knowledge of each indi vidual state system with which OCR has negotiated, is unsupported and should be rejected by the Court. B. OCR has Monitored the States' Efforts to Implement Desegregation Plans and Has Taken Appropriate Steps to Cure Specific Implementation Difficulties in Particular States.________________ Plaintiffs assert that "despite evidence of noncompliance with state plans and Title VI, defendants have neither imposed more stringent requirements nor initiated enforcement proceedings against the "first tier" of Adams states." Motion at 20. This allegation is unwarranted. First, OCR has continually monitored compliance by the "first tier" states. OCR maintains staff to monitor and review compli ance by each state with its plan, by conducting, among other things, detailed analyses of statistical and narrative reports, which analyses costs approximately $250,000 per year. (Declara tion fl3). OCR provides evaluation reports to each state summar izing its progress under its desegregation plan. If a state does not meet its yearly goals, if it does not carry out a commitment contained in its plan, or if the situation in the state has been altered, OCR seeks an explanation for the problem and often require the state to implement additional and/or more stringent measures designed to improve compliance. (Declaration ^12). In particular, defendants have issued two evaluation letters to each of the states specifically detailing flaws or omissions in each state's implementation efforts, demanding specific steps to correct the problems, and often providing guidelines outlining the necessary improvements. (Declaration 5[13) . Second, OCR has found that it is important to allow time for full implementation of the plans. From 1977 to 1979, OCR engaged in complex and lengthy negotiations with each state. The product of those negotiations in each instance was a five-year plan, due to expire at the end of the 1982-83 academic year, which OCR 19 found had a reasonable likelihood of desegregating each state's higher education system. Each plan contained a complex, interrelated set of measures which deserved and required time to be developed, implemented, and accepted by students, faculty and others. These plans, therefore, most properly can be measured at the conclusion of the five-year period. Third, OCR has sought additional requirements when appro- ' P-C'iste, and generally has requested remedial action from a state */when dissatisfied with its performance." For example, in Florida, OCR has attempted to monitor and secure implementation of its plan by means of written correspondence, meetings, on-site reviews and reviews by OCR of statistical and narrative annual reports provided by the State. On January 15, 1981, OCR notified of the following deficiencies: rates of high school grad uates who would attend college; the number of black students entering upper divisions at the TWIs; the number of black under graduates at TWIs; white enrollment at the TBI; desegregation of faculty at the TWIs; recruitment programs for black students; retention studies and measures for increasing the retention rate of black students; establishment of new programs at the TBI; the elimination of program duplication; the completion of a facilities study; and procedures to assess the possible adverse impact of proposed changes on black students. OCR demanded that Florida take steps to respond to these problems. (Declaration fl4C). Florida officials initially responded by denying OCR's list of deficiencies. After a series of meetings in the spring of 1981, however, Florida officials provided OCR with: new commit ments and revisions of the student recruitment procedures; impact assessments; new programs and other measures designed to enhance the TBI; completion dates for the physical plant facilities stud ies; establishment of interim retention goals; revised enrollment projections for new programs at the TBI: and a description of methods for measuring progress toward achieving stated goals. Thus, in Florida, OCR sought and obtained the corrective action it found was required after reviewing Florida's compliance status. V OCR is not required by the Criteria to take a particular, specified action. The decision is left to OCR's discretion. - 20 - (Declaration ^14S) , Plaintiffs' repeated general assertions to the contrary are unfounded. Negotiations to ensure compliance are continuing. On Septe.m- ber 11, 1981, OCR sent Florida a second evaluation letter after reviewing Florida's submissions and conducting on-site inspec tions. The letter addresses three additional areas of deficient plan imple.mentation: black enrollment; impact assessments; and reporting and analyses of progress and monitoring. OCR subse quently met with Florida officials to discuss the problems identi fied in this letter. (Declaration 1[14F) . A third evaluation letter will be issued this fall. (Declaration 514G). Defendants have followed the same course of action in Georgia, Virginia, Arkansas and Oklahoma as in Florida. That is, OCR reviews the statistical and narrative submissions of the state, conducts on-site investigations if necessary, and then issues an evaluation letter designed to catalogue the concerns OCR has identified and to request that alternatives be developed or that particular attention be paid to specific problems. OCR also, when appropriate, identifies remedial possibilities for the state to follow. For example, OCR's 1980 evaluation of Arkansas' first year of its plan implementation resulted in the identification of two major deficiencies in its plan — delays in the implementation of expanded masters degree programs at the TBI and a growing dispar ity in the rate at which black and white students enter public higher education for the first time. OCR requested a timetable for the expansion of masters offerings and a description of addi tional measures the State would implement to reduce the disparity in college-going rates. OCR also identified defioiencies in: undergraduate enrollment at the four-year TWIs; entry rates to graduate programs; the development of an in-depth study on the transfer of students; and academic employment. (Declaration 515A). - 21 - Arkansas responded by promising two recruitment and financial aid measures to decrease the disparity in entry rates to under graduate institutions, as well as promising to increase black undergraduate enrollment at the TWIs, to develop revised graduate enrollment goals, and to initiate an in-depth study of the trans fer of students. In April 1980, OCR and State officials met and agreed on methods for measuring progress toward goals contained in the plan. (Declaration fl5B). Thus, it is clear that defendants have not "totally ignored their responsibilities" as plaintiffs allege. Motion at 20. Moreover, enforcement proceedings are a measure of last resort. They can create a hostile, confrontational atmosphere which often inhibits the inplementation and success of any remedial approach. As a result, OCR has found it would be inappropriate to initiate enforcement proceedings prior to the completion of the five-year plan unless it is determined that the plans are not being carried out in good faith. IV. CONCLUSION OCR has consistently monitored the efforts of the states to comply with Title VI. It has taken steps in each instance in which it found further action was required to carry out the goal of desegregation of higher education institutions. These efforts are based on Education's knowledge and experience in dealing with each state's higher education system and are supportable exercises of discretion. Relying on that judgment, it found that no state's performance has yet required the commencement of an enforcement ,. Vproceeding. Moreover, the plans accepted for Delaware, Kentucky, West Virginia and Missouri comply with the Criteria. These plans are based on the nature of each state's violations and unique circum stances found within each state. Plaintiffs' factual allegations fail to show otherwise and do not justify the relief requested. V It should be noted, however, that OCR's concern with Virginia's performance caused it to transmit a letter on June 3 to the state summarizing the continuing problems with the plan's implementation and requesting additional information and actions designed to cure the problems. In that letter, Virginia was expressly warned that the regional director intended to recommend the initiation of enforcement proceedings if efforts of voluntary negotiations should fail, (Declaration 5 I8J). - 22 - For the foregoing reasons, plaintiffs' motion should be denied. Respectfully submitted, J. PAUL MCGRATH Assistant Attorney General STANLEY S, HARRIS United States Attorney OF COUNSEL; JUDITH A. WINSTON Assistant General Counsel FELIX V. BAXTER Senior Attorney Department of Education WILLIAM MICHAELS KATHLEEN S. DEVINE Attorneys Office for Civil Rights DAVID J. ANDERSON RICHARD A. LEVIE BETSY J. GRi'y / Attorneys, iWpartment of Justice 10th & Pennsylvania Ave., N.W. Washington, D.C. 20530 Telephone: (202) 633-3428 Attorneys for Defendants - 23 - IN THE UNIT0 STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA KENNETH ADAMS, et al_., Plaintiffs V. TERREL BELL, ^ a]_., Defendants Civil Action No. 3095-70 DECLARATION IN SUPPORT OF DEFENDANTS' REPLY TO PLAINTIFFS' MOTION FOR FURTHER RELIEF Julia Dobbs hereby declares and states: 1. I am the Chief of the State Systems Desegregation Branch, Postsecondary Education Division of the Litigation, Enforcement and Policy Service for the Office for Civil Rights (OCR) in the Department of Education (ED), I have held this position since November 30, 1980. In my capacity as Branch Chief, I am responsible for the enforcement of compliance with Title VI by state systems of public higher education. 2. Based on my personal knowledge and on information provided to me by my staff, I make this declaration in support of ED's Reply to Plaintiffs' Motion for Further Relief. 3. In deciding to accept the state plans for the desegregation of the public higher education systems in Oklahoma, Arkansas, Virginia, Georgia, Florida and Delaware, OCR determined that each state plan had a reasonable likelihood of leading to the desegregation of each state's system of public higher education, as required by Title VI. Further, OCR determined that the plans submitted by Missouri and West Virginia had a reasonable likelihood of leading to the desegregation of the institutions OCR had identified as retain ing vestiges of de jure segregation, as required by Title VI. 4. OCR believes that neither: (1) the adequacy of a state plan nor (2) the relative success of a state in desegregating its institutions can be determined on the basis of the facts offered by plaintiffs. In order to make a proper and adequate determination of either of those two questions, a detailed and thorough examination of the state's system is necessary. For instance, plaintiffs allege that fewer blacks enrolled in the Georgia system in 1980 than in 1977. Motion for Further Relief at 29. That fact alone is insufficient to determine whether Georgia is implementing its plan provisions relating to increasing black enrollment. Among the other facts necessary to make a proper determination on the acceptability of Georgia's efforts to implement this portion of its plan include: demographics (for instance, Georgia's overall college enrollment has declined), the state and national economic situation and its effect on college going rates, the enrollment of blacks in private collages, the number of blacks attending out-of-state schools, the number of blacks choosing alternative careers, the number of blacks planning to delay college attendance for financial reasons, the avail ability of financial aid, etc. None of these essential facts is provided by plaintiffs. - 2- b. OCR believes that, when determining the adequacy of a state plan or the success of a state plan, the following factors relating to each institution or to the entire system are important (though this list is not inclusive): (1) The history of each institution, including when it was founded, its various missions, etc. (2) The relative growth of each institution. (3) Its geographic location. (4) Its service area (from which it draws its students). (5) The mission of each institution. (6) Each institution's course offerings. (7) The quality of the faculty. (8) The-condition of the physical facilities. (9) The degree to which proximate institutions compete for students. (10) The financial support received from the state, past and present. (11) Outside financial support, past and present. (12) Endowment income. (13) The state tax base and the share it provides to public higher education. (14) Demographic considerations, including population growth trends. (15) The quality of the libraries. (16) Future program needs. (17) Employment factors including availability pools, (18) Indicators of college success. (19) Racial enrollment statistics. (20) Future employment needs by employers. (21) .The structure of the state governing boards. - 3- FLEXIBLE APPLICATION OF THE CRITERIA 5.a. In negotiating desegregation plans for state systems of higher education, OCR has encountered widely divergent circumstances which required OCR and each state to negotiate a specially designed plan. For instance, in states such as North Carolina and Georgia, the enrollment and employment data indicated that the institutions were racially separate, probably, in part, because of the numerous traditionally black institutions (three in Georgia and five in North Carolina). Other states, such as Kentucky or Oklahoma faced less-difficult problems, probably, in part, because each had only one TBI. For various reasons, many of the traditionally white institutions in such states as West Virginia, Kentucky and Missouri had racial enrollments that reflected the racial makeup of the area from which each institution drew its students (service area). Furthermore, OCR found that two states (Missouri and West Virginia) did not have system-wide violations. Last, the condition of the TBIs in some states, such as Delaware and Kentucky, did not require the degree of enhancement that was necessary in states such as Georgia and Virginia. b. As a result of the varying circumstances existing in each state, OCR's approach has been to seek remedies which it felt would best respond to the structure of each state system and the needs of each individual institu tion. Often, one of the provisions of the Criteria would less successfully serve that end than would another. Thus OCR permitted each state to rely less heavily on one provision of the Criteria, if emphasis on other provisions was more appropriate. -4- c. OCR considers the Criteria to be guidelines to be used by each state to assist it in developing a state-wide, comprehensive desegregation plan for its system of public higher education. OCR has applied the Criteria flexibly to assist the states in developing remedies appropriate to the particular circumstances existing in each state. Thus, OCR has permitted each state to develop a remedy responsive to the identified violations of Title VI. Examples of instances where OCR has applied the Criteria flexibly include, but are not limited to, the following; d. For Georgia, OCR approved a plan which emphasized the elimination of educationally unnecessary program duplication (Criterion IC) between one traditionally black institution (TBI), Savannah State College (SSC), and one traditionally white institution, Armstrong State College (ASC), located in the same city. SSC eliminated its education programs and ASC eliminated its business programs. OCR and the State' believed that this measure would encourage students interested in education or business to enroll at the institution where the program was offered. In OCR's opinion, the program shift would operate to increase other race enrollment in each school. OCR, at the same time, approved of Georgia's approach of adding attractive high demand programs at each of the State's two other TBIs, Albany State College and Fort Valley State College. OCR believed that the addition of seven new degree programs at Albany State and five new degree programs at Fort Valley State, along with numerous other enhancement measures (Criterion IB), would enhance the quality of each school, thereby attracting students for reasons other than that school's racial identity. See Georgia plan document on enhancement (10/19/78). 8. For Virginia, OCR approved a plan calling for the specialization of certain degree programs and the elimination of certain educationally unneces sary program duplication at a TBI, Norfolk State University, and a neighboring TWI, Old Dominion University. Virginia's plan emphasized the addition of eight new, high demand programs at Virginia State University, the State's other TBI, as one means of enhancing that institution. Virginia plan at 1-39 (1/6/79); Virginia plan at 13-19 (12/21/78). f. South Carolina's plan called for the avoidance of further program duplication and the enhancement of the TBI by adding nine new, high demand or unduplicated programs, including an Ed.D. (The Ed.D is the first doctoral program awarded a TBI as a result of state-wide desegregation efforts.) The State also promised to provide the necessary resources to meet professional accreditation standards in Engineering Technology, Business and Education programs at the TBI. Tne State's goal is to have 25% of the students enrolled at the TBI in nigh demand or unduplicated degree programs within five years. OCR and the State believed that these actions could assist in the desegrega tion of the State's system. South Carolina plan at 19-22, 27-35, 35A (7/17/81). g. Oklahoma's plan focussed on the redefinition of the TBI's mission V by adding several programs related to urban studies. OCR and the State felt that this approach would create a school with an unusual and attractive set of degree offerings. Oklahoma Plan at 28-35 (9/78). V An institution's mission can be defined as the major purpose or purposes of the institution (e.g., teachers preparation, research, graduate education, etc. h. Florida's plan, as it was amended in April 1981, called for the addition of high demand or unduplicated programs at the TBI so that 40% of the TBI's students would be enrolled in high demand or unduplicated programs. Letter from Barbara Newell and Ralph Turlington to Fred Cioffi at 3 (4/1/81). i. Kentucky's plan set a goal of 30% of the TBI's student to be enrolled in high demand and/or unduplicated programs by 1986. Kentucky plan at 70. The State's emphasis is on providing the TBI with unique programs and on emphasizing a state government service mission (public administration), rather than on eliminating educationally unnecessary program duplication. Kentucky plan at 31-33, 60-61. j. Delaware's higher education system is unique. There are only two public four-year institutions in Delaware, a small liberal arts undergraduate college (the TBI, with an approximate enrollment of less than 2000), and a large doctoral granting institution (the TWI, with an approximate enrollment of 15,000), and one community college (DTCC) with four campuses. Both senior institutions serve the entire state. The State has no public professional schools, only one public graduate institution, and one teacher education oriented institution. The remedy for the State required recognition of the fact that the TBI and the TWI have significantly different missions. OCR acknowledged the possibility that the elimination of duplication may not have a significant effect because of the vast differences between the TBI and the TWI. As a result, OCR permitted an emphasis on program enhancement at the TBI, rather than on elimination of duplication. Delaware plan at 10-16. k. Because Florida's system has a unique structure (80% of its students are enrolled in the community colleges), OCR agreed that Florida's approach for addressing Criterion II B(2) could be different than for other states. - 7- (Criterion II B(2) requires a state to reduce the disparity between black and white entrance rates into T/JIs from high schools.) OCR approved of a plan that set Criterion IIB(2) goals for entrance of black first time entrants into both four year and upper division TOIs. Letter from Ralph Turlington to Fred Cioffi at 1-2 (4/17/81). l. OCR approved of a different method for Oklahoma to approach Criterion IIA. (Criterion IIA requires parity in black and white entrance rates into higher education.) Rather than comparing the proportion of black and white high school graduates who enter the State's system of public higher education, Oklahoma committed to "....parity in the enrollment of first-time entering black undergraduates in public institutions of higher education, using as a basis black twelfth grade enrollment in Oklahoma high schools the previous year." Oklahoma plan at 19 (9/5/77). m. OCR permitted Arkansas to compute the black and white high school graduate entrance rates into the system's colleges by using twelfth grade enrollment figures, rather than the graduation rate figures specified in Criterion IIA, Arkansas did not have available data on high school graduation rates for use in computing compliance with Criterion IIA. Arkansas plan at 55, 58. n. In Kentucky, blacks enter higher education at a slightly higher rate than do whites. Kentucky plan at 73. As a result, the enrollment goals of Criterion II A were not considered as essential as in other states. THE REMEDY MUST FIT THE VIOLATION; STATE PLANS REQUIRE --------THAT I N'ST I TUT rO'N’S'' 8 EAR’ " VAR VING Bu RD E n S "BASIT) ------ON THE CIRCUM STANCES’ FOUND IN EACH STATE"' 6.a. OCR has emphasized with each state the need for a state-wide com prehensive plan where there was a state-wide violation. OCR, when considering the appropriate remedy for the identified violation, must be aware of such factors as geographic location of institutions, the degree of institutional participation, demographic characteristies, amount of racial separation and other factors. b. Because of the complicated circumstances found in each state, when investigating a state system, and then when attempting to negotiate a state plan, OCR, often with the assistance of outside experts, reviews numerous factors including; enrollment, service areas, attendance patterns, financial support, physical facilities, faculty experience, academic mission, depth and breadth of academic programs, state tax base, state appropriations, state economic situation, enrollment trends, etc. c. Each plan accepted by X R contained the remedies it concluded were necessary to respond to the violations of Title VI, and is designed in consideration of the relevant factors. X R has not required that each remedial measure be state-wide in scope or operate on a state-wide basis. OCR has required that the totality of the remedies have the effect of ad dressing the system-wide violations, and that the states, not the institutions, assume the ultimate responsibility for ensuring that the remedies are effectuated and that they result in desegregation. V OCR has not required a state to adopt remedies where no particular violation exists or where a violation has previously been eliminated. As a result, each state's plan places varying burdens on its institutions as are necessary to lead to the successful desegre gation of the system or the institution. Further, OCR has not required that every recruitment, retention, employment and enhancement measure be state-wide, since it believes that institutional measures may often be best developed V OCR's duty is to ensure that the states properly carry out that responsibility. - 9- and implemented by individual institutions. Examples of OCR's approach, which permitted each state to develop its remedy to be responsive to the identified violation, are provided below. d. Arkansas' plan contains commitments to a state-wide goal that 15% of first-time entrants be black. However, individual institutions have goal ranges based on the racial composition of their service areas. Thus, for instance, Phillips County Community College has a goal range of 42-62%, while North Arkansas Community College has a goal range of 0% (no significant number of blacks in the service area). Arkansas plan at 59, 51. e. The Florida plan also permits variance in the black enrollment at the TVlIs, since local racial composition, commuting possibilities, etc. affect attendance rates. Thus, individual institution goals ranging from 8.2% to 16.8% have been adopted. Florida plan at 66. f. In Kentucky, three senior institutions and the community colleges have no goals for increasing black enrollment. OCR did not seek such goals for those institutions since they had already achieved racial parity in their respective service areas. Kentucky Letter of Findings at 5 (1/15/81). g. Kentucky has made the appropriate commitments to improve student re tention (Kentucky plan at 84-85), faculty hiring (Id. at 92-98; j_d. at App. IVB) and appointments to governing boards (Id. at 99). Many of these commitments can be best developed and carried out by individual institutions. h. Kentucky has also promised to resolve issues of educationally unneces sary program duplication in favor of fulfillment of the TBI's enhanced mission. Id. at 68-69. -10- i. In Missouri, OCR concluded that there was no state-wide violation, thus no state-wide plan was necessary. Institutions which were already desegregated were not required to submit remedial measures. Instead, only three institutions were included in the plan, since only three institutions required desegregation. This determination was based on OCR's analysis of data and on-site reviews, including information relating to each institution's enrollment and employment, and the racial composition of each institution's service area. Missouri Letter of Findings at 3 (1/15/81). j. OCR also concluded that there was no college near the University of Missouri-Columbia (UMC) which could act as an adequate feeder to UMC. For instance, Moberly College, a community college approximate!y 35 miles from UMC, had an enrollment of 901 in 1980. Of that enrollment, 136 students, or 15%, are black. OCR HEGIS 2300 2.3 (1980). UMC, the state's flagship institu tion, has 24,579 students (90% white). OCR believes that Moberly College does not contain sufficient black enrollment to act as a feeder institution to UMC. Furthermore, the next closest community college is State Fair Com munity College (an estimated 50 miles from UMC). It, however, is only 2.8% black. Id. k. Another P.JI, Southeast Missouri State University, is within approxi mately 90 miles of two small community colleges. However those schools have enrollments that are .8% and 4.3% black (a total of 65 black students). OCR HEGIS 2300 2.3 (1980). Again OCR concluded that neither school could be an effective feeder institution. For that reason, those schools were not included in the Missouri plan. l. OCR also concluded that there was no state-wide Title VI violation in West Virginia. X R found that a substantial proportion of black students -11- (52%) were enrolled in P/lIs by 1 978. With the exception of West Virginia University, OCR determined that the attendance zones for state institutions were highly regional, with the majority of in-state enrollees coming from the counties surrounding the institution. OCR then determined that black attendance rates at each institution essentially reflected its service area population of blacks. Additionally OCR determined that the TBIs (Bluefield State College and West Virginia State College) were integrated, with black enrollments of 16.3% and 20.9% respectively. West Virginia Letter of Findings at 2 (1/7/81). m. West Virginia University (WVU) had a 1.1% black enrollment in 1978. Also, only 1.3% of the faculty and 1.9% of the administrators were black. West Virginia Letter of Findings at 4. Thus OCR concluded that the focus of the desegregation plan should be on WVU and not on the institutions which no longer were racially identifiable. OCR concluded that the plan submitted by West Virginia for WVU adequately responded to the violation identified by OCR. n. X R concluded that the Delaware community colleges were not racially identifiable and that they were not established as part of the de jure segre gated system; thus, the community colleges were not included in Delaware's plan. OCR's determination was based on a number of factors including student enrollment, service area population, faculty employment and employment avail ability pools. Despite the fact that X R did not require the inclusion of the community colleges, OCR did request that the State consider the effect that remedial measures applied to one institution will have on other institu tions in the same service area. Delaware Letter of Findings at 6 (1/15/81). -12- 0 . OCR has considered the possibility that there is educationally un necessary program duplication in Delaware between the community colleges and the TBI. Hov^ever, OCR believes that, for the most part, two year degree programs at community colleges and technical schools in Delaware do not duplicate four year degree programs at liberal arts colleges. The missions of the schools are different, thus the content and approach of the programs is different. Although two year and four year programs in the same service area can cause competition between institutions for students and, thus, interfere with desegregation when those institutions have different racial identities, OCR concluded that the problem did not exist in Delaware. p. OCR is aware that recently the University of Delaware (the TWI) has proposed to offer programs at Delaware Technical and Community College. Because of OCR's concern that the offerings might interfere with the further desegregation of Delaware State College, OCR and the State have been involved in discussions of the effect of this proposal on Delaware's plan. Thus, neither defendants nor the State are ignoring the relationship of the com munity colleges to the senior institutions. PLAINTIFFS' MOTION CONTAINS NUMEROUS ERRORS 7. Plaintiffs' Motion for Further Relief contains numerous errors of fact and misleading statements. Examples of those errors of fact and misstatements include: a. Plaintiffs claim ED has not compelled Texas to meet the requirements of the Criteria. Motion at 11. In fact, in OCR's January 15, 1981 letter, the information identified as necessary for an adequate plan comports with the -13- Criteria. Further, OCR's August 10, 1981 letter to the State detailed the deficiencies in the plan by using the Criteria as a standard. b. Plaintiffs state that Arkansas' Fall 1981 annual report notes a decrease in the proportion of black students who graduated from two-year colleges and entered four-year institutions from 59.4% in 1977-78 to 23.1% in 1979-80. 22. Plaintiffs neglect to note that the white student transfer rate has fallen from 36.8% to 21.9% and is, thus, lower than the rate for blacks. Arkansas Fall 1981 Annual Report at 11, Table 9. c. Plaintiffs claim that, in Arkansas, the black graduate enrollment has declined from 1977 to 1980. Id. at 22. In fact, the black graduate student enrollment has risen from 4.7% in 1977-78 to 7.6% in 1980-81. OCR HEGIS 2300 2.3 Supplement. d. Plaintiffs claim that blacks were 10.3% of the masters recipients in Arkansas in 1978-79, but only 5.3% of the administrative and 4.7% of the faculty new hires in 1979-80, _I1* 23. However, Arkansas has infonned OCR that it requires a doctoral degree for faculty employment. In 1979, 4.3% of the doctoral degree granted were granted to blacks, compared to 4.7% of the faculty new hires. OCR 5000 Survey and EEO-6 reports. e. Plaintiffs state that Virginia has no state-wide and state-funded programs for recruitment and retention of black students. at 24. In fact, Virginia's plan contains, and the State is implementing, the Summer Undergraduate Programs for Minority Virginians, the Doctoral Program for Minority Virginians and the Enrollment Scholarship Incentive Grant Program. Virginia plan at 67, 87 (3/16/78). - 14- f. Plaintiffs note that Virginia is not achieving its numerical enroll ment goals, yet claim that OCR has not requested that Virginia take remedial action. Motion at 24-27. Actually, OCR's November 17, 1981 evaluation letter asks the State to "... describe alternative or additional steps the Commonwealth and the institutions will take to meet black student entrance objectives At 2-3. g. Although plaintiffs note the decline in white enrollment at Virginia State University from 191 in 1 978 to 1 51 in 1980 (from 8.7% to 8.2%), _Id. at 27, they fail to point out that white enrollment at Norfolk State (the other TBI) has risen in that period from 4.2% to 6.8%. Letter to Secretary Gilley from Regional Director Dewey Dodds at 16 of the Attachment (11/17/81). h. Plaintiffs note that black enrollment at the graduate level in Georgia has decreased. Motion at 30, but they do not inform this Court that black graduate enrollment in Georgia exceeds the proportionate graduate rate by blacks at the bachelor's level. Evaluation letter. Status Report at 19 (5/20/82). i. Plaintiffs imply that OCR has not required further remedial measures from Oklahoma to assist in achieving enrollment goals and reducing retention rate disparities. Motion at 31-33. OCR's evaluation letter of August 26, 1981 requested that the State take steps to improve implementation of existing programs or implement additional measures. At 2. j. Plaintiffs claim that there was a substantial decline of black first-time freshmen in Florida from 3,429 in 1977 to 2,971 on 1980. 21. at 36. OCR is not aware of the document plaintiffs used to obtain these figures. OCR data indicate that there were 8,799 black first-time freshmen in 1977-78 and 7,034 in 1980-81. The number of black high school graduates in Florida, however, also has declined, by 2,050 students (approximately 12%). Florida Desegregation -15- Status Report, 1977-73 and 1978-79; Students in Florida Public Schools, Status Report (Fla. Dept, of Educ. (5/81). k. Plaintiffs state that five of Florida's nine senior institutions provide only upper division and graduate programs. Id. at 37. Actually, three of nine senior institutions do so. l. Plaintiffs state that there are no state-wide measures for student recruitment, retention and development in the Kentucky plan. JW. at 9. However, Kentucky has promised to adopt state-wide measures if the institu tional measures do not work. Kentucky plan at 84-85. It should also be noted that the need for student recruitment measures in Kentucky is less severe, since black entrance rates in Kentucky are higher than the entrance rates for whites. Id. at 73. m. Plaintiffs' claim that the Kentucky plan contains only statistical reports instead of state-wide employment plans is misleading. Id. at 10. The plan does contain affirmative action plans for individual institutions and state-wide bodies. Kentucky plan. Appendix Tables IV A and IV B; Institu tional Affirmative Action Plans. NEGOTIATIONS BETWEEN OCR AND A STATE OFTEN ARE LENGTHY AND Ca'lPLICATED 8. One of the difficulties OCR has faced in negotiating state plans is the divergent structures of the entities that govern higher education in each state. States with centralized governing boards often find it easier to develop state-wide plans than do states with no centralized board of governance. The less centralized governing structures often require longer to properly design and coordinate a system-wide plan. For instance the governing structure of Virginia is decentralized and Kentucky's board has limited ability to -15- assart its authority. Although thera is a central board in Texas, there are also many independent boards of governance with '̂ hich the centralized board must communicate. Other boards of governance, such as North Carolina's or Georgia's possess greater immediate authority. The varying types of struc tures have affected the amount of time required to develop an acceptable desegregation plan. 9. a. Although the negotiations involving Texas have been extremely lengthy, the Texas situation is very complicated. The system contains 105 institutions, including 37 senior institutions with 15 governing boards. The plan negotia tions have required Texas to develop 105 institutional affirmative action plans, revise 54 student recruitment and retention plans and develop enroll ment and employment goals for both blacks and Hispanics. Also, because of the unusual structure of the Texas system, efforts to enhance the TBIs often require discussions with different state boards. b. Because the negotiations have been so complex, the State and OCR have met on numerous occasions and have transmitted numerous documents and letters. 10. a. The Kentucky negotiations were extremely complex. There were fif teen negotiating sessions (in 1981, on March 17, July 28, August 19, 21, and 28, in September, on November 20, December 7, 8, 11, and 15; in 1982, on January 5, 10, and 15 and March 30-31). OCR also received 21 written submis sions frcm the State (in 1981, on February 10, March 15, June 8, 12 and 15, July 10 and 28, August 10, 19, 21, and 24, September 1, 22 and 29, and De cember 4, 8, 23, and 31; in 1982 on January 5, 10 and 15). b. The Kentucky negotiations did, indeed, extend beyond this Court's dead line. However, by December 31, 1981, OCR was very confident that it would •17- reach an agreement with Kentucky. At the same time, it was prepared to initiate enforcement proceedings if it became necessary. An enforcement package had been prepared. OCR chose to avoid creating a confrontational atmosphere, which it felt might cause negotiations, which were fast closing on an acceptable remedy, to break down. OCR's confidence was appropriate. A plan from Kentucky was provisional ly accepted by OCR on January 29, 1 982. 11. OCR's provisional acceptance of the Kentucky plan is not unique. Previously, OCR has provisionally accepted plans from Oklahoma on February 3, 1978, frcm Virginia on April 4, 1978 and from Georgia on March 14, 1978. MONITORING OF STATE PLANS 12. Once a state's plan has been accepted, OCR monitors and reviews the state's implementation of the plan, and provides the state with evalua- ations o-f its progress. Each plan establishes yearly benchmarks and goals by which OCR can measure such progress. If a state fails to reach the yearly goals or commitments contained in its plan, OCR seeks a satisfactory explana tion for this failure and proposed additional and/or more stringent measures designed to remedy the problem. In addition, if the situation in the state has changed during the previous year, OCR requires the state to revise and/or amend the measures contained in its plan to take into account these changed circumstances. 13. OCR has issued two evaluation letters to each of the "first-tier" Adams states, and is presently preparing its third series of letters. As the examples below demonstrate, these reviews are based on analyses of narra tive reports on the state's implementation of its plan and statistical reports on the previous fall enrollment figures (these analyses cost X R more than $250,000 per year), on-site monitoring visits to several public higher educa tion institutions in the state, and numerous correspondence and meetings with state officials. Examples of XR's efforts to monitor and review each state's compliance efforts include, but are not limited to: 14. Florida -- a. OCR has attempted to monitor and secure implementa tion of Florida's plan by means of written correspondence, meetings, on-site reviews and reviews by X R of statistical and narrative annual reports provided by the State. XR's first evaluation letter was forwarded to the State in 1981. There were, however, numerous contacts with the State which preceded -18- that letter. On October 15, 1978, OCR provided Florida with an evaluation critical of the State's proposed program duplication plan. Nine months later, on July 12, 1979, OCR forwarded to the State a second critique of its program duplication plan. Officials from OCR and the State met on September 17, 1979 to discuss the program duplication issues. No resolution, however, was reached. Then, on March 14, 1980, OCR notified Florida that there remained serious unresolved program duplication issues. Letter from Roma Stewart to Ralph 0. Turlington (3/14/80). b. There were several other meetings and correspondence with the State between 1978 and 1980. On July 20, 1978, CCR requested impact assessments of the creation of a branch campus of the University of Florida in Jackson ville. The following September, State officials met with OCR to discuss problems in plan implementation. In 1979, OCR conducted on-site reviews at Manatee Junior College and Lake-Sumter Junior College. In March of 1980, OCR requested that Florida provide it with impact assessments regarding teacher education admission requirements and requirements for admission to upper level courses. Florida's response, the following month, failed to provide the requested assessments. c. After several on-site visits in the Spring of 1980, and review of all relevant information, X R prepared and forwarded, on January 15, 1981, the first evaluation letter, discussing Florida's progress in implementing its plan. Tnis letter noted deficiencies in: college-going rates of black high school graduates; the number of black students entering upper divisions at the TWIs; the number of black undergraduates at IP/lIs; white enrollment at the TBI; desegregation of faculty at the TOIs; recruitment programs of TOIs ■19- for black students; retention studies and measures for increasing the reten tion rate of black students; establishment of new programs at the TBI; elimination of program duplication; completion of a facilities study; and, procedures to assess the possible adverse impact of proposed changes on black students. OCR demanded that Florida take steps to respond to the identified problems. Letter from Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights, Cynthia Brown, to the State Commissioner of Education, Ralph Turlington, at 2-3 (1/15/81). d. Florida officials initially responded on February 21, 1981, by denying most of XR's list of deficiencies and refuting the need for impact assessments at the University of North Florida branch campus, teacher education admission standards and upper division admission requirements. Letter from Chancellor Ralph D. Turlington to Frederick T. Cioffi (2/21/81). e. After a series of meetings in the spring of 1981, however, Florida officials provided OCR with; new commitments and revisions of the student recruitment procedures; impact assessments; new programs and other measures designed to enhance the TBI; completion dates for the physical plant facilities studies; establishment of interim retention goals; revised enrollment projec tions for new programs at the TBI; and, a description of methods for measuring progress towards achieving stated goals. Letters of April 10 and 17, 1981, from Barbara E. Newell and Ralph Turlington to Frederick Cioffi. OCR notified Florida that these commitments constituted an acceptable response to its January 15, 1981 latter. Letter from Antonio J. Califa to Ralph D. Turlington (4/20/81). Many of these promised actions have since been taken by the State. -20- f. Further, on September 11, 1981, OCR sent Florida a second evaluation letter, after reviewing Florida's submissions and conducting additional on-site visits. The letter addressed three additional areas of deficient plan implementation: black enrollment; impact assessments; and reporting and analyses of progress and monitoring. Letter from OCR Regional Director, William H. Thomas, to Ralph D. Turlington (9/11/81). OCR subsequently met with Florida officials on November 10, 1981 to discuss the problems identified in this letter. At this time, Florida submitted impact studies. g. OCR is also currently preparing a third evaluation letter to be issued in the fall of 1982. In preparation for this evaluation, four more on-site visits were conducted and several correspondence and telephone contacts were made. 15. Arkansas -- a. OCR's evaluation of the first year of Arkansas' plan implementation (1978-79) was based on a review of Arkansas' statistical and narrative submission and on-site monitoring visits to thirteen two-year and four-year institutions. OCR evaluation letter of December 3, 1980 identified two major deficiencies in Arkansas' plan implementation: delays in the implementation of expanded master's degree programs at the TBI (Univer sity of Arkansas at Pine Bluff) and a growing disparity in the first-time entry rates of black and white students. OCR requested that the State provide it with a timetable for the expansion of master's offerings and a description of additional measures designed to reduce the disparity in college-going rates. OCR also identified deficiencies in: undergraduate enrollment at the four-year TWIs; entry rates to graduate programs; the development of an in-depth study on the transfer of students; and academic employment. -21- Letter from OCR Regional Director, Taylor D. August, to T. Michael Elliott (12/3/80). b. Arkansas responded to this evaluation on February 3, 1981, premising two recruitment and financial aid activities to decrease the disparity in entry rates to undergraduate institutions and increase black undergraduate enrollment at the TWIs. Arkansas also agreed to develop revised graduate enrollment goals, and initiating an in-depth study of the transfer of students. Letter from T. Michael Elliott to OCR Regional Director, Taylor August, at 5-7 (2/3/81). On April 21, 1981, OCR and State officials met and agreed on methods for measuring progress toward goals contained in the plan. Arkansas subsequently carried out its premise to implement recruitment activities and student financial aid activities. c. On November 10, 1981, OCR issued its second evaluation letter to the State, addressing plan implementation through 1979-80 (and, in part, through 1980-81). This evaluation was again based on narrative and statistical reports and on-site visits to ten institutions. This letter reported deficien cies in: funding for facility renovation at the TBI; development of a time table for autonomous master's programs at the TBI; the efficacy of adopted measures for increasing the entry rates of first-time black students; entry rates of black students into graduate and professional programs; retention of black undergraduate students; submission of the in-depth study of the transfer of students; and the efficacy of measures adopted to increase academic employment of blacks. OCR requested that the State respond within 45 days and include specific corrective measures. Letter from OCR Regional Director, Taylor D. August, to T. Michael Elliott (11/10/81). -22- d. On January 29, 1982, Arkansas submitted a response and requested three plan changes involving undergraduate enrollment at TWIs, entrance rates to graduate and professional education, and academic employment measures. Letter from T. Michael Elliott to OCR Regional Director, Taylor D. August (1/29/82). OCR wrote the State on April 7, 1982 (Letter from OCR Regional Director, Taylor D. August to T. Michael Elliott) and subsequently met with state officials on April 12, 1982, informing them that their response was unacceptable and denying the first two of their three requested plan changes. Arkansas officials then promised to submit OCR's requested revised measures and supplemental information in order for OCR to evaluate Arkansas' third request for a plan change (regarding academic employment), but requested an extension of time until July 15, 1982 in order to gather the information. The State promised to include all information and remedial measures requested by OCR in its April 7, 1982 letter, including the results of its study of the transfer of students. OCR agreed to this extension. 16. Oklahoma -- a. In preparation for OCR's evaluation of Oklahoma's first year of plan implementation (1978-79), OCR reviewed narrative and statistical reports and conducted eleven on-site monitoring visits to State institutions. On December 3, 1980, OCR forwarded to the State a letter requesting: an explanation for the state's delay, and a revised timetable for initiating several programs to improve and enhance Langston University, the TBI; an assessment of the State's progress toward completing capital improvements at the TBI; an explanation for and alternative/additional measures to remedy the growing disparity in college-going rates of black and white students; and an assessment and revision of previously approved employment - 23- goals since T/JIs had failed to meet their interim goals. Letter from OCR Regional Director, Taylor D. August, to Chancellor E. T. Dunlap at Tab A (12/3/80). Tne State responded on January 13, 1981, providing OCR with: satisfactory explanations of the delay and revised timetables for the enhance ment of the TBI; a plan indicating that capital improvement plans at the TBI were moving along as scheduled; an adequate explanation for the decline in black first-time entering students; and, expanded measures designed to meet the plan's employment goals. Letter from Chancellor E. T. Dunlap to OCR Regional Director, Taylor D. August (1/13/81). b. OCR subsequently met with State officials in February to discuss Okla homa's plan implementation. OCR forwarded a second evaluation letter to Oklahoma in 1981, assessing the State's progress under the plan during the 1979-80 academic year. In this letter, OCR identified two problem areas: the State had not fully implemented several commitments relating to the TBI's new urban mission; and the black student enrollment objectives had not been met. OCR requested and received a satisfactory explanation for the enhancement measures undertaken at the TBI, and additional measures designed to improve student enrollment goals and retention. Letter from OCR Regional Director, Taylor D. August, to Chancellor E. T. Dunlap at 1-2 (8/26/81). c. OCR met with State officials in February and March of 1982 to discuss further plan implementation, proposed activities regarding student enrollment and retention measures, and a proposed expansion of upper-level higher education programs in the Tulsa area, an area where the TBI operates a clinical base. 17. Georgia -- a. As in the other "first tier" states, X R has forwarded two evaluation letters to the State. These letters were based upon information -24- culled from the narrative and statistical reports completed by the State, several on-site visits to institutions, and telephone interviews. The De cember 12, 1980 letter evaluating plan implementation during 1978-79 noted deficiencies and problems in the State's: failure to indicate whether the TBIs had received the promised three million dollar capital outlay cash appropriations; failure to appoint a Director for the Rural Life Center at Fort Valley State College; delay in implementing several new degree programs at the TBIs; failure to complete productivity and management reviews of the TBIs' academic programs; failure to implement joint extension and public service programs at Savannah State College and Armstrong State College; establishing medical school enrollment goals inconsistent with those listed in the plan; significant decrease in black first-time enrollment; and, failure to report on progress made in meeting goals designed to increase black partici pation in higher education. Letter from OCR Regional Director, William H. Thomas, to Chancellor of the University System of Georgia, Vernon Crawford at Tab A (12/12/80). OCR requested that remedial action be undertaken within 45 days. b. On February 1, 1981, in a letter to OCR Regional Di rector Wil li am H. Thomas, the Chancellor of the Georgia University System provided a response. Additional information was provided by the Vice Chancellor on January 6, 1982, in another letter to OCR Regional Director, William H. Thomas. OCR found their responses insufficient. Further clarification on the issue of enhance ment funds was provided by telephone on January 29, 1982. c. These monitoring activities resulted in the implementation of new degree programs and the establishment of a public service program in the - 25- Savannah area, jointly sponsored by Savannah State College (TBI) and Armstrong State Col lege (TWI), d. The second evaluation letter, forwarded to the State on May 20, 1982, reviewed plan implementation during the 1979-80 and 1980-81 academic years. OCR noted that; the TBIs had not yet received the promised capital outlay cash appropriations; several new degree programs had not been implemented; there was-a continuing failure to select a director of the Rural Life Center; there was a failure to reduce the disparity between National Teacher Examina tion scores at Fort Valley State College and other colleges in the state system; there was a failure to complete productivity and management reviews; there was a disparity in college-going rates; there was a failure to meet black student enrollment goals at many institutions; there was a decline in the number and percentage of medical and dental degrees awarded to black students; and, there was a failure to desegregate staff at the University level. CCR requested that, within 45 days, the State provide it with specific remedial measures designed to remedy these identified deficiencies. Letter from OCR Regional Director, William Thomas, to Chancellor Dr. Vernon Crawford at 2-5 (5/20/82). e. The Chancellor's response has not yet been received, and a follow-up telephone call is planned for the week of July 6, 1982. f. In order to update information on the issues raised in the May 20, 1982 evaluation letter, during June and the first two days in July 1982, OCR conducted on-site visits to eight institutions. Before conducting these on-site reviews, OCR made telephone calls, wrote the institutions with numerous questions and received responses from the appropriate institutional officials. -26- g. Also, on June 14, 1982, an Acting Director for Fort Valley's Rural Life Center (now "Farm and Community Life Center") was appointed. OCR is continuing to press for appointment of a permanent director, and conducted an on-site visit to the institution on June 21, 1982. h. OCR has scheduled an August 9, 1982 meeting with Georgia's Chancellor to discuss problems with the state's implementation of its plan. 18. Virginia -- a. OCR's evaluation of the implementation of the State's first full academic year (1978-79) of its desegregation plan consisted of a review of narrative and statistical reports, on-site monitoring visits to 5 institutions, information contained in a December 7, 1979 letter from the State (from J. Wade Gilley to OCR Regional Director, Dewey E. Dodds) and meetings in May and October of 1979 and January 1980 with State officials. The first evaluation letter, dated November 28, 1980, requested that the State clarify and explain the following problem areas: enhancement of facili ties at two TBIs, Norfolk State College and Virginia State College; provision of comparable resources to the TBIs; desegregation impact procedures; student enrollment objectives; and, employment objectives for the TWIs. Letter from OCR Regional Director, Dewey Dodds, to Secretary Gilley at Tab A (11/28/80) b. The State responded to this letter on January 12, 1981, in a letter from the State's Secretary of Education Gilley to OCR's Regional Director, Dewey Dodds. Although this response addressed each of the OCR-identified problem areas, the State's response was adequate in only one respect -- desegegation impact procedures. -27- c. OCR's second evaluation letter, sent to the State on November 17, 1981, requested clarification, explanation and additional measures designed to address student enrollment and retention problems, employment goals and commitments to enhance the TBIs. Letter from OCR Regional Director, Dewey Dodds, to Secretary Gil ley at Tab A (11/17/81). d. OCR's Regional Director and staff met with Secretary Gilley on De cember 17, 1981 to discuss the problems identified in OCR's November 17, 1981 letter. The State committed to provide a detailed response to the problem areas raised by OCR. e. On December 31, 1981, the State forwarded its response to OCR. This response discussed studies that had been conducted regarding student enrollment and retention, provided information on completed enhancement activities and rebutted OCR's statements regarding employment goals. XR, however, deter mined that this response was inadequate because the State' did not propose any increased or new activities to cure the identified problems. Letter from Wade Gilley to OCR Regional Director, Dewey Dodds, at Attachment pp. 1-8 (12/31/81). f. OCR regional staff also met with.the Secretary Gilley in December to discuss the continuing plan implementation problems. The meeting was not productive, however, since the Governor and his administration had less than 30 days to remain in office. Consequently, X R awaited the inauguration of the new administration in Virginia, and then initiated discussions with the new Secretary of Education. A meeting to discuss plan implementation problems with this new administration was held on May 11, 1982. g. Finally, on June 3, 1982, X R Regional Director Dewey Dodds wrote Virginia's Secretary of Education, summarizing the continuing problems in -28- plan implementation. This letter referred to the problems in the areas of student enrollment and the enhancement of the TBIs, specifically citing: the increased disparity in college entrance rates between black and white high school graduates; the minimal increase in the proportion of black undergraduate enrollment at the P/lIs; the failure of most schools to reach their black undergraduate enrollment goals; the disparity in entrance rates of black baccalaureate graduates into graduate and professional schools; the disparity in graduation rates of white enrol lees versus black enrol lees; and the absence of comprehensive enhancement measures for the TBIs. Letter from OCR Regional Director, Dewey E. Dodds, to John T. Casteen III at 1-2 (6/3/82). h. This letter also cited the State's failure to address, in its De cember 31, 1981 letter, specific issues and problems raised in OCR's Novem ber 17, 1981 evaluation letter. Id. at 1-2. i. In addition, in responding to the State's request to set forth OCR's parameters in negotiating and accepting a higher education desegregation plan, OCR reiterated the commitments and goals outlined in the Criteria. j. OCR then stated that the information presently available to it indi cates that the goals of the plan will not be achieved by the 1982-83 academic year. OCR requested that the State develop and submit specific measures, with time tables for implementation, to overcome the plan deficiencies within 60 days. Id. at 2-3. The letter also notified the State that if these problems could not be resolved voluntarily, OCR's regional office would recommend the initiation of enforcement proceeding against Virginia's higher education system. -29- PENNSYLVANIA 19.a. In 1974, Pennsylvania submitted, and OCR accepted, the state's higher education desegregation plan. OCR subsequently reviewed reports and submissions received from the State in: February, September and October of 1975; February, July and October 1976; February and August 1977; July 1978; July 1979; and July 1980. In addition, OCR reviewed narrative and statistical reports received in August 1978, 1979 and 1980. Three on-site monitoring visits were conducted in 1975, two in 1979 and one in 1980. As a result of the information gathered during this period, OCR notified the State, on January 16, 1981, that it had failed to achieve compliance with Title VI under the 1974 plan. The continuing noncompliance with Title VI was found to be a result of three factors: important commitments in the plan were not carried out; the content of the plan was limited, and important components necessary for complete desegregation of the system were omitted; and, the scope of the plan was too narrow. Letter from OCR Regional Director, Dewey Dodds, to Pennsylvania Governor Richard Thornburgh at 3 (1/16/81). b. Between January 16 and May 27, 1981 , OCR and officials of the State met and exchanged correspondence concerning the development of a revised plan for compliance with Title VI. c. On May 27, 1981, the State affirmed its commitment to supplement its 1974 plan, and proposed specific time frames within which it intended to accomplish additional steps necessary for the final development and submission of its supplemental plan. The State promised to submit this supplemental plan on July 27, 1981. The promise was qualified, however, in that some aspects of the plan -- admissions/ recruitment, the library action plan and -30- an academic action plan for the TBI, Cheyney State College -- would not be final until the new administration at Cheyney State had an opportunity to review them. Letter from Pennsylvania Secretary of Education Robert Scanlon to Department of Education Secretary Terrel Bell (5/27/81). d. On June 15, 1981, the State forwarded an outline of its supplemental plan. On August 5, 1981, the Acting Governor wrote OCR requesting a meeting to discuss its proposed supplemental plan and requesting an extension until September 30, 1981 for submitting this Supplement. As scheduled, on Septem ber 30, 1981, the State forwarded its 1981 Supplement to the 1974 plan. The State expressed its position as being that full compliance with Title VI would be achieved upon completion of the commitments made in the Supplement, and accepted the Criteria as a framework for the development of an acceptable plan for compliance. OCR found the Supplement to be a good start toward the develop ment of a complete compliance plan. The Supplement, however, was deficient in a number of respects. On December 18, 1981, OCR notified the State that the Supplement was incomplete in major areas and included a point-by-point analysis for the further guidance of the State. Pennsylvania was asked to submit a revised plan, which it did on February 25, 1982 (the Addendum). Latter from OCR Re gional Director, Dewey Dodds, to Secretary Scanlon (12/18/81). e. After a brief review of the Addendum, on March 18, 1982, OCR's regional office notified the State that because of the state's continued deferral of a plan for the enhancement of Cheyney State, the 1982 Addendum was not an accept able plan for compliance with Title VI, and that, if an acceptable plan was not submitted, enforcement proceedings would be recommended. Letter from X R Regional Director, Dewey Dodds, to Secretary Scanlon at 5 (3/18/82). As a result, on April 16, 1982, the regional office wrote the State informing it that the region was recommending the initiation of enforcement proceedings. -31- f. On May 6, 1 982, the State wrote X R to report on progress toward the enhancement of Cheyney State. Enhancement efforts of Cheyney State have been delayed, however, 'while the State seeks to appoint a new president of the college. g. In late April 1982, the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights, Clarence Thomas, left the Department of Education and Acting Assistant Secre tary, Harry M. Singleton, assumed his duties and responsibilities. As is his prerogative as the new Assistant Secretary, Mr. Singleton is reviewing the situation in Pennsylvania's system of higher education. I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Julia Dobbs Chief, State Systems Desegregation Branch Office for Civil Rights Dated:: L>, -32- CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE ̂ C6rtify that a copy of tha following Dafandants' Points and Authorities in Opposition to Plaintiffs' Motion for Relief, and Declaration were mailed first class mail this (> day of July 19 82 to: Marcia D. Greenberger, Esquire Center for Law & Social Policy 1751 N Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20036 David K. Flynn, Esquire Covington & Burling 1201 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20044 and hand delivered to: Elliott C. Lichtman, Esquire Rauh, Silard and Lichtman 1001 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20036 ĵlj a RICHARD A. LEVIE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA KENNETH ADAMS, et al,, TERREL H. BELL, et al., Plaintiffs, Defendants. Civil Action No. 3095-70 ORDER Upon consideration of Plaintiffs' Motion for Further Relief, Defendants' Points and Authorities in Opposition thereto. Declaration and the entire record herein, it is this ____ day of ________________ , 1982 ORDERED that Plaintiffs' Motion for Further Relief is hereby DENIED. UNITED STATES DISTRICT JUDGE IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA KENNETH ADAMS, et al., Plaintiffs, V. TERREL H. BELL, et al.. Defendants. ) ) Civil Action No. 70-3095 ) MOTION FOR FURTHER RELIEF Plaintiffs move for further relief requiring defendants to enforce the Revised Criteria Specifying The Ingredients of Acceptable Plans To Desegregate State Systems of Public Higher Education (hereinafter "the Criteria"), 43 Fed. Reg. 6658 (Feb. 15, 1978) (see Appendix A, infra), promulgated by defen dants in compliance with this Court's Second Supplemental Order of April 1, 1977, in this case. Adams v. Califano, 430 F.Supp. 118, 121 (D.D.C. 1977). Today, more than five years since the date of this Court's seminal order, the United States Department of Education (*'DE") has abandoned the Criteria. Even though the Criteria were adopted to comply with an order of this Court, and even though they cannot be formally abandoned without this Court's permission, defendants cavalierly treat the Criteria as a dead letter and act as though they can ignore and disregard the Criteria at will. In state after state, DE has accepted plans which do not meet the Criteria and has failed to impose sanctions where previously accepted plans are not being implemented pursuant to the Criteria. I. Introduction Pursuant to this Court's Second Supplemental Order of April 1, 1977, the Department of Health, Education and Welfare ("HEW") promulgated specific standards for desegregation plans for six states that were subsequently amended and published as Amended Criteria Specifying Ingredients of Acceptable Plans to Desegregate State Systems of Public Higher Education. 42 Fed. Reg. at 40780-85 (August 11, 1977). In February 1978, HEW re-published the standards as Revised Criteria, having concluded that they were providing specific and effective guidance: HEW originally developed the criteria mindful of the instructions of the Court that they comply with constitutional standards and Title VI, conform with sound educational practices, and take into account the unique importance of black colleges. Based on its experience in applying the criteria to six state systems of higher education over the past months, HEW has determined that the criteria provide specific and effective guidance to the states and at the same time are sufficiently flexible to provide for circumstances which may vary from state to state. 43 Fed. Reg. at 6658. HEW expanded the coverage of the standards beyond the six states to apply to states with a history of de jure segregation: These criteria will be applied to a state which formerly operated a dual system of public higher education under state law, if the Office for Civil Rights [OCR] determines after investi gation that the state has failed to remove the vestiges of racial segregation in its system in violation of Title VI. at 6659. In the preamble to the Criteria, the legal principles underlying their issuance were set forth. As described more fully in the Points and Authorities filed in support of this motion, HEW recognized that 1) states which formerly practiced de jure segregation must take affirmative remedial actions which are "effective" and which "achieve results" in overcoming - 2 - the vestiges of that practice (43 Fed. Reg. at 6659); 2) the states must engage in statewide rather than institution- by-institution planning if this objective is to be realized (ibid. ); 3) for plans to be accepted they must contain specific goals and timetables rather than vague, general promises (ibid. ) ; and 4) to avoid the danger that desegrega tion might actually diminish higher educational opportunities for blacks, it must be accomplished in such a manner as to enhance and strengthen rather than weaken the traditionally black institutions in each state (î . at 6660). The key requirements of the Criteria themselves, as set forth in a summary issued by defendants on the day of their release, are the following: — Traditionally black institutions must be strengthened in quality so that they attract students for non-racial reasons; — State systems must eliminate educationally unnecessary program duplication; — Some new "high demand" programs must be placed on traditionally black campuses; — The state must achieve parity in the rate of black and white students entering the higher education system; — The state must increase the number of black students at traditionally white institutions; — The state must achieve parity in the number of black and white graduates of state colleges who enter state graduate schools; — The proportion of white students attending traditionally black colleges must be increased; — the state must increase mobility of students between the state's two-and four-year institutions; — The state must increase the percentage of black academic and nonacademic employees in the system and increase the number of black representatives on governing boards. - 3 - HEW Involvement in Desegregation of State Higher Education Systems, HEW NEWS, Office for Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, February 2, 1978. As we shall demonstrate below, defendants are today ignoring these requirements. The exact manner of abandon ment varies from state to state depending upon the history, structure and operational program of each complex state system, but in each state the overall result has been the same: defendants have failed to enforce the Criteria which the Court of Appeals and this Court required them to establish many years ago. Furthermore, in several respects defendants are violating not only the Criteria, but also the specific holdings of the Court of Appeals and this Court cited in the preamble as the very reasons for their issuance. For example, as set forth more fully in the accompanying Points and Authorities, the very foundation of the law of this case is the principle that in each state [t]he problem of integrating higher education must be dealt with on a state-wide rather than a school-by-school basis. Adams v. Richardson, 480 F.2d 1159, 1164 (D.C. Cir. 1973) (en banc). This principle was the mandate for this Court's order of April 1, 1977, and it became the cornerstone of the Criteria adopted by defendants in compliance with that order. See 43 Fed. Reg. at 6659 ("the state system as a whole [must] develop a comprehensive and coordinated statewide de segregation plan"). Yet in virtually every state DE has aban doned this controlling principle of law and has accepted frag mented efforts as sufficient. As a result, the vestiges of de - 4 - jure segregation in public higher education are not being eli minated. Defendants have also ignored the requirement of the Court of Appeals and this Court that effective statewide measures be taken to increase the number of black professionals and de segregate the professional staffs of public higher educational institutions. Nine years ago, the en banc Court of Appeals declared that [plerhaps the most serious problem in this area is the lack of state-wide planning to provide more and better trained minority group doctors, lawyers, engineers and other professionals. A predicate for minority access to quality post-graduate programs is a viable, co ordinated state-wide higher education policy that takes into account the special problems of minority students and of Black colleges. Adams v. Richardson, supra, 480 F.2d at 1164-65 (D.C. Cir. 1973) (en banc). This Court's 1977 order specifically cited and quoted the above holding, Adams V. Cal ifano, 430 F.Supp. at 120 (D.D.C. 1977), and the Criteria contain numerous provisions for its implementation, 43 Fed. Reg. at 6662-63. State systems of higher education are key sources for credentialling persons to become candidates for professional positions, not only in their own institutions but also in the public and private sectors of their states and the nation. State systems are also major employers. One would expect therefore that DE would require and vigorously monitor the states' performance in the enrollment and graduation of black professionals and in the hiring of blacks for administrative, academic and nonprofessional positions in the state system. Yet, the generally and pervasively weak programs to recruit, enroll, retain and graduate blacks in graduate and professional 5 - programs are clear evidence that defendants are not implement ing the mandate of the Court of Appeals that dismantling dual systems of higher education result in the credentialling of substantially increased numbers of black professionals. Furthermore, since January 1981, defendants have abandoned their responsibility to assure effective statewide measures which result in substantial increases in the number of blacks employed by state postsecondary institutions as administrators, 1/faculty and professional nonfaculty staff members.” Additionally, DE is failing to require expeditious enhancement of the traditionally black institutions to enable them to contribute to the development of black professionals, to serve an increasing number of nonblacks and to ensure that they are not bearing a disproportionate share of the burden of desegregating the statewide system. This also is required by the decisions of both the Court of Appeals and this Court, Adams V. Richardson, supra, 480 F.2d at 1165; Adams v. Cal ifano, supra, 430 F.Supp. at 120, and is specifically provided for in the Criteria, 43 Fed. Reg. at 6660. Finally, despite the clear requirements of the Criteria, DE has abandoned any effort to secure realignment of programs and to eliminate educationally unnecessary duplication of pro grams and curriculum as vehicles for the enhancement of the traditionally black institutions and the desegregation of both traditionally black and white institutions. Today, as in the era of de jure segregation, most of the states still have two public land-grant institutions which are j_/ Defendants have accepted from almost every state mere promises that institutional affirmative action plans will be filed with the Labor Department's Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP) without determining whether these plans have been approved and are in compliance with the Criteria. - 6 - racially identifiable. The historically black institutions have always been the weaker of the pair, having never shared equitably in federal and state funds for educational, research, extension and public service programs. Nonetheless, in vio lation of the decisions in this case and the Criteria, defendants have failed to address this historic pattern of discrimination. We summarize below defendants' abandonment of the Criteria in a broad cross-section of states covered by this , . . . 2/litigation. II. The "Second Tier" Adams States 3/ Although defendants announced in February 1978 that inves tigations would be undertaken to ascertain the compliance status of states with a history of de jure segregation other than the six covered by this Court's Second Supplemental Order, no formal action was taken with respect to those states for nearly three years. Defendants neither issued letters of findings nor commenced enforcement proceedings, and many efforts by plaintiffs to prod defendants into action proved fruitless. Finally, as a result of plaintiffs' November 1980 Motion for Further Relief, a Consent Order was agreed to by the parties and signed by this Court on December 17, 1980. The Consent The documentation set forth below is illustrative of defendants' wholesale abandonment of the Criteria throughout the entire country. The failure to mention a particular state or particular problems within any one state is not a concession that defendants are in compliance with respect to that state or that problem. 3̂/ By "first tier" states, we refer to the original six states covered by this Court's Second Supplemental Order in 1977. They are the subject of Section III infra of this Motion. "Second tier" states are described in the text above. 7 - Order (paragraph one) required defendants to issue letters of compliance or non-compliance no later than January 15, 1981, and to observe the same time-frames for subsequent negotiation and enforcement mandated by the Court's previous order of December 29, 1977, in this case. Although letters of findings were issued in timely fashion pursuant to the Consent Order, virtually everything else done by defendants has violated either that Order, the Criteria, or both. KENTUCKY The Court will recall that in the case of Kentucky, DE did not secure a Plan from the Commonwealth in timely fashion. Although DE cited Kentucky in January 1981 for failing "to eliminate the vestiges of its former de jure 4/racially dual system of public higher education, defendants failed to require submission of a Plan within the mandatory 120-day time period.—^ Defendants first secured a 105-day extension of time by order of this Court entered May 21, 1981, and then on August 27, 1981, sought another extension to January 15, 1982. In view of the sworn assertion of Assistant Secretary Clarence Thomas that this second extension would "result in a plan sufficient to bring Kentucky's system of 6/public higher education into full compliance with Title VI," the Court granted the extension on September 17, 1981, but wrote £/ Letter from DE Regional Civil Rights Director William H. Thomas (Region IV) to Governor John Y. Brown, Jr., January 15, 1981, p.2. _5/ See this Court's Orders of December 1 8, 1 980, f 1 , and December 29, 1977, 1l 22. 6/ Declaration of August 26, 1981, p. 3. onto its Order that date in its own handwriting that "1^ more extensions will be granted" (emphasis in original). Unable to obtain further extensions, DE circumvented the Court's September 1981 Order, by granting only "provisional" acceptance to a Kentucky Plan and unilaterally granting the Commonwealth until August 31, 1982, before final approval is considered. By DE's own admission, its action had to be "provi sional" because the Commonwealth had not yet made "all decisions necessary to the completion and successful implementation of 7/the plan."~ Given all of the foot-dragging described above, it should come as no surprise that the provisionally approved proposal is grossly inadequate. Indeed, the proposal is openly defiant toward the Criteria, stating that they "were written in cooperation with and as guidance for other states, are not re- 8 /gulations, and do not have the force of law."— Kentucky's provisionally approved Plan is anything but a comprehensive, statewide program. There are absolutely no statewide measures, developed, coordinated and funded by the Commonwealth, in any of the areas critical to desegregation: student recruitment, retention, and financial aid, and faculty and staff recruitment, retention and development. There is no statewide desegregation budget or even a commitment to seek one from the legislature. There is no commitment to spend the funds necessary to upgrade the Commonwealth's traditionally black institution, Kentucky State University (KSU); and while KSU is 2/ Letter of Antonio J. Califa, DE's Director for Litigation, Enforcement and Policy Service, to Governor Brown, dated January 29, 1982. We note that this letter of "provisional" acceptance was written 2 weeks after the Court's deadline of January 15th had expired. 8/ Kentucky Plan pp. 5-6. - 9 - promised a revised curriculum including high demand programs, those programs are not even identified. The Commonwealth makes a general commitment to eliminate unnecessary program dupli cation, but does not identify the specific programs it deems duplicative and does not detail how they will be eliminated and/or reassigned to KSU. The proposal contains no statewide employment desegregation plan, but rather sets forth a collec tion of statistical reports from some institutions and makes general assurances with very few goals and timetables. In short, Kentucky has not yet submitted a Plan. It has submitted little more than a plan to plan. At this late date, nearly one year after a Plan was due in response to DE's January 1981 letter finding that the vestiges of de jure segregation have not yet been eliminated, that submission is totally unacceptable. DE's willingness to condone such a response vividly demonstrates the extent to which defendants have departed from the requirements of the Criteria and this Court's Orders. TEXAS By letter of January 15, 1981, former DE Assistant Secretary Cynthia G. Brown advised Texas Attorney General Mark White that "the State, of Texas has failed to eliminate the vestiges of its former de jure racially dual system of public higher education, a system that segregated blacks and whites." The letter charged (p.3) that judging by virtually every one of the significant indicia — student enrollment, faculties, staffs, governing boards, resource allocation and program duplication — Texas' state-supported colleges and universities continue "to reflect the racial identity assigned by law to Texas public institutions prior to 1954." - 10 - The Assistant Secretary's letter acknowledged (p.4) that on January 14, 1981, DE had received a submission from Attorney General White setting forth various measures which Mr. White "expect [ed] appropriate state officials to undertake voluntarily to achieve full compliance with Federal law." The letter identified many deficiencies in Texas' submission, including the critical fact that "the extent and sources of the funding necessary to carry out all aspects of the Texas plan have yet to be determined" (p.5). Nonetheless, the letter stated (p.5) that DE had "provisionally" accepted the deficient Plan. Texas was merely directed to submit additional informa tion and commitments by June 15, 1981. Not only did DE grant "provisional" acceptance to a set of inadequate proposals without any firm commitment from state officials to implement them statewide, but it has taken no formal action since January 15, 1981. The June 15, 1981, deadline passed without any final approval of a statewide Texas Plan, and no final approval has been granted since that date. Thus despite this Court's Order of December 18, 1980 (11 1), which explicitly requires enforcement proceedings against Texas within 120 days of DE's January 14, 1981 letter of findings, DE has chosen to disregard that Order, manifesting further its contempt of this Court's directives. In short, DE has allowed the Texas problem to lapse into a state of limbo. There is no accepted statewide final Plan, and not even a repeatedly extended "provisionally" accepted plan, at this time. DE has not compelled Texas to meet the require ments of the Criteria, and the vestiges of de jure segregation identified by Assistant Secretary Brown 15 months ago remain as strong as ever. - 11 - To appreciate fully DE's abandonment of the Revised Criteria with respect to Texas, it is necessary to summarize briefly the deficiencies of Texas' January 1981 proposal. The Court need look no further than Assistant Secretary Brown's letter of January 15, 1981, to identify most of those deficiencies. DE charged that Texas had failed to address; 1) enhancement of the state's two traditionally black institutions (Prairie View A & M University and Texas Southern University), including a) the development of academic programs that promise to attract students of all races to those institutions and b) specific additional commitments to insure a funding level for those institutions comparable to that enjoyed by similar white institutions? 2) identification and elimina tion of educationally unnecessary program duplication on a specific schedule, combined with allocation of new high- demand, unduplicated programs to strengthen Prarie View and Texas Southern; 3) adoption of numerical goals for recruitment of black and Hispanic students at all institutions statewide (only some of which had proposed such goals as of January 1981); 4) adoption of specific statewide plans for increasing both the number and proportion of black and Hispanic employees throughout the state's public higher education system; 5) an increase in the numbers of black and Hispanic persons appointed to the governing boards of Texas' traditionally white institu tions; and 6) the funding of Texas' Plan, complete with specific commitments by state and higher education officials and agencies who have the power to make and implement such - 12 - commitments. All of these actions are required by the Criteria; none had been done as of January 15, 1981; and none has been 9/done as of this date.— DELAWARE In a letter to Governor Pierre S. DuPont IV, apparently 10/dated January 15, 1981, de Regional Civil Rights Director Dewey E. Dodds (Region III) directed submission of a plan for desegregation of the traditionally white University of Delaware (UD) and the traditionally black Delaware State College (DSC). However, Mr. Dodds did not require the state to specifically address the problems of desegregation within Delaware's Community College System, claiming (p. 6) that the community colleges were exempt from coverage in part "[bjecause the schools in the Delaware Community College System were not established as part of the State's former de jure system." Such reasoning is entirely specious, and dangerously so. State-supported systems of higher education have expanded by leaps and bounds since the days of de jure segregation; if every campus opened since the de jure era were exempted from Title VI and the Criteria, the decisions of this Court and the V Additionally, Texas' January 1981 proposal was totally silent with respect to desegregation of the state's numerous junior and community colleges. By not including the two-year institutions, DE has not required the statewide plan demanded by the Criteria and the decisions of the Court of Appeals and this Court in this case. 10/ Although plaintiffs' copy is undated, it is our under standing that the letter was mailed on January 15, 1981. - 13 - Court of Appeals in this case would lose all meaning. The failure to address the Delaware system of public higher education on a statewide basis seriously undermines the effort to desegregate UD and DSC. For example, plaintiffs alleged in their objections to the Delaware plan, filed on September 28, 1981, that there is duplication of programs between the primarily white Delaware Technical and Community College (DTCC) Terry campus in Dover and the traditionally black DSC (also located in Dover). Secretary Bell did not deny this claim in his response to plaintiffs' objections. (DE Response of November 18, 1981, p.3). With DTCC in Dover operating at a 78.3% white enrollment in 1980, and DSC still 12/63% black (74.6% black in full-time enrollment), any educationally unnecessary duplication of programs could be fatal to the effort to attract white students from the area to DSC. Sim.ilarly, DTCC's Wilmington campus is 30.5% black at a time when UD, also located in the Wilmington region, still has an 13/undergraduate enrollment of only 3.2% black.— Yet the inter relationship of DTCC Wilmington and UD is ignored by the Delaware 11/ 11/ Although Mr. Dodds requested the state to "take account of the effect that remedial measures applied to one institu tion will have on other institutions (two-year and four-year) sharing the same service area," he added that the community colleges "should have a relatively minor role in a statewide plan" and directed that they be discussed only to the extent necessary "for an effective remedy." (Letter of January 15, 1981, to Governor DuPont, p.6.) The Delaware authorities, taking their cue from DE, submitted a plan on September 17, 1981, which focuses almost exclusively upon UD and DSC and virtually ignores the community colleges. 12/ Delaware Title VI Compliance Plan, Exhibit One (Sept. 28, 1981). 13/ Ibid. - 14 Plan. With the population of Wilmington at 46% black (see plain tiffs' objections to the Delaware plan, p.1), the inability of UD to attract black enrollment cannot possibly be addressed in.a comprehensive fashion without taking into account the existence 1 4/of a 30.5% black community college in the same region.— None theless, the current Administration of DE persists in allowing Delaware to operate its higher education system under this pal pably deficient Plan. MISSOURI In a letter to Governor Christopher Bond, dated January 15, 1981, DE Regional Civil Rights Director Jesse High (Region VII) directed submission of a plan for desegregation of only three of Missouri's 28 institutions of public higher education: the University of Missouri at Columbia (the state's flagship institution), the University of Missouri at Rolla (the state engineering school), and Southeast Missouri State University (one of nine State campuses serving regional and commuter service areas). As noted in-plaintiffs' objections, filed with DE on August 13, 1981, enrollment data annexed to Mr. High's letter itself (Table I) establish the inadequacy of DE's failure to require a statewide plan. These 1978 data reveal, for example, a wide disparity in the black enrollment rate at the two four-year institutions in St. Louis: the University of Missouri at St. Louis is 12.4% black, whereas Harris-Stowe 14/ Curiously, Exhibit One to Delaware's plan reveals that a smaller DTCC campus in the Wilmington region, located at Stanton, has a black enrollment of only 8.3%. This suggests the emergence of dualism within the DTCC system itself, and belies Mr. Dodds' assertion (p. 6) that "no community college campus is racially identifiable." - 15 College, which traces its roots to the traditionally black Stowe Teachers College of the de jure era, remains 75.1% black. Similarly, there are significant disparities in the black enrollment rates at the various community colleges within the Kansas City and St. Louis regions: the four Kansas City area community colleges range from 0.9% black at Maplewoods to 66% black at Pioneer, and the three St. Louis area community colleges range from 3.7% at Meramec to 54% at Forest Park. Plaintiffs' objections to DE also cited a recent report, prepared by the Missouri Commission on Human Rights, which further demonstrates the need for statewide planning addressing the problems of the St. Louis and Kansas City areas as well as the three institutions for which DE required a Plan. The Commission's February 1980 report. Graduates from the University of Missouri, Missouri State Universities and Colleges in May and June 1979, reveals that only 7% of the bachelor's degrees granted by the University of Missouri at St. Louis in the spring of 1979 were conferred upon black students; thus, while the 1978 black enrollment rate set forth in Table I of Mr. High's letter is 12.4%, there appear to be serious retention 15/and promotion problems for blacks at that institution.— 15/ The Criteria, § II E, require the State to take all steps to reduce any disparity in retention rates between black and white students. Retention is clearly a problem not confined to one institution in Missouri. The University of Missouri-Columbia "acknowledged the fact that the area requiring priority attention is retention ... based on data accumulated between fall, 1978 to fall, 1980, the total fulltime undergraduate retention rate for black students was 57 percent compared to 78 percent for whites." (University of Missouri-Columbia, Plan for Continuing the Achievement of Equal Opportunity for Students and Faculty, Part One, p. 30.) Yet DE approved a Plan without measures for addressing this serious problem and has not required a statewide approach to retention. - 16 - Given the fact that the City of St. Louis is 45.6% black according to the 1980 census, the adequacy of Missouri's desegregation efforts in that region is highly suspect. According to the Commission, the University of Missouri at Kansas City granted only 5.4% of its bachelor's degrees to blacks, in contrast to the 7.7% black enrollment rate stated in Mr. High's letter. Kansas City is 27.4% black according to the 1980 census. Quite apart from the failure to address the problems of St. Louis and Kansas City, the absence of a statewide plan could undermine the state's efforts to achieve desegregation on the three campuses cited by DE as requiring remedial action. For example, the 96.7% white University of Missouri at Columbia is near Moberly College, which at 11% black enrollment is the most integrated community college outside of St^ Louis and Kansas City (see High letter. Table I). A com prehensive statewide plan would seek to benefit from the presence of a two-year institution that appears to be progress ing toward integration in the region of a substantial^ly segregated university,‘by relying upon the two-year school as a "feeder" institution to help integrate the nearby university. Additionally, there are two and four-year institutions of public higher education in the general vicinity of the other universities cited by DE. Thus, the piecemeal approach of DE not only ignores the serious problems existing in the St. Louis and Kansas City regions, but will also hinder progress even at the three institutions which were declared in violation of Title VI in January of 1981. 17 - WEST VIRGINIA In a letter to Governor John D. Rockefeller IV, apparently 16/dated January 6, 1981,— DE Regional Civil Rights Director Dodds directed submission of a plan limited to only one of that state's sixteen institutions of public higher educa tion: the traditionally white West Virginia University (WVU). In footnote 3 on page 3 of that letter, Mr. Dodds conceded that thirteen other state-supported institutions of higher education in West Virginia "employ very few blacks on their faculties and staffs." Nonetheless, DE did not require West Virginia to submit a statewide plan. The Criteria, 43 Fed. Reg. at 6662, require that each state "commit the state system to the goal of increasing the number and proportion of black employees, academic and non- academic, throughout the system — " The thirteen institutions cited by Mr. Dodds constitute 65.1% of the West Virginia higher 17/educational system in terms of enrollment, yet DE chose to ignore the problem. DE merely announced in footnote 3 of Mr. Dodds' letter that it would turn .the matter of employment dis crimination over to the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs of the Department of Labor, a gross abdication of re sponsibility which is totally at odds with the Criteria and with DE's obligations before this Court. Both the Court of Appeals and this Court have expressly held that progress in 16/ Plaintiffs' copy is undated. Secretary Bell's letter of June 22, 1981, to counsel for plaintiffs, rejecting plaintiffs' objections, states that the letter was dated January 6, 1981. 17/ See Appendix A to Mr. Dodds' letter. Employment statistics were not provided. - 1i desegregating faculty and other professional staff positions is crucial to the overall progress of desegregation (see pp. 2-3, above). The Plan submitted by West Virginia on May 5, 1981, in response to Mr. Dodds' letter, is limited solely to WVU. No statewide remedial effort is proposed, and indeed the sub mission provides no data concerning the state's 15 other public institutions of higher education. Concerning the employment of blacks which DE has noted as a problem at the non-WVU institutions, affirmative action at WVU will have a major impact upon those other schools. Since WVU's 1978 enrollment of 14,581 constitutes 24.7% of the statewide total (see Appendix A to Mr. Dodds' letter), it is the very heart of the state's system. A genuine effort by WVU to attract black students and faculty would invariably draw blacks from the other institutions. Accordingly, the need for a statewide and state-funded program remains critical. III. The "Fir^t Tier" Adams States Pursuant to this Court's Second Supplemental Order of April 1, 1977, paragraph four (430 F. Supp. at 121), early in 1978 defendants approved the plans of several of the states covered by that Order. And Virginia's plan was approved in January of 1979. However, on the basis of plaintiffs' review of reports filed by those states with the Office for Civil Rights, it is apparent that there is widespread noncompli ance with the plans that were approved. The Criteria ex plicitly spell out what defendants must do in that eventuality; - 19 - OCR shall review such [annual] narrative reports. If good cause for the failure to meet interim goals is not demonstrated, OCR may impose more stringent require ments, including advance approval by OCR of desegregation methods, in order to assure achievement of the goals in the plan. In the alternative, the Depart ment may initiate enforcement proceedings under Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, if compliance with Title VI cannot be achieved by voluntary means. 43 Fed. Reg. at 6663. As we shall demonstrate below, defendants have totally ignored their responsibilities under this provision of the Criteria. Despite substantial evidence of noncompliance with state plans and Title VI, defendants have neither imposed more stringent requirements nor initiated enforcement proceed ings against the "first tier" Adams states. ARKANSAS Arkansas has no statewide and state-funded programs to assure effective implementation of the Criteria's key requirements for desegregation of state systems of higher education. Consequently, Arkansas has not only failed to meet the goals of the Plan accepted by defendants in 1978, but is actually achieving less in virtually every category than was true at the time the Plan was submitted. Even though Arkansas' system of public higher education remains as segregated as ever, DE has failed to require the statewide remedial measures mandated by the Criteria. Arkansas adopted the Criteria's required college-going parity among black and white high school graduates, and further promised in its Plan to "implement corrective measures' to address any disparities (Plan, p. 55). However, the racial disparity actually increased from 5.7 percentage points - 20 - in 1977-78 to 9.1 in 1980-81, and black enrollment in postsecondary institutions statewide decreased from 16.9% in 11/1975 to 15.7% in 1980-81. Indeed the decline in some institutions such as Henderson State University, whose black enrollment dropped from 30.3% to 19.5% within four years, was . 20/drastic. d e 's 1980 evaluation letter noted the problem and requested information on proposed corrective measures. Yet Arkansas has implemented no corrective measures specifically targeted to blacks, and confronted with this lack of initiative, DE has failed to impose more stringent requirements. Concerning the State's traditionally white 4-year institu tions, the Arkansas Plan committed the State to reduce by 50% by 1982-83 the racial disparity in the proportion of black and white enrollees in these institutions. But the racial disparity in first time students in these institutions actually increased 11/from 11.1 percentage points in 1977-78 to 14.1 in 1980-81. Nonetheless, Arkansas has no statewide and state-funded program for the special recruitment of black students into the higher education system in general, and into the tradi tionally white institutions in particular; and DE has not required any such programs. The Criteria require promotion of opportunities for blacks to transfer from two-year institutions to the Junior class of four-year institutions. Yet Arkansas' latest annual desegrega- 11/ 18/ Arkansas College and University Plan for Compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Annual Report (Fall 1981) Table 4, p. 6. 19/ Id. at Table 5, p. 7. 20/ Ibid. 21/ Id. at Table 4, p. 6. - 21 - tion report admits a growing racial disparity in the proportion of students who complete their studies at the two-year colleges and receive associate degrees. The same report documents an alarming decrease in the proportion of black students who graduated from two-year colleges and entered four-year institu- 22/tions from 59.4% in 1977-78 to 23.1% in 1979-80.— The State's report of the previous year identified this problem and conceded that while "[S]ome policies have been developed [to combat it] . . . they are not formal in nature and they are not enforced 23/by all institutions." Yet DE has taken no action to require Arkansas to adopt a statewide program to address this serious problem. Arkansas' performance has been equally dismal in the enrollment of blacks in graduate and professional programs. The Criteria (II C) require the goal of parity in the propor tion of black and white baccalaureate graduates enrolling in the state's graduate and professional schools. Arkansas acknowledged in its 1980 Annual Report that the disparity was 16 percentage points, and that only "limited progress" has-been made in reducing disparities overall as well as in those pro grams, where blacks have traditionally been underrepresented. In fact, the state had only four more fulltime black graduate students in 1980 than in 1977 and the black percentage in 25/graduate enrollment declined.— 24/ 22/ Id. at Table 9, p. 11. 23/ Arkansas College and University Plan for Compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Annual Report (Fall 1980) , p. 14. 2±/ at 16. 25/ Higher Education General Information Survey (hereinafter "HEGIS") Fall Enrollment and Compliance Report on Institutions of Higher Education. Source: Arkansas submission on OE 2300-2.3 for 1977 and NCES Form 2300-2.3A for 1980. - 22 - By Arkansas' own admission, desegregation of staff posi- 26/tions IS the area in which "progress has been slowest."— The Criteria require Arkansas to achieve a black proportion in positions not requiring the doctorate equal to the percentage of black recipients of master's degrees. Blacks were 10.3% of master's recipients in 1978-79, but constituted only 5.3% of administrative and 4.7% of faculty new hires in 1979-80 at the 27/traditionally white institutions. Although black recipi ents of master's degrees declined to 8.2% in 1979-80, 13 of the 18 predominantly white institutions failed to meet even this lesser goal for administrators and''13 failed it for faculty. Seven of the nine two-year institutions had no black administra- . . 28/ tors at all in positions not requiring the doctorate.— For positions requiring the doctorate, 16 of the 18 predominantly white institutions did not meet a modest 2.2% goal for black faculty and 15 did not meet that goal for administrators in 2 9/1980-81.— Between 1977 and 1980 the percentage of blacks in administrative and professional non-faculty positions at pre- 30/dominantly white four-year institutions, declined. 26/ 1980 Annual Report at 17. 27/ Letter from Arkansas Director of Higher Education T. Michael Elliott to DE Regional Director Taylor D. August (Region VI), February 3, 1981, p. 9. 28/ 1981 Annual Report at Table 11, p. 13. 29/ Id. at Table 12, p. 14. 30/ Source: Higher Education Staff Information (EEO-6) for 1977 and 1980 submitted by Arkansas. DE's evaluation letter merely noted Arkansas' failure to meet the employment goals in its Plan but did not assess the effectiveness of the State's implementing measures because they "were not approved by OCR until May 1979" (TAB B, p. 6) — fully 15 months after defen dants' approval of the Plan. DE compounded its failure to insist upon measures prior to Plan approval by not imposing more stringent requirements when the delayed measures were clearly not working. - 23 - with Arkansas regressing on practically every front, the need for a vigorous statewide desegregation program is greater than ever before. Yet DE has done nothing to force Arkansas into compliance with the goals of that state's own Plan and to bring about adherence to the Criteria. The holdings of the Court of Appeals and this Court in this case, the Criteria promulgated pursuant to those holdings, and the Plan submitted by Arkansas pursuant to those Criteria, are all rendered meaningless by DE's inaction. VIRGINIA With the acquiescence of DE, Virginia has followed a fragmented, institution-by-institution approach to desegregation rather than a statewide program. The results since approval of the Virginia Plan three years ago have been disastrous. Virginia has no statewide and state-funded programs for the recruitment.and retention of black students into under graduate, graduate and professional programs, as required by the Criteria. DB expressed concern that Virginia had regressed in compliance with the Criteria's requirement for parity in college-going rates: According to the Commonwealth's August 1979 Report, the student enrollment data for 1978 indicate a disparity of 7.6% between the proportion of white and black high school graduates who entered Virginia's two-year and four-year state-supported institutions. This represents an increased disparity from the time the Plan was accepted (4.6% for academic year 1976-77). Of particular concern is the decline in freshman within- state black students enrollment from 5,294 in 1977 to 4,292 in 1978. During this same period, the percentage of white student enrollment (freshmen, within-state) decreased by less than 1%. 31/ 31/ Letter from D.E. Regional Director Dewey E. Dodds (Region III, to Virginia Secretary of Education, J. Wade Gilley, Nov. 28, 1980, TAB B, p. 12). 24 - Although DE compared the 18.9% decline in one year in black within-state freshmen to the 1% white decrease, it did not translate its concern into a requirement for remedial action. Virginia reported the following year that the college-going 32/rate disparity had risen even higher to 8.7 percentage points.— The proportion of black fulltime undergraduates that was 16.3% 33/in 1977 remained precisely 16.3% in 1980.— To promote desegregation of the traditionally white four- year institutions, the Criteria require substantial movement toward parity in the entrance rates of black and white high school graduates and transfer students. However, Virginia's predominantly white institutions are not achieving a black proportion in enrollment sufficient to ensure that the Cri teria's minimum requirements and the Plan's desegregation goals for 1982 will be met. The black/white disparity of 15.3% per centage points in first-time enrollees at these institutions in 1980 was an insignificant change from 1978. Eleven of the 13 traditionally white four-year institutions did not meet their i980 goals for first-time black enrollees and most of these did not fully utilize the other-race scholarships provided by the 34/Commonwealth. Given this poor rate of progress that resulted from reliance upon institutional initiatives, DE cited Virginia's failure "to assess the effectiveness of institutional recruitment the Plan" submitted by the Commonwealth in 1978. 35/ Nonetheless, 32/ State Council of Higher Education for Virginia, Annual Report (Aug. 31, 1981), p. 27. 33/ HEGIS Fall Enrollment and Compliance Report of Institutions of Higher Education. Virginia submission on OE 2300-2.3 for Fall 1977 and NCES Form 2300-2.3A for Fall 1980. 34/ 1981 Annual Report at 37, 40 and 13. 35/ Letter from DE Regional Director Dewey E. Dodds (Region III) to Virginia Secretary of Education J. Wade Gilley, Nov. 17, 1981, Attachment A p. 14-15. -25 - DE has taken no action to bring Virginia into compliance with the Criteria's requirement of progress toward parity. Responsive to the Court of Appeals' special concern to increase the pool of black professionals, the Criteria set the goal of parity in the proportion of black and white state residents who complete baccalaureate studies and enroll in graduate programs. In Virginia black fulltime graduate enroll ment statewide slipped from 5.1% in 1977 to 4.9% in 1980, largely due to an almost 56% decline in black graduate enroll- Wment at one of the traditionally black universities. The pro- ,portion of blacks enrolled in professional programs was stagnant between 1977-1980 and no blacks were among the 64 students to enroll in Virginia Polytechnic Institute's first class in . . 37/veterinary medicine.— in November 1981 OCR noted the continuing black/white disparities in post-baccalaureate enrollments and the absence of special recruitment efforts targeted to blacks for graduate and professional study at 7 of the 10 insitutions offering graduate or professional programs. Yet DE has failed to require any comprehensive statewide program to recruit, and, if necessary, provide financial assistance for black graduate and professional students in order to implement the Criteria's requirement for parity "in the immediate future" in the proportion of black and white state residents who complete baccalaureate studies and enter graduate or professional programs in the state system (43 Fed. Reg. at 6662 ) . 38/ 36/ HEGIS Fall Enrollment and Compliance Report of Institutions of Higher Education. Opcit. 37/ Ibid. 38/ Dodds letter of Nov. 17, 1981, Attachment at 15. - 26 - Even at those institutions where some progress in black enrollment has been made, the alarming disparity in graduation rates between white and black students threatens to wipe out any meaningful progress. According to a study commissioned by the Commonwealth, the graduation rate of whites statewide exceeds that of blacks by an astonishing 27.4 percentage points. DE reprimanded Virginia for not reporting whether senior institutions have adopted measures to address this disparity, as well as attrition in graduate and professional programs, but did not require any statewide approach to this 39/serious problem. Nowhere has Virginia's performance relative to its Plan been more disappointing than in the effort to desegregate the Commonwealth's two traditionally black four-year institutions, Virginia State University and Norfolk State University. Indeed, Virginia State's white undergraduate headcount actually 40/decreased from 190 in 1978 to 151 in 1980. qe has charged the Commonwealth with failure to "explore recruitment techni ques and other ways to increase the proportion of white stu- dents attending the traditionally black institutions, but has taken no action against the state for that failure. Simi larly, Virginia's failure to meet the Plan's commitments for enhancement of facilities at the traditionally black schools, especially the promise of a four-year School of Engineering Technology and a Continuing Education Center on Virginia State's | 42/campus, has been noted by DE but has not been corrected. 39/ Dodds letter of Nov. 17, 1981, Attachment A at 16, 17. 40/ 1981 Annual Report at 30. W Id. at 2. 41/ Dodds letter of Nov. 17, 1981, Attachment A at 16. - 27 - Finally, Virginia's performance in the effort to dese gregate faculty, administrative and professional non-faculty staff has been nothing short of dismal. The percentage of blacks employed fulltime in administrative positions at the traditionally white four-year institutions was 4.81% in 1977; 43/It was still 4.81% in 1980. The percentage of blacks in professional non-faculty positions at these institutions was 44/8.95% in 1977; by 1980 it had dropped to 7.66%.— Despite small gains in the percentage of blacks on faculty, most institutions have not met the goals upon which the Plan was accepted and show no signs of meeting those goals in the ̂ 45/future. When asked by DE for a statewide report on employment in 1981, Virginia simply refused to comply; An aggregation of these goals to assess statewide progress was not deemed ap propriate due to the initial understand ing between the federal and state officials involved that objectives were to be set on an institution by institution, and department by department basis. Letter of Secretary Gilley to DE Regional Director Dodds, Dec. 31, 1981, p. 5. Virginia still has no statewide and state- funded program for recruitment of black faculty/ administrators and professional staff, and DE has required none. GEORGIA The state of Georgia, like Arkansas and Virginia, has regressed with respect to virtually all significant indicia of desegregation since approval of its Plan in 1979. Georgia has 43/ Source: Higher Education Staff Information (EEO-6) for Fall 1977 and Fall 1980 submitted by Virginia. 44/ M. 45/ 1981 Annual Report, Vol. IV, Employment Assessment. - 28 - admitted as much in its reports, and DE specifically cited 46/many areas of deficiency in its 1980 evaluation.— Nonethe less, in the last seventeen months DE has not required Georgia to adopt more stringent measures and has taken no formal action to achieve compliance. In the 1980 letter, DE concluded that Georgia had made "no real assessment of its progress in meeting the requirement of Section II [Desegregation of Student Enrollment] of the . »47/Criteria. in the Georgia Plan (p. 167), the Board of Regents had endorsed the "objective of proportionate first year enrollments in public institutions of higher education." Yet in its 1981 Annual Report, Georgia admitted that there had been only "a very modest decline" in the racial disparity in college going rates statewide, from 25.2 percentage points in 1977 to 22.8 in 1980, and that "most institutions have consistently fallen below their projections, some disproportionately below" (p. 6). According to the report (Table II-A-3), there were 1,366 fewer blacks enrolled in the System in 1980 than in 1977, a decline of 6.7%; and black enrollment was 27.4% less than the Plan's projection for 1980. None of the universities met its 1980 black enrollment goal and only one junior college exceeded its goal. The 22.7% decrease in black enrollment at the traditionally black institutions was not compensated by increases elsewhere in the System. Nor is Georgia achieving parity in the enrollment and retention of black students. According to the 1981 Annual 46/ Letter from DE Regional Director William H. Thomas (Region IV) to Georgia University System Chancellor Vernon Crawford. Although plaintiffs' copy is undated, we believe that the letter was sent in November or December of 1980. 47/ Ibid, TAB, p. 18. - 29 Report (p. 94), black recipients of bachelor's degrees in 1980 were 18.9% of black freshman enrollment in 1976; the comparable figure for nonblacks was 37.8%. In the 1981 Annual Report Georgia also conceded that black graduate enrollment had "consistently decreased" since 1977; indeed, black enrollment in 1980 was 22.2% less than in 1977 (pp. 13-14). During this same period, black recipients of master's degrees declined almost 32% — from 796 in 1976-77 to 542 in 1979-80. The pattern is the same in the area of employment where Georgia has not made progress. Black administrators statewide decreased from 9.4% in 1977 to 8.9% in 1980; black faculty 48/decreased from 6.7% in 1977 to 6.6% in 1980.— Black professional non-faculty personnel remained constant at 10.0% between 1977-80, but only by virtue of the hiring of more blacks at the tradi tionally black institutions; at the tradi tionally white schools, blacks in this category decreased from 7.1% in 1977 to 49/6.9% in 1980.— DE's 1980 evaluation letter commented on the lack of progress in employment and the inadequacy of the state's institution-by-institution approach. DE observed that all institutions had not revised their affirmative action plans and that most of the plans that had been received were inade quate under "the Adams-guidelines" (i.e. , the Criteria); DE criticized the state for providing "no information regarding 48/ Source: Higher Education Staff Information (EEO-6) sub mitted by Georgia for Fall 1977 and Fall 1980. 49/ Ibid. - 30 - progress in implementing those measures to be taken to aid in 50/the achievement of employment goals."— Nonetheless, DE has taken no steps to require Georgia to remedy the situation. Under the Criteria, DE's obligation to impose a plan . ̂ . . 5 1 /with more stringent requirements— or to initiate enforce ment proceedings against Georgia is clear. 43 Fed. Reg. at 6663. If these provisions are to have any meaning at all, DE cannot stand idly by as the state of Georgia slips backward toward a more segregated system of public higher education. The failure of DE to take action in Georgia is yet one more example of the wholesale abandonment of the Criteria by defendants. OKLAHOMA It has been more than thirty years since the Supreme Court ruled unconstitutional racial segregation in Oklahoma's graduate and professional schools. Sipuel v. Board of Regents, 332 U.S. 631 (1948); McLaurin v. Oklahoma State Regents, 339 U.S. 637 (1950). In 1978 HEW determined that a desegregation plan submitted by Oklahoma conformed to the Criteria and was there fore acceptable. 50/ Letter of Regional Director Thomas to Chancellor Crawford, p.23. 51/ Although plaintiffs here complain of DE's failure to secure compliance with Georgia's modest Plan, we have consistently taken the position that the Plan itself is inadequate, fails to comply the requirements of the Criteria, and should not have been approved in the first place. The Plan is especially weak in its failure to eliminate program duplication and to strengthen the state's traditionally black institutions. See letter of plaintiffs' counsel to Secretary Califano, February 9, 1979. - 31 - However, in 1980 defendants transmitted an evaluation 52/letter to Oklahoma which identified major areas in which the state was not meeting the commitments and goals in its Plan and was actually regressing in the desegregaton of its system statewide. DE requested explanations but did not impose more stringent requirements. Nor has it done so in the succeeding two years. In its Plan (p. 19) Oklahoma had agreed to a "five-year aggregate goal of parity" in the proportionate enrollment of black and white first-time entering undergraduates. But in their 1980 letter, defendants found a disparity of 4.9 percentage points in 1978 and concluded that the state was not progressing toward a parity goal. The college-going rate disparity actually increased to 7.2 percentage points in 1980 (1981 Annual Report, TABLE TWO, p. 8). By 1980 fewer black students were enrolled statewide relative to three years earlier (See Table XIV attached infra). The Plan (p. 20) also committed Oklahoma "to completely eliminate the disparity between the proportion of black and white first-time entering freshmen and transfer students at its traditionally white four-year institutions by 1982-83." In 1980, the traditionally white institutions failed as a group to meet the goals for black Oklahoma first-time fresh men and transfers. Seven of these 11 institutions did not achieve their goals; and the University of Oklahoma and Oklahoma State University, the two largest white institutions 52/ Letter from Taylor D. August, Regional Civil Rights Director, Region IV, U.S. Department of Education, to Dr. E. T. Dunlap, Chancellor, Oklahoma State Regents for Higher Education, November or December 1980. Plaintiffs' copy is undated. - 32 - on which the Plan placed major reliance for achieving parity, were substantially below their goals (1981 Annual Report, TABLE FIVE, p. 12). Concerning black enrollment in graduate programs which DE's letter identified as "a major problem area," Oklahoma had failed to reach the Plan's goal in 1980 (TAB B, pp. 10-11). There were fewer black graduate students in 1980 than in 1977 (see Table XIV infra). Although the Plan had projected 37 black professional students from Oklahoma by 1980 (see II C of the Criteria), fewer than half of the 35 blacks then enrolled were residents of the State. Yet Oklahoma has not instituted, and defendants have not required, any new statewide measures to address these problem areas. Oklahoma's Plan had committed the State "to an absolute reduction of any disparity between the population of black and white students graduating with baccalaureate, master's and doctor's degrees" (Plan, p. 25). However, in their 1981 Annual Report (p. 13) the Regents admitted: In 1979-80, not only was the doctoral degree goal not met, but the Black/White ratio of doctoral degrees conferred in creased by almost 300 percent over the previous year (i.e. from 1:13.6 to 1:37.6) ... . The master's degrees conferred goal was not met this year... . In actuality 428 bachelor's degrees were granted to Black students. This was 197 degrees or 32 percent less than the number needed to meet the ratio goal. Although Oklahoma's failure to meet the graduation goals indi cates a problem concerning the retention of black students, the state has no statewide and state-funded retention program, and defendants have not required one. In conformity with 1( III A of the Criteria, Oklahoma agreed to achieve a proportion of blacks in positions not requiring the doctorate equal to the percentage of black - 33 - recipients of master's degrees and to set goals for positions requiring the doctorate that conform to black availability for these positions. However, betwen 1977 and 1980 the number of blacks in such administrative and faculty positions statewide did not increase. Although the number and percent of black tenured faculty grew, that was due largely to an increase at the traditionally black college. Moreover, the decrease statewide in black faculty "nontenured but on track" during this period reduced the pool for potentially tenured black faculty. There was also a sharp decrease of blacks in "pro fessional nonfaculty" positions (See Table XIV infra). The number of black academic employees in 1980-81 was far short of the stated goals. For administrative, faculty, pro fessional and teaching/research positions requiring the doctorate, the traditionally white institutions had 29.4 fulltime equivalent (FTE) blacks (compared to the promised 43.4); for the positions in those categories requiring the master's degree, there were 116.4 FTE blacks (compared to the promised 137.8); for academic positions requiring less than a master's, the 87.5 FTE blacks did not reach the goal of 91.4. (1981 Annual Report, p. 41) Although Oklahoma fell short of the Plan's goals by almost 40 black academic staff members in its predominantly white institutions statewide in 1980, the defendants have not required more effective measures to implement the goals in the Plan and 53/the Criteria. For Oklahoma, as for the other states, defen dants have simply refused to enforce the Criteria. 53/ DE's 1980 evaluation letter also criticized Oklahoma's delay "in initiating several critical actions related to strengthening the academic program at Langston [University, the State's traditionally black institution,] and implementing its new mission" (TAB A, p. 1). Because the promised corrective steps involving Langston are still in process, we will reserve any objections until the completion of that process. - 34 - FLORIDA In a letter of findings to Florida Commissioner of Edu cation Ralph D. Turlington, dated January 15, 1981, Assistant : Secretary Brown stated (p. 2): Florida has not made satisfactory pro gress in implementing several ... pro visions of the Plan [approved by DE in 1978]. Moreover, vestiges of the State's formerly segregated public higher educa tion system persist and in some respects the system has become more segregated.... ... Florida has not made satisfactory progress toward dismantling its formerly dual system of public higher education. Noting that the specific problems identified in the letter and attachments are "substantial" and that "issues central to the success of the Plan have not been resolved over a protracted period of time," the letter warned (pp.4-5) that enforcement proceedings would commence "unless Florida corrects the defi ciencies identified herein within 45 days from the date of this letter." Florida responded with a series of submissions which did not even begin to address in any comprehensive fashion the numerous deficiencies identified by defendants on January 15, 1981. DE itself later admitted that Florida "did not respond in full to each of the requests made in our January 15 letter."54/ Nonetheless, in an astonishing about-face, the new Administration declared on April 20, 1981, that Florida had 55/made an acceptable response" to the January 15th letter. Commissioner Turlington then openly boasted that "[t]here's not a 54/ Letter of Assistant Secretary Thomas to plaintiffs' counsel, August 21,1981. 55/ Letter of Antonio J. Califa, Deputy Assistant Secretary, to Commissioner Turlington, April 20, 1981. - 35 - thing that's new" in the submissions filed in response to DE's K 56/charges.— Defendants' determination to back down from the strong language of the January 1981 letter of findings is one of the most vivid and most powerful illustrations of this Admini stration's disregard for the Criteria. Florida has not met the requirements of the Criteria and shows no sign of meeting them in the future, yet DE refuses to take corrective measures. For example, the January 15th letter noted that the dis parity between the proportion of white and black high school graduates entering Florida's public colleges and universities increased alarmingly between 1977-78 and 1978-79, from 9.85% to 15.47% (Attachment B, p.11); Florida was required to describe specific additional measures to combat this problem (Attachment A, p.1). Nonetheless, DE withdrew this requirement and instead accepted Florida's general promises to improve- recruitment efforts. Plaintiffs objected to the inadequacy of Florida's response, noting the substantial decline of black first-time freshmen in Florida from 3,429 in 1977 to 2,971 in 1980.— Yet DE, while admitting that Florida's response does "not necessarily [require] actions that are statewide in scope," 58/refused to take any further action.— , The Criteria require states "to expand mobility between two year and four year institutions as a means of meeting the goals set forth in these criteria," 43 Fed. Reg. at 6662. 56/ The Tampa Tribune, April 21, 1981. 57/ Letter of Plaintiffs' counsel to Secretary Bell, June 11, 1981, Appendix One, p.2. 58/ Letter of Assistant Secretary Thomas to plaintiffs' counsel, Aug. 21, 1981, Attachment p.1. - 36 - Defendants' general failure to secure statewide approaches to desegregation that effectively involve the public community college is especially critical in Florida because of the nature of the State's postsecondary system. Florida expects fully 80% of the students entering public postsecondary education to enroll initially in one of its 28 community colleges. Five of its 9 senior institutions provide only upper division and graduate programs. Any decrease in black enrollment in, or impediments to their upward mobility from, community colleges must merit special remedial action. Yet the racial disparity in the college-going rate into the Community cibllege System was 59/actually higher in 1980 than in 1977.— Also, between 1977 and 1980 enrollment of blacks in the community colleges, decreased 19.2%, with the largest institution registering a staggering loss of 42.9% of its black enrollment ;— ^and during this period black recipients of associate degrees (i.e. , those qualifying for admission to the universities as juniors) 61/declined 6.7%. Thus, DE's refusal to require actions from Florida that are statewide in scope, impacting, throughout the Community College System, effectively undermines the potential for any meaningful desegregation in Florida. Similarly, Florida has failed to make any commitment of state funds to promote enrollment of a larger number of blacks in the upper division of predominantly white four-year uni versities. Between 1977-78 and 1978-79 the percentage of 59/ See Equal Access-Equal Opportunity Data for Florida Community Colleges, Parity Analysis Tables (1979 and 1982 Editions). 60/ Id. at Opening Fall Enrollment College Level Headcount Tables. 61/ Id. at Associate Degrees Earned Tables. - 37 - blacks entering the upper division fell from 8.68% to 8.19% (Letter of January 15, 1981, Attachment B, p. 12), and DE specifically required additional measures to reverse this trend (î . at Attachment A, p.2). Yet DE subsequently accepted Florida submissions that lacked any statewide and state-funded programs to increase black enrollment. The latest available data establish that in 1980 blacks enrolled as undergraduates in Florida at lesser rates than in 1977. Within the state university system, blacks constituted 11.5% of the enrollment in 1980 as opposed to 12.3% in 1977; and within the primarily white universities, blacks were 6.1% 62/of the enrollment in 1980 as opposed to 6.3% in 1977.— DE's January 15 letter to Florida revealed inadequate black enrollment in graduate and professional programs (Attach ment B, p. 13). There were 298 fewer black graduate students in 1980 than in 1977, a decrease of 26.7%; and there were fewer blacks enrolled in professional programs at the pre dominantly white universities in 1980 than in 1977. The drastic reduction in the number .of black recipients of advanced degrees is therefore not surprising: 170 fewer blacks were awarded master's degrees in 1980 than in 1977, and the 26 blacks who received doctorates in 1980 were one-third fewer than their counterparts in 1 977.— '̂ Nonetheless, Florida has not committed itself to any new statewide measures and DE has not required any. The Court of Appeals' plea for a 62/ HEGIS Fall Enrollment and Compliance Report of Institutions of Higher Education. Source: Florida submission on OE Form 2300-2.3 for Fall 1977 and NCES Form 2300-2.3A for Fall 1980. 63/ HEGIS Degrees and Other Formal Awards Conferred. Florida submissions on NCES Form 2300-2.1A for 1976-77 and 1979-80. When plaintiffs called the latest data to DE's attention, including a substantial decrease in number of graduate and professional degrees awarded to black students, DE responded merely that the data would be considered "in our ongoing monitoring of Florida's plan implementation." Thomas letter of Aug. 19, 1981, Attachment p. 1. - 38 - substantial increase in black professionals has been permitted to fall on deaf ears in Florida. According to the January 15 letter, overall white enroll ment at the traditionally black Florida A & M University (FAMU) had fallen by 1979-80 to 8.94% — the lowest percentage since ■ 1975. (Attachment B, p.14). The latest data suggest that this trend is continuing; the 189 white full-time undergraduates at FAMU in the fall of 1980 were only 4.2% of total enrollment, a substantial decrease from the 6.9% white enrollment of three 64/ years earlier. Furthermore, plans to enhance FAMU and eliminate duplicative programs at other universities have not gone forward; indeed, the only efforts to reduce duplication thus far have eliminated far more programs at the predominantly black FAMU than at the predominantly white institutions, with the result that FAMU is today even weaker than before. (January 15 letter. Attachment B, pp.3-9). DE initially required numerous specific remedial steps (Attachment A, pp.4-5), yet virtually none of them has been carried out. And DE admitted in response to plaintiffs' objections, that with respect to FAMU "specific strategies" would not be "identified and implemented" until October 1, 1981 — nearly six months after . 65/DE's acceptance of Florida's response. Plaintiffs are still waiting. The January 15 letter charged (p.3) that Florida's traditionally white institutions have made "little or no progress" in desegregation of faculty, noting that continued lack of progress in this area "perpetuate[s] the prior racial 64/ HEGIS Fall Enrollment and Compliance Report of Institutions of Higher Education. Florida submissions on OE Form 2300-2.3 for Fall 1977 and NCES Form 2300-2.3A for Fall 1980. 65/ Thomas letter of Aug. 21, 1981, Attachment, p. 2. - 39 - identity of the schools." Again, specific commitments were requested (Attachment A, p.7); again, none was forthcoming. The latest data reveal that in 1980 blacks constituted 6.2% of all faculty within Florida's State University System, as opposed to 6.3% in 1977; at the primarily white institutions the per centage of black faculty increased only marginally during this 67/period, from 3.0% to 3.1%.— In sum, Florida's system of public higher education is today at least as segregated, if not more so, than it was when Florida's Plan was accepted in 1978. DE identified the components of the problem in a thorough and detailed analysis in January of 1981, and required numerous specific actions mandated by the Criteria. Although these actions were not forthcoming, the current leadership of DE has failed to take any meaningful steps to follow through on the January 1981 initiative. That initiative and the Criteria under which it was required have been abandoned. PENNSYLVANIA Defendants' conduct with respect to Pennsylvania bears many similarities to their abdication of responsibility in Florida. DE is diluting and retreating from a strong letter of findings issued against the Commonwealth in January 1981. As a result, there is at present no statewide program 66/ 66/ DE apparently decided to accept individual institutional plans approved by OFCCP in lieu of the statewide program required by the Criteria. Yet according to Florida's 1981 Annual Report, plans have not yet been approved for all of the state's universities; and no information has been provided as to whether the plans that have been approved conform to the Criteria. 67/ Higher Education Staff Information (EEO-6) for Fall 1977 and Fall 1980 submitted to Florida. - 40 to eliminate the vestiges of de jure segregation in Pennsylvania. By letter to Pennsylvania Governor Richard L. Thornburgh, dated January 16, 1981, DE Regional Director Dewey E. Dodds (Region III) advised the Commonwealth that its 1974 desegre gation Plan had failed to achieve compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. The letter charged (p.3) that the 1974 Plan had been unsuccessful not only because Pennsylvania had failed to implement it, but also because the Plan itself had been too limited and had not required participation by "all the institutions needed for a complete remedy." The last of these findings was especially significant. The 1974 Plan had not included four "state-related" universities (The University of Pittsburgh and Pennsylvania State, Temple and Lincoln Universities) which are subject to substantial control by the Commonwealth both financially and administra tively. These universities enroll more students than the state-owned schools, and, with the exception of Lincoln (a traditionally black institution), provide most of the graduate programs and all of the professional study opportunities in the Commonwealth's system. The 1974 Plan had also exempted all of Pennsylvania's 14 community colleges from coverage. DE con cluded in its January 1981 letter that inclusion of these institutions in a new Plan is "needed for a complete remedy" (p.3), because "[i]n order to desegregate the system effec tively the interrelationships among the various institutions over which the State has control must be taken into account" (p.8). As required by this Court's Order of December 29, 1977, in this case, DE advised the Commonwealth in its January 16, 1981, letter of findings (p.10) that the new Plan was to be submitted 41 within 60 days and that 60 days after that (i.e., within 120 days of January 16th) defendants would have to "either accept the plan or initiate enforcement proceedings." However, the current Administration has made a mockery of this timetable. Defendants did not receive any formal response from the Commonwealth until May 27, 1981 — after the full 120 days had passed — and that response merely promised a supplemental plan with 60 days. DE acquiesced in this defiance and even granted several additional extensions before the supplemental plan was submitted on September 30, 1981. On December 18, 1981, Regional Director Dodds sent a letter and an 18-page staff evaluation to Pennsylvania Secretary of-Education Robert Scanlon. In the letter DE advised the Commonwealth that its new Plan was "incomplete in major areas" and that modifications would be necessary. Nonetheless, defendants did not initiate enforcement proceedings but instead merely asked for yet another submission from the Commonwealth. And while the 18-page evaluation discussed in detail numerous deficiencies of the new Plan, it was totally silent concerning Pennsylvania's failure to include the four state-related universities and the 14 community colleges. The critical issue of limited scope, which had been so central to the January 1981 letter of findings, was merely left for further "discussion" 6 8/between defendants and the Commonwealth.— On February 15, 1982, Pennsylvania submitted an "addendum" to its September 1981 supplemental plan. Since the Commonwealth had not been required by the December 1981 evaluation to in clude the state-related universities and the community colleges 68/ Letter of Regional Director Dodds to Secretary Scanlon, Dec. 18, 1981, p.1. - 4 2 - in this latest response, it did not do so. By letter from Regional Director Dodds to Secretary Scanlon, dated March 18, 1982, DE did reject one component of Pennsylvania's February 1982 submission: an exceedingly inadequate proposal for the enhancement of Cheyney State College, the Commonwealth's state- owned traditionally black institution. However, as to all other aspects of the "addendum," the letter merely states (p.1) that DE's review has not been completed and that further corre- 69/spondence will be forthcoming.— Today, 16 months after the January 1981 letter of findings, and one year after DE was required by order of this Court either to accept a new plan or initiate enforcement proceedings, Pennsylvania still lacks a statewide desegregation plan that complies with the Criteria and the decisions of the Court of Appeals and this Court. 69/ DE's January 1981 letter of findings noted (p.8) that Cheyney State College is in the same service area (the Phila delphia region) as Temple, two Penn State campuses, and several community colleges. Lincoln University is also in this service area. Thus, it is futile to address the problems of Cheyney State in the absence of a comprehensive statewide plan. - 4 3 - IV. Conclusion Defendants' flagrant disregard for the Criteria has been amply demonstrated above. Further relief from this Court is urgently needed to require defendants to i) implement the desegregation guidelines and timetables mandated by the Criteria and the orders in this case, and ii) initiate enforce ment proceedings, where necessary, with respect to those states which are defiant or perenially recalcitrant. Defendants' blatant refusal to comply with the Criteria and the decisions in this case must be ended once and for all if the vestiges of de jure segregation are to be at long last eliminated — "root and branch" — from America's public colleges and universities. Respectfully submitted. Jack Greenberg James M. Nabrit, III Joel Berger 10 Columbus Circle New York, New York 10019 Tel. (212) 586-8397 Joseph L. Rauh, Jr. John Silard Elliott C. Lichtman 1001 Connecticut Ave., N.W. Washington, D.C. 20036 Tel. (202) 331-1795 Attorneys for Plaintiffs - 44 APPENDIX APPENDIX A ($653 -MOTICSS n iim d to z t h e Tslu jiU an an d tsc iu sia n oi Is-iclnd In com e o n In com e an d p ov erty siailsU ca.- T lie s tu d y 'Ir s t revlenred deflnitlotia. o< In com e th a t h a v e te e n tu e d In th e e co n o m ic lite ra tu re and fo u n d th a t m oa t In c lu d e . m a n y ty pes o f I n - ^ d In com e, p r iv a te as tveU as so v e m m e n - tal. T h e n e x t o b je c t iv e vras v aiu iu g th e In com e to th e rec ip ien t. W h e n In com e Is re ce iv ed In m o n e y , re c ip ie n t fam ilies a re fr e e , to p u rch a se ;o o d s th e y desire a t m a rh et pr ices . H ow ever, w h en In com e Is rece iv ed In-kind, particu iar iy w h en p r ice su bsid ies o r con s tra in ts on a m ou n ts are Involved , th e re is no m a rk et to w h ic h one. ca n turn f o r a v alu e . T h e stu d y th u s ev a lu a ted sever a l v a lu a tion possib liU es. pr im a rily v alu ation , a t g overn m en t o r e m p lo y e r c o s t and ca sh eq u iv a ien t o r u tility term s (d e fin e d as th e m o n e y th a t w ou ld lea v e a rec ip ie n t as w e ll -o ff as th e In-kind In com e). T h e stu d y fo u n d th a t n o v a iu stla n . a lte rn a tiv e Is fu lly con s is ten t w ith m o n e y Incom e, fu r th e r resu lts show - th a t g overn m en t o r em p lo y e r co s t m ay b ear Uttie re latlors fa lp t o r e a p le n t values. P recise, m a th em a tica l fo rm u la s w ere derived f o r ca sh e q u iv a len t values and a p p ro x im a tio n s to ca sh equ iva len t values, w ere d ev e lop ed . F in a lly , using re ce n tly ava ilable d a ta fr o m th e 1312- 73 . C on su m er E x p e n d itu re Su rvey , va lu es w ere est im a ted fo r fo o d stam ps, lo w -re n t p u b lic h ou sin g , M ed ica id and em p loy er-p rov id ed h e a lth Insurance using ..various valu a tion a ltem atives.. W h i le th ese estim ates are e x trem ely c r u d e .. . th e y do sh ow th a t in -k lnd In com e ca n . In som e cases, p rov id e s i- .zeab ie add ition s to m on ey In com e bu t a lso th a t va lu es t o th e re c ip ie n t ca n b e . fa r b e low g o v e n u n e n t a n d e m p lo y e r co s ts . A c o p y o f th is re p o rt w ill he filed and a va ila b le as s o o n as possib le , from •the N a tion a l T e ch n ica l In fo rm a tio n . S erv lcs , TI.E. D ep a rtm en t o f C om - - m erce , S p r in g fie ld , Vx, 22151 D a te d ! F ebru ary 10, 1973, . - . . .; H a ra y Aa b o s , A ssis ta n t S e e v e tc ry /o r . ; PTannirt ̂a n d SvaluatiOTU CFR D oc. 7S-U4T FBed 1-14-18; 3: IS ami C4iTo-ni • 'V̂ .1' »svw*D aiTtsTA svtdrriNO -me in«*gDi. ENTS O f ACCS?TA8t£ M ANS TO 0E5ESSS- - OATS TTAT* STST8WS O f fU 8 llC HIGH** EDOCATiON . ■ ̂ In la te 1369 and "early 1970, th e D e p a rtm e n t. o f H ea lth . E d u ca tion , and ' W elfa re - (H S W l n o tifie d Icn sta tes th a t th ey - h ad n o t d ism a n tled th e ir statew ide- du al sy stem s o f pu b lic h ig h e r edu ca tion . T h e letters sen t by H E W a t th a t tim e adivsed ea ch sta te o f Its fa i lu r e to a d o p t m ea su res n e ce s sary to o v ercom e th e e ffe c ts o f past seg reg a tion and n otU led th e sta tes o f th e ir o b lig a tio n to file a sta tew ide p la n fo r th e deseg reg a tion o f their- p u b llc sy stem s o f h ig h e r ed u ca tion . F o r th e past seven- years th e C ou rt rev iew ed HETWs e f fo r t s to desegreg ate th e se sy stem s o f h ig h e r e d u ca tion . In 1977, th is C ou rt, fo u n d th a t th e D e p a rtm en t's e f f o r t h a d n o t b een ade qu ate a n d o rd e re d th e D e p a rtm e n t to req u ire s ix o f th e orig in a l ten sta tes to su b m it n ew d esegreg ation p lan s a n d to sec sp e c ific sta n da rd s f o r th o se plans. T h e C ou rt fo u n d th a t " s p e c if ic com m itm en ts (w ere ) n ecessa ry fo r a w ork a b le h ig h e r ed u ca tio n desegreg ation p la n . . . co n ce rn in g a dm ission , re cru itm en t a n d re te n tio n o f stu d en ts, c o n ce rn in g th e p la ce m e n t and d u p lica tion o f p rog ra m o ffe r in g s a m on g insti tu tion s , th e ro le and th e e n h a n cem en t o f black, in stitu tion s, and co n c s m in g ch a n g es in t h e ra cia l c o m p o s itio n o f th e fa cu lt ie s in volved . .. S p e c ifica lly , th is C o u r t e n tered a S e co n d S u p p lem en ta l O rd e r on A p ril 1- 1977 d irectin g th e D e p a rtm e n t to tran sm it to th e six sta tes o f .-Arkansas.. F lor id a . G eorg ia , N o r th .. C aro lin a . O k la h om a , and V irg in ia as w ell as th e C ou rt and th e p ia n t li fs cr ite r ia sp ec i fy in g th e in gred ien ts o f a ccep ta b le de seg reg a tion p la n s fo r th e ir in stitu tion s o f p u b lic h ig h e r ed u ca tion . A cco rd in g ly . on J u ly 3i 1977, th e D e p a rtm e n t pu b lish ed cr ite r ia w h ic h w e re am en d ed o n e m o n th la te r to ta k e in to a c co u n t sug g estion s o f fe r e d b y som e o f tfa esta ta a . T h e C ou rt fu r th e r d ire c te d " th a t ■ H E W req u ire e a ch sta te t o subm it, w ith in SO days o f re ce ip t o f th e cr ite ria . a rev ised d eseg reg a tion p la n and to a cce p t o r r e je c t su ch plans w ith in 120' days th e re a fte r . In S ep tem b er 137T, in respon se to , SETT’ S req u est, th e s ix sta tes su b m itted desegreg ation plans. .-U ter m o n th s o f in ten sive n e g o tia t ion s . th e D e p a rtm e n t a n n ou n ced o n F e b ru a ry 2, 1973, th a t it w as ac cep tin g th e p la n s o f .Arkansas. F lor ida , and O k la h o m a . and n o t a ccep tin g plans su b m itted b y G eorg ia , N o r th C arolina , and V irg in ia . C n th e sam e date , th e D e p a rtm e n t a n n o u n ce d th at it w ou ld p u b lish in th e F zsrsA i. H s c is - Txa, revised cr ite r ia w h ich a re su bstan tia lly sim ilar to th e cr ite r ia pu b lish ed In J u ly . •», ■Where H E W h a s fo u n d t h a t a s ta te has n o t e lim in a ted th e rem a in in g ves tig es o f . seg reg a tion In Its fo rm e rly d u a l system o f p u b lic h ig h e r edu ca tion,. and is,, th e re fo re , in v io la tion o f T it le Tl o f th e C ivil H lg h ts A c t o f 1364. it is req u ired firs t to a ttem p t to secu re com p lia n ce b y v o lu n ta ry m eans. ’W h en , th o se e f fo r t s fa il . H E W Is requ ired I c seek e n fo rce m e n t eith er- adm in istratlveiy o r th ro u g h th e cou rts . 42 D .S .C , 206-U 43 C F R 2000<±- 1. 45 aO .T fdX l). 30.3. T h e se re -' v ised cr ite r ia are issued to assist su ch ; sta tes !h th e p re p a ra tio n o f desegrega- - t ion p la n s as p a rt o f th e p rocess o f so- cur in g vo lu n ta ry com p lia n ce . H E W or ig in a lly d e v e lo p e d th e crite r ia m in d fu l o f th e in stru ction s, o f the C ou rt th a t th ey co m p ly w ith consU tu- tlorm l sta n da rd s and T it le VT. con form w ith sou n d ed u ca tion a l p ractices, and take in to a cco u n t th e u n iqu e im por ta n ce o f b la ck co lleg es . E a sed o n its e x p er ien ce In a p p ly in g th e c r ite r ia to six. sta te system s o f h ig h e r edu ca tion o v e r t h e past m o n th s . H E W h a s deter m in ed th a t th e cr ite r ia prov ide sp ecif ic an d e ffe c t iv e g u id an ce to th e states and a t th e sam e tim e, are su ffic ie n tly f le x ib le to p ro v id e fo r circu m stan ces w h ich m a y v a ry fr o m s la te to state. P axascsij; I . H T S T O R T o r L IO A I. PSOC3tS35IhC3 T h e cr ite r ia sec fo r th b e lo w in itia lly w ere d e v e lo p e d by th e D ep a rtm en t o f ' H ea lth . E d u ca tion , an d W elfa re (H E W ) pu rsu a n t to th e sp e c ific d ireo-- t lo n o f the U n ited S ta tes D istr ic t C ou r t fo r th e D istr ic t o f C lolum bia In Adams V. Califano, C iv i l . A c t io n N o, 3095-70 , S e co n d Supp iem e.oca l O rd er (D .D .C . A p r il I . 1977). T h e C ou rt 's O rd e r a rose fro m a law suit in itia ted in 1970 to requ ire H E W to m k e a ctio n to e n fo r ce th e prov is ion s o f T it le V I o f th e CiVU R ig h ts .-Vet o f 1964.' In 1969. th e O ff ic e f o r C ivil R ig h ts (O C R ) d e term in ed th a t ten S ta te s ' w ere co n tin u in g to op e ra te seg reg a ted h ig h e r ed u ca tio n system s in 'r io latlon o f T it le V I o f th e 1984 C .’rtl R ig h ts A ct. .A lthou gh th e S ta tes w ere n o tif ie d o f th is fin d in g and w ere req u ested to su b m it co r re c tiv e p lans, n o a dm in istra tive e n fo rce m e n t a ct ion s w ere taken w h en th e S ta tes fa iled to su b m it plans or su b m itted p lan s -unacceptable to H E W . In F eb ru a ry 1973, th e AdaTos lit ig a tio n resu lted In a ru lin g req u irin g th a t H E W take a p p ro p r ia te e n fo r ce m en t a ction . A d am s v. P.ichardson, 356 P. S u pp . 92 (D .D .C , 1973). T h a t ru lin g was u n a n im ou s ly a ffirm e d by th e fu ll U n ited S ta tes C ou rt o f A p pea ls fo r th e D is tr ic t o f C o lu m bia C ircu it, althoug.h the C ou rt o f -Appeals m od ifie d th e D is tr ict C ou rt 's o rd e r and d irected H E W to a ttem p t to secu re a ccep ta b le deseg reg a tion plans fro m th e ten S ta tes b e fo re co m m e n c in g e n fo r ce m e n t p ro ceed in gs. Adams V. XicAardsan. 430 F . 2d U 5 9 (D .C . C ir. 1973). 'T id e V7 o f the C.-vtl Rights Aat of 19«4 proTides: "N o person in the United SlAies , snail, on the zrounxia at race, color, or nj- tionai origin, be eacluded from partlcioation In. be dented the beneiiU o(. or be subjected to discrimination under any orreram or sc- tlvltT receiving Federai (Ii'.anctaJ aeaLstanev., 42 U.3.C. raood. 'Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Ihulsiana, Maryland, Misstssippi, Nort.h Carolina. Okiaaoma, Fennsylvania, and '/'u-ginla. FEDEKAl lEGUTEk. VOU ■«, NO. 32— W SSN ISD Ar, FEStUAgY JJ. W S MOT1C2S 6639 '■.In. 1974. H E W a ccen ted desegresa - ,'£ lon : plana fro m e ig h t o f t h e 't e n - SUtea.* H eporta c o v e n n g th e t o t y ea r . -'o f Imp le m e n ta tio n w ere su h m ltted to .:3 E W In I97S. S u baep u en tly . th e p la ln - ttffs in th e /Jdam a caae so u g h t fu r t h e r ■•"relief and o n April. U 1977, th e C ou rt ■,;mied th a t th e 1974 plana d id n ot - c o in o ly w ith th e cr ite r ia prev iou s ly an- vVnounced b y H E W and th a t as im ple* aiented. th e plana h ad fa iled to a ch ieve r, s ign ifica n t p rog ress tow ard h ig h e r ^ edu ca tion ' d esegreg a tion . B ased on - th ese- fin d in g s, the. C o u r t o rd ered •HEW. to d ev e lop a n d Issue w ith in 90. ' days sp e c ific cr ite r ia to g u id e th e six .3 ta tea ‘ in th e p rep a ra tion o f rev ised ;i. desegregation plana. vi'n . LZSAL AMO EDOCanOMAI. ?W M :c l? tI3 - ■ 'i . .De fu r e sep rep o flon _ T h e se cr ite r ia w ill b e a p p lied to a ■ state w h ich fo r m e r ly op e ra te d a du al system o f p u b lic h ig h e r ed u ca tio n - u n d er sta te law . If hhe O f f i c e fo r C ivil •R igh ts determ in es td ter In vestigation . th at t h e s ta te has fa iled to rem ov e th e ■ vestiges o f racia l s eg reg a tion In Its system in v io la tion o f T it le ' ' f l . .. B . A/Jirmative itUy £o take effective , steps ta eiimisiate d e jvre seprega- _'C.> ( io n .... . . W h e r e th e re has- b e e n past d e Jure . seg reg a tion , sta tes are req u ired to ta k e a ffirm a tiv e rem ed ia l step s and to a ch ieve resu lts In overc.om ln g th e ef - • fe e ls o f p r io r d lscrira ln atlon . H E W ’ s ■ reg u la tion Im plem en tin g T it le VT p ro- vldea th a t ■ la sdmlalnterlng a program, rwardlng vtUch- - the recipient has prcTiously Olscrtmiaated aeamat penona on the ground of race • • •. the rectoient om it take alhrmattv* letloo ' to orcreom e the effects of prior dlacrtmlna- tlon. 4S CTR eoJtbkSX ll. T h e 14th A m en d m en t a lso rn.na f o r m ore th a n m ere a b a n d on m en t o f d is- A n im ln atlon th ro u g h l.be sta te 's ad op tion o f passive o r n eu tra l po lic ies . T h e U n ited S ta tes S u p re m e C ou rt has h e ld th a t p u b lic sch o o l o ff ic ia ls h a ve “ t h e a ffirm a tiv e d u ty to take w h atever steps m ig h t b e n ecessa ry to co n v e r t to a u n ita ry system In w h ich d lscrim ina - ■ Louisiana refused td submit a plan and' was referred to the Deoaronent of fusdee; which filed a lawstut. ( United Elates v. L ou-’ tiioTuX Civil Action Mo. 74-es IM.D. La.) tn January 1974. The plan submitted by Mls- ̂ . slsalpol was deemed unacceptable by HEW- and th e matter was referred to the Depart-; men! o f Justice, which filed a lawsuit, Ayers ̂ and United States r. .riruVv O vil Actlo'c Ko. D.C. TS-a-iC (NJ3, Miss.). In March 1973. •The April i. 1977, Order excludes ?enn- sylTanla.<by agreement o f the parties to the Adonu lawsuit) and Maryland, which com menced a separate injunctive ssilt against HSW 'i enforcem ent proceedings now pend- log in. the United States Court of Appeals for -010 Peurth C rcu lt Llfondcf v. MS'V, No. TS-1494), as well as Louisiana and Mlssissip- t lon w o u ld b e e lim in a ted r o o t , and b r a n ch ." Green v. • County S ch oo l B o a rd a/ New Kent County. 391 0 .3 . 430, 437-38 (1968 ). T h e a ffirm a tiv e d u ty to d esegreg ate a p p lies w ith equ al fo r c e to h ig h e r edu c a t io n - Norris V. S fa fe , Council a/ Jiigiier Sducation,' 327 F . S u p p . 1388 (S -D-. V a . 1371), tiff’d, per curiam, 404 U .S . 907 (1371): Lee v. H a e m County Board of Sducation, 287 F . S u pp . 438 ( J t D . A la . 19675, a fT d 369 U .S . 21S (1967 ); Geier v; Dunn, 337 F . S u p p . 573 (M -D . T e n n . 1972). - id d lt lo n a lly , t h e S u p rem e C ou rt has m a de It c le a r th a t d esegreg ation p la n s a re n o t a d eq u ate u n less th e y are e ffe ct iv e . See Green v. County Sctuysl Board of New Kent County, supra;. Swann v. Oiariotte- ilecJUenburg Board of Sducation. 402. U .3 . 1 .(19 7 1 ).. C on s isten t w ith ' t h e req u irem en ts o f U t l e 'VT th e se cr ite r ia se t fo r th th e e lem en ts o f . a deseg reg a tion p la n w h ich w ou ld e lim in a te th e e ffe c t s o f past d iscrim in a tion . C. Statewide approach " *; T h e C ourt: o f .Appeals In Its en b a n c o p in io n In Adams d ire c te d H E W to un dertak e a sta tew ide a p p r o a c h and noted, th e ser iou s p ro b le m crea ted by th e la ck o f v ia b le sta tew id e co o r d in a t e d p la n n in g in h ig h e r e d u c a t io n ;. The problem, o f thtegraflng higher educa tion. must b e dealt with on a statewide rather than a sc.naol-by-echool basis. '* " I t Is Imnortantita note that we are aot here rltsnivrtng dlscrimlnatary admlsslan policies o f individual ihstitutlona. T o the extent that auch practices ire discovered. Immediate corrective i ctiog la required, but we do aoc understand HEW to dispute that point. This conuovetay concerns the more com plex problem of systemwide racial Im balance; Adams 7. Riehardaon, ntprd, 430 P. 2d at 11&4-U66 (footnote in original). T h e D e p a rtm e n t h a s fo l lo w e d th is ap-. p r o a c h s in ce 1969 b eca u se w e be lieve sta tew ide p la n n in g Is con s is ten t w ith sou n d edu ca tion a l p o licy . T h u s , these cr iter ia re q u ire n o t o n ly th a t ea ch In s titu tion . pu rsu e n on d lsc rim in a tory s tu d en t a dm ission and fa cu lty and s t a f f e m p lo y m e n t . p ractices , b u t also that, th e s ta te sy stem as a w h o le devel- o p a com p reh en s iv e a n d coord in a ted sta tew ide desegreg ation p la n em b od y in g th ose sp e c ific a ffirm a tiv e , rem ed ia l step s w h ich w ill p r o v e e f fe c t iv e In a ch iev in g s ig n ifica n t p ro g re ss tow ard th e d isesta b lish m en t o f th e stru ctu re o f th e du al system an d w h ic h address th e p ro b le m o f "sy stem w id e racial Im b a la n ce ." . rt. D . Speeifirity^-^ais and timetables " T h e D is tr ic t C ou rt In Adams can- e lu ded th a t th e p la n s p rev iou sly a d op ted by th e sta tes h a d fa iled to a ch iev e a dequ ate d esegreg a tion b ro - gress and la ck ed sp e c ific com m itm en ts f o r ch a n g e as co n ce rn s th e desegrega^ t lo n o f stu d en t b od ies a n d fa cu lties . e n h a n ce m e n t o f tra d it io n a lly b la ck In s t itu tion s, an d d esegreg ation o f th e g overn in g b oards in h ig h e r ed u ca tion sy stem s. _____ T h e D is tr ic t C ou r t d irected H E W to p rep a re o n te r ia w h ich w ou ld id en tify fo r th e sta tes th e sp e c ific e lem en ts to b e in c lu d ed in th e ir revised desegreg a tion . plans. -As t h e D is tr ic t C o u r t s ta ted In respon se to p la in t iffs ' o ra l ar g u m en t o n Jan u a ry 17, 1977: ■What I do want them to do though Is be under the- comoluslon of a court order to suOmit to the states certain rpeciAc require- .ments which the states must respond to and they should be given a timetable (or com municating with the statea and the states should be given some kind o f timetable within which to make response. (Transcripc. January nth ruling; emphasis supplied.) , In Geier v , Blanton, 427 F . S u pp . 344 (M T3. T e n n . 1977), th e C ou rt q u oted Its O rd e r o f D e ce m b e r 23, 1969, ex pressin g Its d issa tis fa ction w ith a sta te su b m itted d esegreg a tion p la n In th at th e p la n as su b m itted “ lack s s p e c ific ity ; In th a t th e re is n o sh ow in g o f fu n d s to b e e x p en d ed , n o s ta te m e n t o f th e n u m b er o f stu d en ts to be Involved, and m ost Im porta n tly , n o tim e sch e d u les f o r e ith e r th e im p lem en ta tion o f th e p r o je c ts o r th e a ch ie v e m e n t o f any g oa ls .'' 427 F . S u pp . at 346, - T h e S u p re m e C ou rt h a s m a in ta in ed th a t in a system w ith a h is tory o f seg re g a tio n th ere la a n eed lo r rem ed ia l cr ite r ia o f su ffic ie n t sp e c ific ity to assure co m p lia n ce w ith th e law . S ee Swann, su p ra at 25-28 . In k eep in g w ith Lhe C o u r t 's v iew th a t th e D e p a rtm e n t shou ld , subm it sp e c ific req u irem en ts to th e sta tes, n u - m erioa i g oa ls an d tim eta b les are sec fo r th ta th e cr ite r ia . T h e goa ls are es ta b lish ed as Indices by. whic.h to ' m ea sure- prog ress tow ard th e o b je c t iv e o f e lim in a tin g th e e ffe cts o f u n co n stitu t ion a l d e Jure racia l seg reg a tion and o f p rov id in g equal ed u ca tion a l o p p o rtu n i ty fo r all citizen s o f th ese sta tes. T h e y are benc.hm arSs and prov ide th e states th e c le a r and sp e c ific g u id an ce ca lled fo r b y th e C ou rt. T h e se goals are n o t q u otas . T h e D e p a rtm en t la op p o se d ta a rb itrary qu otas . F ailu xe to a ch iev e a goal is n o t s u ffic ie n t ev id en ce , sta n d in g a lon e , ta esta b lish a vto ia tion o f T it le V I . In ad d ition . th e O ff ic e f o r C ivil R ig h ts u p o n a sh ow in g o f e x ce p tio n a l h a rd sh ip o r sp ecia l c in rim ,stan ces by a sta te , m a y m o d ify th e goa ls an d tim e tables. N everth eless , th e sta tes axe u n d e r a sta tu tory oh iig ation ta devise and Im plem en t p lan s th a t a re e ffe c t iv e In a ch iev in g th e deseg reg a tion o f the system . M oat Im porta n tly , u n d er th e s e cr ite ria a n d th e goals th e y set. a ll appli-. ca n ts m ust b e ab le ta co m p e te su ccess fu lly . S ta tes ’ e ffo r t s u n d er th ese cr ite ria n eed n o t and sh ou ld n ot lead to low er in g a ca dem ic sta n da rd s. S ta tes m ay n eed to In n ov ate ta seek in g ou t FB3C3U1 1ES1S713. YO U « , NO. 22— W lO N SiO A r, ftB k U A lY 13, 1979 5650 NOTICSS ta len ted stu d en ts w h o w ill on sflt 'rora h ig h er edu ca tion . T h e y m ay n eed to b roa d en d e fin it ion s o f p o ten tia l: to d iscou n t th e e ffe c ts o f early d isadvan tage o n th e d ev e lop m en t o f a cadem ic co m p e te n ce ; an d to b roa d en th e tal ents m ea su red In a dm issions tests. B u t n e w an d d iffe re n t yardsticlcs fo r m ea su rin g p o te n tia l are n o t lo w e r stan dards. T h e y ca n be m o re valid, m ea sures o f tru e p o ten tia l and ta lent, talcen as a w h o le , th ese cr ite r ia seek to p reserv e and p r o te ct a ca dem ic stan dards o f ex ce llen ce . 3 . Special consideratiana In develop ing criteria /or deaegregation in higher education A sta te sy stem o f h ig h e r ed u ca tion , as w ith an e lem en ta ry and secon da ry s c h o o l d istr ict. Is h e ld to an a ffirm a tiv e d u ty to tak e rem ed ia l a ct io n to co r re c t past p ractices o f seg reg a tion a n d d iscrim in a tion . H ow ever, the n a tu re o f th e rem ed ia l a ction requ ired o f a . h ig h e r ed u ca tion system w ill d i f fe r fr o m th a t requ ired o f a lo ca l e d u ca tion district.. T h e co u r t o f .-ip- peals in Adama n o ted : . . However, we are also mindful that deseg regation problems in colleges and universi ties differ widely from those- In elementary and secondary schools, and that HHW ad mittedly lacks esoerlence in dealing with them .' • • As regrettable as these revelations are, the stark truth is that HST.V must csre- fuily assess the significance of a variety of new factors aa It moves into an onsccus- Comed area. ISO-?. Id at 1154. In Narria 7. State Council of Higher Education, 327 P . S u p p . 1368, 1373 ( 3 D . V a . 1971, a f f d p er cu ria m , 404 T -B . 907 (1971)., th e co u r t h e ld ; T h e means o f eliminating discrimination In public schools necessarily differ from Us elimination In colleges, but the state's duty is as exacting. . ii id !n San'dera v i EUington- 233 P . S u p p . 937, 943 ( M D . T e n m 1968), the- c o u r t sta ted ; . •How in considering Uhe time element -for presentation of a plan, I have thought of the comoiexlttes o f the problem. I. recognize that t.he simple remedies which might be available to a county school board, where there is Involved a compulsory system o f education, a free system of education, and assignment o f students, are not avallaole- here. Colleges are not compulsory and er. eryone can testify that they're not free. H ig h er ed u ca tion d iffe rs fr o m e le m e n ta ry , an d se co n d a ry ed u ca tion in m a n y o th e r w ays. B esides b e in g v o lu n ta ry ra th e r th a n co m p u lso ry , h ig h e r - ed u ca tio n op era tes , o n a sta tew ide o r reg ion a l basis, n o t lo ca l; th ere are no "a tte n d a n ce zo n e s " In h ig h e r edu ca tion ; h ig h e r ed u ca tion prog ra m s vary fr o m In stitu tion to in stitu tion and are n o t u n ifo rm ; stu d en ts are fre e to leave th e sta te o r to a tten d private co lleg es ■ in pu rsu it o f a h lg.her edu cation . F u rth erm ore , from sta te to sta te sig n ifica n t d iffe re n ce s are to b e fo u n d and m ust b e ta k en Into con s id era tion . In som e states ' strong, cen tra lized " s y s te m " e.kists In cluding fo u r y ear and tw o y ear Institu tions; In oth ers , th e fo u r y e a r and tw o y ear in stitu tion s rep ort to separate- b oards; In yet oth ers , ea ch Ih stitu d o n o p era tes u n d er its ow n In dep en den t b oard . W h ile non e , o f ' th ese d iffe re n ce s relieves a sta te o f Its ob lig a tion s u n d er T it le VT o r Its co n s titu tio n a l duties, th e y m ust b e tak en in to a cco u n t in fa sh io n in g an a p p rop r ia te set o f cr iteria to b e a pp li cable, to s ix sta tes. A ccord ing ly ,.: .• w h ile ' desegreg ation cases In voiv iag Individua l e lem en ta ry and secon d a ry • sc h o o l d istr icts are a g u id e to a sta te 's d u ty to take co r re c tive a ction , th e y are n o t d b p o s lt lv e o f th e p a rticu lar m eth od s to be design ed fo r th e d ism a n tlin g o f a du al sy stem o f h ig h e r edu ca tion , fo r th e desegrega t io n o f a sta tew ide system , fo r th e re m oval o f th e vestiges o f racia l segrega t ion , and f o r th e co r re c tio n o f "sy s tem w ide racia l im b a la n ce ." A s th e cou rts Adama have n oted , th ese are lindeed- "co m p ie x " ls su e s . T h e s e cr ite r ia are des ig n ed sp e c ifica lly fo r th e h igh er- ed u ca tion system s o f th ese six states b ased on a ca re fu l con s id era tion o f re lev an t sta tu tes and co u r t o p in ion s and w ith du e co n s id era tion to th e u n iqu e ch a ra cter is tics o f h ig h e r edu ca tion.* ? . The unigue role a/'the traditionally Hack collegea • In k e e p in g ..w it i th e In stru ction s o f t h e C ou rt, th e cr ite r ia recogn ize th e u n iqu e im p orta n ce o f tra d ition a lly - b la ck co lle g e s in m eetin g th e edu ca - • t lon a l needs o f 'b la c k stu d en ts . M ore th a n 80 p ercen t o f ail b la ck co lle g e g radu ates have b een tra in ed a t ' b lack co lleg es . In . th e m id -seventies, b lack colleges-, con tin u e ! to graduate a lm ost lo r ty p ercen t o f a il blacks, w h o re c e iv e ' co lle g e degrees. T h u s It Is w ith g o o d rea son th a t th e C ou rt o f A p pea ls in Adama re cogn ized Che n eed to take-in to a ccou n t " t h e sp e cial problem s, o f b la ck coU egsa ." Perhaps the most serloi« probieai In this area Is the lack of state-wide platmlhg ta provide more and better trained minority group doetors, lawyers, engineers and other profesalonais. A predicate for minority access to quality post-graduate programs is vlaOie, co-ordinated state-wide higher educa tion policy that takes Into account the spe cial problecds of minority students and o f Black colleges—* *.* (Tthese Black Instltu-' ‘ For a useful dlscasslon o f these Issues see' Mote. 'T h e Affirmative Duty T o Integrate- Higher Sducatlon.. " 70 Yale iaso Journal 558 (1970). 'S ee Silas Blake.- Fubilc Policy and the Higher Education ■ of Black ,Amencans_" S taff Report, Subcommittee on Constltu-, tlonsj Rlgnts of the. Committee on the Judl-' clary, 94th Cong, id Sess. 1978, ' tfatlonal Center for Education Statistics. Earned Degrees Survey. 1975-78. tlons currently fulfill a crucial need and eiB continue to play an Important role In Blaex .hlgner educauon. 480 F. 30 at US4-U85. - A ga in In 1977, th e D istr ic t Court, la Its S e co n d S u p p lem en ta l O rder, p. 4. q u oted th e above Language o f the C ou rt o f ‘.Appeals and w en t on to state: The process of desegregation most not place a greater burden on Black Insutuclcss or Black students' opportunity to .-eeelve a ■ quality public hlgner education. The deseg-. .’Wgatton process should take Into account the unequal status o f the Black colleges and the real danger that desegregation wlU dl* minish higher education opportunities for ■ Blacks. W ithout suggesting the answer to this complex problem, it is the responslbll- Ity o f HEW to devise criteria for higher edu- . cation desegregation plans which will ‘ake Into account the unioue imporrance cf Black colleges and at the same time comply with the Congresalonal mandate. T h e D e p a rtm e n t does n o t take this la n gu a ge to m ean th a t th e traditional ly b la ck in stitu tion s are e.xem pt from th e C on s titu tion o r th e requirem ents o f T it le V7. T o th e con tra ry , tradition a lly b la ck and tra d ition a lly w hite in s t itu tion s are s u b je ct to th e sam e con-.- s titu tlon a l and. con g ression a l m andate ' to p rov ide an ed u ca tion to a ll citizens w ith ou t d iscrim in a tion or segregation . W h ite and b la ck In stitu tion s are to fu n c t io n as part o f a . u n itary system fr e e o f th e vestiges o f state Im posed, racial seg reg a tion . H ow ever, as the C ou rt has in stru cted , th e tra n sition to a u n itary system m ust n o t be a ccom plish ed b y p la c 'jig a d isp roportion a te- b u rd en u p on b lack stu den ts, faculty ,, o r In stitu tion s or by red u cin g the edu ca tion a l op p ortu n it ies cu rren tly avail able to b lacks. . T o a ch ieve th e ob je c t iv e s o f T it le VT. p recise m eth od s w ill .need to be fa-, sh io n e d fo r in stitu tion s w ith in a state, eac.h a p p rop r ia te to th e task o f o v er co m in g th e e ffe c ts o f p r io r d iscrim in a tion in th e particu lar Instance. E ach m etl.-ad w ill be e n fo rce d ■with equal fo r ce and determ in a tion . E a ch m eth od is design ed to a ch ieve th e sam e co n s ti tu tion a l stan dard . I I I . cow s 'P x rA T iorr y s o c s s s In th e p rep a ra tion o f th e cr iteria orig in a lly prom u lg a ted p u rsu an t to co u r t in stru ction , th e D ep a rtm en t u n dertook an exten sive con su lta tion pro cess w ith in th e D e p a rtm e n t and w ith Interested ou tside parties. In an e ffo r t to assure th a t th ese cr iter ia w ere b o th leg a lly and ed u ca tion a lly sou n d , a de p a rtm en ta l task fo r c e was esta b lish ed to g u id e th e ir dev e lop m en t. T h e task fo r ce co m b in e d th e m u ltip le d isci-. pUnes and varied e.xpertlse need ed to reso lve th e co m p le x issues and edu ca tio n a l po lic ies Involved in th is desegre gation process . S erv in g on th e task fo r ce w ere t.he G en era l. C oiinsoi. the D ire cto r o f th e O ff ic e fo r C ivil B igh ts , th e .Assistant S ecre tary fo r E d u cation , th e '.C o m m iss io n e r o f E ducation ., and FlDESAl g s s i m a . V O t. 43, .MO. 32— WEDHtSOAY, FSagUAgY 13, 1773 NOTICES 6651 th e A ssistan t S e cr e ta r y f o r PTanniny and S v a iu a tion . T h e D ep a rtm en t also em darited o n a p rog ra m u{ op en d ia log u e an d con su l ta tion w ith parties o t Interest. T h e task fo r ce m em bers co n fe rr e d w ith r e p re s e n u t lv e s o f th e six sta tes co l le c t iv e ly a n d in d iv idu a lly . T h e rep resen ta tives In clu ded co lle g e presiden ts, ed u ca tio n o ff ic ia ls , and a ides to G o v e r n ors . A sp ecia l m e e tin g was h e ld w ith stu d en ts w h o a tten d t h e p u b lic co l leg es In th e six sta tes and rep resen ta tives o f sev era l n a tion a l s tu d en t o rg a nizational P o u r m eetin g s w ere h e ld w ith o ff ic ia ls o f th e a m icu s cu ria e . N a tio n a l A ssocia tion fo r S o u a l O p p ortu n ity In H ig h e r E d u ca tion , an associ a tion o f th e presiden ts o f UQ p re d o m i n a n tly b la de co lle g e s an d u n iversities, b o th sta te su p p o r te d a n d private. T w o pan els o f n a tion a lly recog n ized edu ca tors m et fo r h a lf da y session s to advise th e D ep a rtm en t. P lh a lly . p ia in U ffs ' rep resen ta tives d e v oted m a n y h ou rs to rev iew in g and co m m e n tin g o n d ra fts o f th e en teria . T h e y a lso con v en ed a m eetin g f o r th e D e p a rtm e n t w ith , 28 c itizen s fro m th ese s ix sta tes w h o are m ost fa m ilia r w ith th e h ig h e r ed u ca tion desegrega t io n e ffo r t s In th e ir resp ectiv e sta tes. T h e D ep a rtm en t assum es fu ll a n d so le responsihU lty f o r th e co n te n t o f th ese cr iteria . T h e co n su lta tio n s en u m era ted a bove w ere e .xceedlng ly h e lp fu l to th e D e p a rtm e n t In th e prepara t ion o f th e se cr ite r ia , b u t th e se discus-, s lon s d o n o t Im ply co n cu rre n ce In th e ■ cr ite r ia In w h o le o r In p a rt b y o th e r pa rties . H ig h er ed u ca tion a l sy stem s In th ese and o th e r sta tes are u n d erg o in g d iff i cu lt a d ju stm en ts cau sed b y fisca l a n d d e m o g ra p h ic tren d s b e y o n d th e co n - , t ro l o f Individual sta tes. .A ccord ingly , th e cr iter ia d ev e lop ed fo r th e s ix sta tes u n d er th e AdaTTts O rd e r , fo c u se d o n deseg reg a tion e ffo r t s to b e u nder- ' ta k en w ith in th e n e x t fiv e years. S im i larly , O C H wtU seelt p lans th a t con ta in fiv e -y e a r goals fr o m o t h e r sta tes w h ich are fo u n d to h a ve a d u ty to elim in a te th e v estiges o f du a lity In th e ir sy stem s o f h ig h e r edu ca tion . -As ea ch sta te a tta in s th e goa ls set fo r th In Its p lan , O C H w ill assess. In: c o o p e ra tio n w ith th a t sta te ; th e pro gress th e r e b y m ade In o rd e r to d e te r m in e w h a t a d d ition a l steps,. If any. are .'necessary to co m p le te th e desegrega tion process . F urtherm ore^ O C H w ill p er iod ica lly rev iew th ese cr ite r ia to asstire th e ir a deq u acy In m eetin g o o n - , stltu tlon a l req u irem en ts , th e ir consls- ■ te n cy w ith ru lin gs o f th e cou rts in h ig h e r ed u ca tion desegreg ation , and the m a n da te o f T it le TL th.TTvrrrrs o r a Pt-u* i, oisrsTaBLisTOrcTT or t h s s r a g ern a x o r rm c p p a o s r s m i •-Ah a ccep ta b le p la n sh a ll co m m it th e state to th e goa l o f org a n iz in g an d op era tin g th e system a n d 'n s tltu tlo n s o f h ig h e r ed u ca tion in a m a n n er th a t prom ises rea listica lly to o v e rco m e th e e ffe c t s o f past d iscrim in a tion and to d isestab lish th e d u a l sy stem , a n d w h ich assures th a t s tu d en ts w ill be a t tra cted to ea ch In stitu tion o n th e basts o f ed u ca tion a l p rog ra m s and o p p o rtu n ities u n in h ib ited , b y past p ra ctices o f seg reg a tion . T o a ch iev e th e d isesta b lish m en t o f th e stru ctu re o f th e d u a l system , ea ch p la n sha ll: A . OeflTie-ihe m is s io n of each in s il f a - l io n teifA in the state system on a Oasis other than race. E a ch m ission s ta tem en t sh a ll In c lu d e a t a mlnlTnom- 1. T h e level, ra n g e an d s c o p e o f pro gram s a n d degrees o ffe r e d ; 2. G eog ra p h ic , a rea served b y th e in st itu tio n ; and 3. T h e p r o je c te d size o f th e stu d en t b o d y and s ta ff, f o r ea ch y ea r o f th e life o f th e p la n . ■ 3 , Specify steps to- ie taken to strengthen the role of traditionally black institutions in the state system. In su p p o r t o f th e s p e c ific step s re qu ired b y L 3 . , th e p la n sh a ll Include; 1. C om m itm en ts th a t n ecessa ry im p rov em en ts WtU b e m a de to p erm it th e tra d ition a lly b la ck in stitu tion s to fu l f i l l th e ir d e fin e d m ission . T h e se Im prov em en ts WtU e.-ctend to p h y s ica l p la n t an d eq-ulpm ent; q u a lity and ra n g e o f p rog ra m o ffe r in g s ; n u m b er a n d q u a lity o f fa c u lty , s tu d en t, fa cu lty and p ro fe ss io n a l s ta f f servtcss; stu d en t fin an cia l assista n ce , and o t h e r fin a n c ia l su p p ort; 2. C o m m itm en ts t h a t tra d it io n a lly b la ck In stitu tion s ' wtU h a ve th e re sou rces (In clu d in g th o se en u m era ted in Item 1 a b ov e ), w h ich a re a t least co m p a r a b le to th o se a t tra d it ion a lly w h ite In stitu tion s h a v in g s im ila r m ls- sion s.. . - 3. A n assessm ent o f th e p h y s ica l p la n t at tra d it ion a lly b la ck Institu tions; a n d . ; A . A d e ta iled d isc rip tlon o f th e re sou rces . e x p ressed In do lla rs an d in ' n u m b ers o f person n e l to b e assigned , w h ich th e sta te sy stem w iu prov ide (a n d th e so u rce f o r su ch fu n d s) In ord e r to tm piem en t th e step s sp e c ifie d In 1 .3 . r e p o rte d by y e a r fo r th e life o f th e s tep o r actl-vlty. C . Commit the state to take specific- steps to eiiminate educationally un~ necessary program duplication among graditianaCy black and traditionally white institutions in the same service area.. r.,-,... , . T o th is en d ; th e p lan shaU Id en tify ex istin g d eg ree p rog ra m s (o t h e r th an co re cu rr icu la ) a m on g in stitu tion s h a v in g Identica l o r ov erla p p in g service areas and In d ica te sp eciflcaU y w ith re sp ect to ea ch area w h at step s th e sta te wlU take to e iim in a te su ch du plica tion .. T h e e lim in a tion o f su ch p rog ra m du p lica tion sh a ll be ca rr ied o u t con sis te n t w ith th e o b je c t iv e o f s tre n g th e n in g t h e tra d ition a lly b la ck coU egea, D . Commit the state to give priority consideration to placing any new un dergraduate, graduate, or professional, degree programs, courses of study etc., which may be proposed, at traditional ly black institutions, consistent with their missions. S . Commit the state to withhold ap proval of any changes in the operation of the state system or of any institu tions that may have the effect of thwarting the achievement of its deseg regation goals. F . C o m m a the State to advise O C R of proposed malar changes in the mis sion or the character of any institu tion within, the state system which may directly or indirectly affect the achievement of its desegregation goals, prior to their formal adaption. S u ch p rop o se d citan g es in clu de b u t are n o t lim ited to; th e e sta b lish m en t o r m a jo r ex p a n s ion o f p rog ra m s o f s tu d y , o f dep artm en ts , o r In stitu tions; th e a lte ra tio n o f tw o y ea r to fo u r y ear In stitu tion s; th e con v e rs io n o f a p ri v ate t o a p u b lic In stitu tion ; o r th e c los in g o r m e rg e r o f In stitu tion s o r ca m puses. G . Specify timetables for segvential implementation of the actions neces sary to achieve these goals as soon as passible but no later than tcithin five years iby the close of the fifth full aca demic year after the plan is accepted) unless compelling fusiificatian far a longer period far compliance is pro vided to and accepted by the Depart ment T h e p la n . sh a ll ta ciu d e Interim b en ch m a rk s tmd goals fr o m w h ich p ro gress tow ard th ese o b je c t iv e s m a y be m ea su red . T h e se t im eta b les and b en ch m a rk s s h a ll b e a p p rop r ia te to th e n a tu re o f th e a ction to be taken . F o r ex a m p le , s tu d ie s -o f p h y s ica l p lan t and resou rces com p a ra b ility sh ou ld b e co m p le te d p r o m p t ly correctiv e a ction s (In clu d in g ca p ita l co n s tru c tio n ) wtU re qu ire lo n g e r Ume p er iod s . H . Commit the state and all its in- voived agencies and subdivisions to specific measures for achievement of the above objectives. S u ch m easures m a y Include b u t are n o t lim ited to e s ta b lish in g coop era tiv e p rog ra m s co n s is ten t w ith In stitu tion a l m ission s; rea ss ign in g sp ecified pro gram s. cou rse o ffe r in g s , resou rces a n d /o r se rv ices a m o n g in stitu tion s: rea lig n in g th e la n d gra n t a ca dem ic p rog ra m s so th a t research , ex p er im en t and o th e r ed u ca tion a l services are re d istr ib u ted o n a n on ra c la l basis: and m erg in g in stitu tion s o r b ra n ch es th e re o f , pa rticu la r ly w h e re Institu tion s o r ca m pu ses h a ve th e sam e o r ov e r la p p in g serv ices areas. T h e m ea sures ■ taken p u rsu a n t to th is .section sh ou ld be con s is ten t w ith t.he o b je c tive o f s tre n g th e n in g th e tra d ition a lly b la ck co lleg es . A de ta iled d escrip tion HSBfSAi woiyrnt, vou. -o, ncj. m — wroNCOAr, f*s*ua»t is, wa S662 NOTIC2S o f th e se m easures n eed n o t b e su b m it ted at th e tim e th e p la n Is filed , b u t sh ou ld be file d as a su p p lem en ta ry s ta tem en t w ith in 30 days th e re a fte r fo r review and com m e.nt by O C R . M ea- s w e s th a t o f f e r n o rea son a b le possib il ity o f a ch iev in g th e goals listed above w ill b e re je cted _by O C R . R ev ised m ea sures w ill b e req u ired b e fo re th e p lan ca n be a ccep ted . n . D t s E o a iO A T io t t o r S T m i p r r .. C fB O U S O P iT A n a cce p ta b le p la n sh a ll co m m it th e sta te to th e goal o f a ssu rin g th a t th e sy stem as a w h o le and ea ch In stitu tion w ith in th e sy stem p rov ide an equ al e d u ca tion a l o p p o rtu n ity , are op e n an d a ccessib le to a il s tu d e n ts and op era te • w ith o u t reg a rd to race a n d o n a deseg reg a ted basis. T o a ch ieve th e desegreg ation o f stu den t en ro llm en t, ea ch p lan shall; .4_ A d o p t £Ae goal that for two gear and /our year undergraduate pubiia higher education institutione in the state system, 'taken as a whale, the pro portion of black high school graduates throughout the state who enter such institutions shall be at least eguai to the proportion of white high school graduates throughout the state who ■ enter such institutions. B , (1 ) Adopt the goal that there shall be an annual increase, to be specified by each state system in the proportion of black students in the traditionally white four year undergraduate public higher education institutions in the state system taken as a whole and in each such iTistitution; and (25 Adopt Che objective of reducing the disparity between the proportion . of black high .school graduates and the proportion of white high school gradu ates entering' iraditionally white four year and upper division undergrad uate. public higher education institu tions in the state system and adopt the goal of reducing the disparity by at least-fifty per_ cent by the final aca demic year of'the plan. However, this shall not reguire any state to increase by that date black student admissions by more than 150% above the admis sions for the academic year preceding the year in which the plan is reguested bvHHW.' . ........................ ‘ For the purposes o f this subsection, the tern , entering Includes first-time transfers from two year and ocher Institutions, . •Thus, where the present entry by blach students In four year traditionally white In stitutions is at a rate at l.COO students per year and a fully proportional rate would be 3.000 stisdencs per year, the state's goal would be an entry rate o f 2.000 students per year five years thereafter. A state where the present entry Is at a rate o f only JOO stu dents per year and full proponlonallty would be 3.000 students per- year would not by that date have to close half the gap (by a rate o f UTSO per year) but only- achieve an entry rate of 1.2S0 students, which Is 150% over Its present rate- of 500. C , A d o p f the goal that the proportion of black state residents who graduate from undergraduate institutions in >Jie state system and. enter graduate study or professional schools in the state system shall be at least eguai to the proportion of white state residents who graduate from undergraduate in stitutions in the state system and enter such schools. T h is goal (a n d 'In te r im b enchm arim o r g oa ls) sh a ll b e s e p a r a t ^ sta ted fo r ea ch m a jo r f ie ld o f g ra du a te and pro fession a l stu d y . T o assure th a t, th is goal ca n b e m et In th e Im m ediate fu tu r e sp ecia l rec ru itm en t e ffo rts sh o u ld be con s id ered at tra d ition a lly b lade In stitu tion s, P a r ticu la r a tten tion sh o u ld b e g iven to Increasing b la de stu d en t e n ro llm en t and gra du a tion ‘ fr o m th ose tra d it ion a lly w h ite fo u r y ea r u n d erg ra du a te In stitu tion s w h ich serve as the feed er In stitu tions fo r th e g radu ate and p ro fe ss io n a l . sch oo ls . A ch ie v e m e n t o f th is g oa l is o f p a rticu la r Im porta n ce In lig h t o f th e sp e c ific c o n ce rn ex pressed b y th e C ou rt o f .Ap pea ls In A dam s, In assessing progress tow ard th is goal, O C R w ill give con s id era tion to th e n u m b e r o f b la d ts fr o m each state w h o en ro ll in g radu ate and p ro fe ss io n a l sc h o o ls o u tsid e th e sta te system . D . Adept Che goal of increasing the total proportion of white students at tending traditionally black institu tions. In crea sed p a rtic ip a tion b y w h ite stu d e n ts at tra d it ion a lly b la d i. Institu t ion s m u st b e a pa rt o f th e p rocess o f deseg reg a tion o f th e sta tew ide sy stem o f h ig h e r ed u ca tion . H ow ev er, pu rsu an t to th e a d m on ition o f th e cou rts In Adams,. " T h e desegreg ation : p rocess s h o u ld take Into a cco u n t th e u n eq u a l sta tu s o f th e B la d t co lle g e s and th e rea l da n g er th a t d esegreg a tion w ill di m in ish h ig h e r ed u ca tion op p ortu n it ies fo r B la ck s ." ClvU A c t io n N o. 3095-T0. S e co n d S u p p lem en ta l O rd er at p. A. T h e fo llo w in g steps are des ig n ed to g u ard again st- th e . d im in u tion o f h ig h e r ed u ca tion a l op p o rtu n it ie s fo r b la ck stu den ts, to take in to a ccou n t th e u n iq u e Im porta n ce o f tra d it ion a lly b la ck co lleg es a n d to co m p ly w ith th e m a n da te o f T it le ’ /T. B sta b llsh m en t o f n u m erica l goals fo r th e e n ro llm en t o f w h ite stu den ts at tra d it io n a lly b lack In stitu tion s m ust be p reced ed b y an in creas in g e n ro llm en t o f b la ck stu d en ts in th e h ig h e r ed u ca tion sy stem and at th e tra d it ion a lly w h ite In stitu tions, as la req u ired b y S e ct io n II o f th ese cr ite ria. I t m ust a lso b e p reced ed b y th e a c- com p U sh m en t o f Specific step s to stren g th en t h e ro le o f tra d it ion a lly b la ck InsU tutlona, e lim in a te prog ra m d u p lica tion . lo c a te n ew prog ra m s at b la ck Institu tions.--and b y su ch o th e r m easu res as are se t fo r th In S e ctio n L O C R sh a ll a n n u ally review th e p ro gress m ade by ea ch sta te In Increasing p a rtic ip a tion by b la ck stu d en ts In h ig h e r e d u ca tion and In th e d£sestab->- llsn m en t o f th e du al s c h o o l system . T w o years a fte r th e co m m en cem en t of th e p lan , and co n s is ten t 'with su ch pro gress, ea ch sta te system sh a h sp ecify annual, n u m erica l goals fo r Increasing th e p a rtic ip a tion o f w h ite stu d en ts at- te n d in g th e tradition aU y b lack in stitu tions. H. Commit the state to take all rea sonable steps to reduce any disparity between the proportion of black and white students completing and gradu ating from the two year, four year and graduate public institutions of higher education, and establish interim goals; to be specified by the state system for achieving annual progress. ?. Commit the state to eepand mo-, bility between two year and four year institutiOTis as a means of meeting the goals set forth in these criteria. G . Specify numeric goals for [I. A, 3, and C, and timetables for seguential implementation of actions necessary to achieve these goals as soon as possi ble but not later than within five years unless another date is specified in this section. H. Commit Che state and all its in volved agencies and subdivisions to specific measures to ac.h.ieve Uiese goals. S u ch m easu res m ay Include, b u t are n o t lim ited to review ing, m o n ito r in g . ' and revising , as n ecessa ry , p roced u res fo r s tu d en t recru itm en t, adm ission s, c o m p e n sa to ry in stru ction , cou n selin g , fin a n cia l aid, and s ta ff and fa cu lty de v e lo p m e n t prog ra m s. T h e d e ta h ed de sc r ip tio n o f th ese m easures need n o t b e su b m itted at th e tim e th e p lan is filed , b u t sh o u ld be file d as a su p p le m en ta ry sta tem en t w ith in 30 days th e re a fte r fo r rev iew and co m m e n t by O C R , M easures th a t o f f e r n o rea son ab le p o ssib ility o f a ch iev in g th e nu m erica l goals w ill be re je cte d by O C R . R ev ised m easures wUl be requ ired b e fo r e th e p la n ca n be a ccep ted . m . DESEcaxoATiorr o r yACObrr. .u t ic x -isTXAmrr ST.irrs, .voNAC.ujEr.tic ?es-SONNEt, AND OOVSHNIhC 30AiU3S -An a ccep ta b le p la n sh a h dam m it the sta te system to th e goal o f in crea sin g th e n u m b er and p r o p o r tio n o f b lack em p loy ees , a ca dem ic a n d n on -a ca d e m ic th ro u g h o u t th e sy stem a n d o f Increasing rep resen ta tion o f b la ck c it i zen s a m o n g a p p o in tiv e pos it ion s on th e g ov ern in g h oards o f t-he sta te sjjstem and o f tndlvtduaJ in stitu tion s. T o a ch ieve th e d esegratlon o f fa cu l ty . adm in istra tors , o th e r person n e l, an d g o vern in g b oards, ea ch p la n sh ah : A. Adopt the goal that the proportion of black faculty and of administrators at each institution and an the staffs of each governing board, or any other state higher education entity, in posi tions not reguiring the doctoral degeee, shall al least eguai the proportion of black students graduating with mas- R O S S A l t E h i S r a . V O L « , n o . 32— '.iVEDN SSPA r. F t S * U A * Y IS . 1971 NOTICES 6663 i m decrees in avpropriaie disci- pane /Tom instU-ations 'mthin the state tysiem, or ttie provortion af black individuals vrith the recixiTed creden tials far such positions in the relevant labor market area, vshichever is great er. 3 . Adopt the goat that the proportion at ilac-k /acuity and af administrators at each institution and on the staffs of each governing board or any other state higher education entity, in posi-. tions requiring the doctoral degree, shall Hi least ecual the proportion a/ black individstals istith the credentials repuired for such positions in the rel evant labor market area. C. Adopt the goat that the proportion 0/ black non-academia personnel iby jab category} at each institution and on the staffs af each governing board or any other state higher education entity, shall at least epual the propor tion af black persons in the relevant labor market area. ■ D . Assure hereafter and 'until the foregoing goals are met that far the ' tsaditionahy white institutions as a whale, the proportion af blacks hired to fill faculty and administrative va cancies shall not be less than the pro-- portion af black individuals with the credentials repuired far such positions in the relevant labor market area. 2 . Specify numeric goals and timeta bles for sepuential implementation of the actions necessary to achieve these objectives including interim bench- , marks from which progress toward the objectives may be measured. T h e se goals, t im e ta tle s , and b e n ch m arks sh a ll b e e sta b lish ed In lig h t o f , and sh a ll sp e c ify , th e cu rre n t and pro je c te d ra tes o f v acan cies In th e v ariou s Job ca teg ories , p resen t an d p r o je c te d la b or, m a rk et ava ila bility , and o th e r re lev an t fa cto rs . p . Commit the state system to take specific measures la ahieve these objec tives. S u ch m easu res m a y In clu de, b u t are n o t lim ited to em p lo y m e n t prog ra m s prov id in g centrU Ized re cru itm en t, va ca n cy and a p p lica n t listings ; tra n sfer o p tion s; fa cu lty d ev e lop m en t pro gram s p e rm ittin g release tim e fo r ’ b lack fa cu lty to a tta in th e term in a l . degree; and th e In terch an g e o f facu lty- on a te m p o ra ry o r p erm an en t basis a m on g tra d it ion a lly w h ite and tra d l- , .tlonaU y b la ck In stitu tion s w ith in th e . state sy stem . T h e d e ta iled d escrip tion ■ o f th ese m easu res n eed n o t b e su bm it- . ted a t th e tim e th e p la n Is filed , bu t . sh ou ld be- fi le d as a su p p lem en tary ^ s ta tem en t w ith in 30 days th e re a fte r •' fo r rev iew and co m m e n t b y O d . M ea- --surea th a t oiler n o rea son a b le posslb ll- ■ Ity o f a ch iev in g th e goals listed a bov e will b e re lu cte d by O C 3 . 'Revised m ea sures w m b e req u ired b e fo r e th e p lan can b e a ccep ted , G . Adapt the goal of increasing the numbers of black persons appointed to systemwide and institutional govern ing boards and agencies so that these boards may be more representative of the racial population of the state or of the area served. .. IT. stra icissiow OT 7I-SHS a jm .- , MomsoBiao ,-i. AftCT HETW h a s d e term ln eh th a t a sta ts has n o t e ilm in a tsd th e vestiges o f desegreg ation in Its fo r m e r du al system o f p u b lic h ig h e r ed u ca tio n , th e sta te -sh a ll su b m it to O C R a desegreg a t io n p la n f o r Its sy stem o f pu b lic h ig h e r ed u ca tion to Im plem en t th e fo r e g o in g criteria . . , , L T h e p la n sh a ll c o m m it th e sta te t o substa n tia l prog ress tow ard e a ch o f th e goals in th e firs t tw o years o f th e p la n . - _ 2. T h e p la n sh a ll b e s ign ed b y th e g o v e rn o r and b y ea ch o f f ic ia l o r des ig n a ted p erson rep resen tin g th e agen cies, associa tion s, com m ission s, o ffice s , a n d /o r . in stitu tion s resp on sib le fo r a d o p tin g th e system w id e a n d Insltu-; t lo n a l goals describ ed th ere in . S u ch p erson s o r en titles m u st b e a u th orised u n d er sta te law to p e r fo rm aU a ction s n ecessa ry to a ch ieve th ese g oals. . 3. , T h e p la n sh a ll ce r t ify th a t a ch ievem en t o f th e goa ls an d Interim b en ch m a rk s sp e c ifie d th e re in has been a d op ted as o ff ic ia l p o l ic y o f ea ch o f f i cia l o r agen cy . B . It !s r e co m m e n d e d th a t e a ch sta te e sta b lish a b ira cia l c itizen s a d v is o ry / m o n ito r in g co m m itte e to assist th e sta te in m on itor in g - th e Im plem en ta t io n o f th e p lan . C. S a ch sta te sh a ll su b m it to O C B b y .-iugust .13 o f ea ch y e a r a fte r a p la n 's a ccep ta n ce , a co m p re h e n s iv e n a rra tiv e assessm en t o f Its d esegreg a t io n e ffo r ts In th e m o s t re ce n t aca d e m ic -y e a r .-T h is n a rra tiv e assessm ent sh a ll I n c lu d e ;. . , 1. A d escr ip tio n o f th e s p e c ific m ea sures w h ich h a ve b een ta k en to a ch iev e th e o b je c t iv e s en u m era ted In th e p la n an d In th e cr ite r ia ; 2. .A . d escr ip tio n o f th e resu lts ach ieved , tn clu d ln g q u a n tita tive Indi ces w h e re a p p rop r ia te o r req u ired ; 3. .-in analysis o f th e reason s w h y a n y s tep s tak en prov ed Inadequ ate o r In su ffic ien t; and . •. 4. .A d escr ip tio n o f th e step s th e sta te w ill take to a ch ieve prog ress and to m a in ta in th e tim eta b les set fo r th in th e plan . - - D . O C R sh a ll rev iew su ch n a rra tiv e rep orts . I f 'g o o d cause f o r th e fa ilu re to m e e t . In terim goals Is n o t dem on - s t r a c e d _ O C R m a y Im pose m o re str in gent, req u irem en ts ,, in clu d in g a dvan ce a pprov a l b y O C R o f d esegreg a tion m e th o d s ,' In- o rd e r to assure a ch ieve m en t o f th e goals o f th e plan . In th e a ltern ative , th e D ep a rtm en t m a y in iti a te e n fo rce m e n t proceed in g s u n d er T it le 'VT o f th e ClvU R ig h ts A c t o f 1984, If oom pU an ce w ith T it le 'VT ca n n o t b e a ch ieved b y voluntary , m eans. S . E a ch p la n sh a ll p ro v id e th a t th e sta te w in fu rn ish to O C R sta tistica l re p o rts , assessm ents, and su ch o th e r tn lo rm a tlo n as O C R m a y d eem n eces sary fr o m tim e to tim e in o rd e r to de term in e th e e ffe ct iv e n e ss o f th e sta te 's e f fo r ts to a ch ieve th e goals describ ed la th e se cr iteria . S u ch In form a tion sh a ll in clu d e a n n u al s ta tis tica l r e p o rts tn su b sta n tia lly th e sa m e fo r m a t used p rev iou sly b y th e a ffe c te d sta tes pu r su a n t to e a r lie r d eseg reg a tion plans. S p e c if ic da tes fo r th e su b m ission o f th e re p o rts w ill be esta b lish ed by O C R . In th e ev en t th a t su b seq u en t de v e lop m en ts ca ll fo r th e su b m ission o f a d d ition a l data , su ch req u irem en ts w ill be a n n o u n ce d a fte r co n s u lta tio n w ith th e sta tes, an d th e sta tes and in s t itu tio n s sh a ll h a ve s u ffic ie n t t im e to d ev e lop th e sy stem n eed ed fo r th e g a th e r in g o f a d d ition a l d ata . ... V. DU’LJUTIOPrS A s u sed in th ese cr ite r ia ; : .A. ' ‘ D e p a r tm e n t" re fers to th e 'D'.S. D e p a rtm e n t o f H ea lth . E d u ca tio n , and W e lfa r e . In in stan ces w h ere th e ‘‘D e p a rtm e n t '’ is to tak e certa in a ction s, th e y m a y b e p e r fo rm e d b y th e O ff ic e fo r C ivil R ig h ts o r th e D ire cto r . O ff ic e fo r C lvii R igh ts , on b e h a lf o f th e D e p a rtm en t. 3 . ‘‘ In s t itu tio n " m ean s a n y sch o o l, co lleg e . Jun ior o r co m m u n ity co lleg e , u n iversity , p ro fess ion a l o r g radu ate s c h o o l, ad-m inistered b y o r as an a g e n cy o f th e sta te g o v e m m e n L F ou r y e a r in stitu tion m eans a n y s c h o o l, c o l leg e , o r u n iversity th a t o f fe r s a b a cca la u reate o r g ra du a te degree . F o r th e pu rp ose o f th ese cr iteria , ‘‘ In stitu tio n " does n o t re fe r to p rivate s c h o o ls o r c o l leges, C. ‘ ‘ S ta te sy s te m " 'm e a n s th e aggre g ate o f aU sta te p u b lic in stitu tion s o f h ig h e r e d u ca tion w ith in the sta te, w h e th e r o r n o t u n d er th e g ov ern a n ce o f th e sam e sta te a g e n cy o r b oard . D . " S tu d e n t " m ean s any p e rso n en ro lle d in an In stru ction a l p rog ra m , w h e th e r fu ll-t im e or pa rt-tim e, su b je ct to e x ce p tio n s to be sp e c ifie d by th e O ff ic e F o r C ivil R ig h ts . E. “ F a c u lty " m ean s all p e r s o r j em p lo y e d b y an in stitu tion as fu ll-t im e ih s t r jc t lo n a i person n e l. F . "L a b o r m a rk et area” m ean s th e g eog ra p h ica l area in w h ich an in stitu tion o r ca m p u s tra d it ion a lly recru its o r draw s a pp lican ts possess in g th e req u isite cred en tia ls fo r v acan cies In fa c u lty , a dm in istrative , o r n on -a ca d em ic p erson n e l pos ition s. G . "G o v e r rJ n g b o a r d " m ean s th a t a p p o in te d or e lected b ody , w h e th e r o r n o t resp on sib le to th e g o v e rn o r o f a sta te o r to th e sta te ieg lslaru re, w h ich Is ch a rg e d u n d er sta te law w ith th e ul tim a te resp on s ib ility fo r th e adm in is tra tion and o p era tion o f In stitu tions w ith in th e sta te sy stem o f p u b lic h ig h e r edu ca tion . .A "g o v e r n in g b o a rd " 'm a y be resp on sib le fo r th e entire FlBSSA i JIG O TIS . V O L 43, NO. W — WtDNSSOAY, fE3*U A *Y 13, 1973 6664 jw n c s s system . Tor i s in g le ca m pu s -or in stitu tion t iie reo f. o r lo r a, sp e c ifie d grou p o f cam puses o r in sU tu tlon s - D ated : P ebru ary Z 1975. ' " . - . , D avto S . T a t h . nirecior. O /f lc e for Civil RitihLs.' ' [ ? R D o t 7S-MJSI Filed J-14-78: atiS mU 1 4 2 1 0 -0 1 ] OEPASTTMENT OF HOUSING AND . ^ . URBAN DEVELOPMENT I ' ' ‘ .O ffice ^ 11i# Secr elq r y ! ■ CDodtet Ko. N-7S-MU ■ FSO aU U . W U A l HOUSIN O O ry O fT t lN lT Y , . . , . ,y - , . c o u n a L ' liiqoUihtnqfTf and Fvn<Honm̂ . A G E T fC T ; D e p a rtm e n t o f H ou sin g and U rban D e v e lo p m e n t .- -A CTIO N ; .'lo t ice . . , S U M M .A R Y ; T h e 'p u rp o se o f th is n o t ic e is to 'P iaoe in th e pu b lic record In form a tion reg a rd in g th e esta b lish m en t and fu n c tio n in g o f th e F ederal Equal H ou s in g O p p o rtu n ity C ouncil. .FO R - F U R T H E R . E N F O R h tA T IO N CONT-ACT. . . ■ ■ Luoyd D avis. D ire cto r , O ff ic e o f V ol- -u n ta ry C om p lian ce , 451, 7 th S tree t S W „ R o o m 5223, W a sh in g ton . D ,C . ■ 20410, P h o n e , 202-755-5904. S ection 1—E sta b lish m en t o f the Couri- oil. T h e p rov is ion s o f .Ebcecutive O rd e r 11063 <27 F H 11527, e ffe c t iv e N ov em b e r 20. 1962. a n d -s e c t io n 308 o f T it le V III o f th e C ivil R ig h ts -Act o f 1968, as am en ded (42 U ,S ,C . | 36 08 ) set fo r th req u irem en ts th a t F edera l agencies fu n c t io n in a m a n n e r th a t deters h ou s in g .d iscr im in ation a n d a ffirm a tiv e ly p rom otes fa ir housing, and equ al op portu n ity . F u rth er , u n d er T it le VT o f th e CIvU R ig h ts .Act o f 1964 (42 U-S.C. J 200Qd) ea ch a gen cy is resp on sib le fo r assu rin g n on d iscrim in a tion In pro gram s Involv ing F edera l fin an cia l as sistance. In a ccord a n ce tvith th ese au th orities , and In an e f f o r t to assist F ederal agencies In fu lfi ll in g th e ir fa ir h ou sin g and -equal o p p o rtu n ity respon sib ilities . th e D e p a rtm e n t o f H ousing and U rban D ev e io p m e n t (h e r e a fte r ■H UD), e sta b lish ed th e F ed era l E qual H ou sin g O p p o rtu n ity C ou n c il ("C o u n c i l " ) . . . ■. , . . S e c t io n 2 —F u n ct io n s ’ ' . ' • ./.T he (Council Is ch a ired b y ,th e .H U D -A ssistant S ecre ta ry f o r F a ir H ou sin g ,an d E qu a l O p p o rtu n ity , and Is op e n to a ll F edera l a gen cies and departm ents.. T h e C ou n cil has dev e lop ed t.bree pri m ary goals lo be ac.hleved by eac.h m em ber agen cy : A . P la n n in g fe d e ra l fa cu lt ies in lo ca tion s w h ere th e r e is sh ow n to ex ist, on a n on d lscrin u n a tory basis, an adeq u ate su p p ly o f low a n d m o d e ra te in com e housing, w ith adeq u ate a ccess by p u b lic tra n sp orta tion fr o m o t h e r areas o f th e u rban cen ter a n d a dequ ate park in g fa cilities. B. E sta b lish in g a n d m a in ta in in g an E qual H ou sin g L o ca to r S e rr ic e . e ith er separaW iy or In co o p e ra t io n w ith agen c ies In c lose p r o x im ity , ava ilable to a ll a gen cy e m p loy ees . In h e a d q u a r te rs and Held o ffices . C M a k in g a ffirm a tiv e n s e o f a gen cy fu n d in g a u th o r ity w ith re sp e ct to gov ern m en t sp on sored p r o je c ts t o fu r th e r t h e pu rposes o f T it le V m o f th e C ivil R ig h ts A ct o f 1968 (s s a m en ded ). T o in stitu tion a lize th e p r o ce s s o f a gen cy pu rsu it o f C on n ell goals. H U D n eg otia tes and ex ecu tes In tera g en cy P air H ou sin g . .A g reem en ts .. w ith m e m b e r agencies.: In v iew o f H D D 's lea d ersh ip ro le u n d er T it le VTIl. p r i m ary s ta ff resportsibU lty fo r th e C ou n cil rests w ith t.he H U D .Assistant S e c re ta ry fo r F air H ou s in g and E qual O p p o r tu n ity and th e O ff ic e o f V o lu n ta ry C om p lian ce . .., S e ctio n 3— M e e t ic s s , F roced u res . and R e p o rts . T h e C ou n c il m e e ts q u a r te r ly d u rin g th e fisca l year. T h e tim e and p la ce o f ea ch m eetin g -and th e m a tters to b e con s id ered w ill b e pu b lish ed in ad van ce o f th e m eetin g . BTUD requ ests b iannual p rogress rep orts o n a gen cy a ctiv ities to a ch iev e C o u n c il goals, w ith u pdates ss req u ired . H U D issues an an n u al rep ort o n th e a ccom p lish m en ts o f th e C ou n cil, titled T h e F ed eral -Agencies and F a ir H ou s in g . H U D a lso su b m its rep orts to O M 3 re la tiv e to estim ated cos t Incurred fo r the C ou n cil to fu n c tio n . In te ra g e n cy F air H ou sin g A g reem en ts s ign ed w ith H U D w ill be p u b lish ed In th e P m caA i, R ze - ISTTS and m ade ava ilable th ro u g h the m ail to in terested p u b lic a n d private org a n iza tion s . .. - S ection 4—C o u n c il M e m b e rs . ’ ' ’ . i H U D has requ ested th a t th e h ea d o f an a gen cy o r d ep artm en t com m en c in g its p a rtic ip a tion o n th e C ou n cil ap p o in t a rep resen ta tive and an a lter n a te to a tten d Co u n c il -meeclngs and w ork w ith H U D In pu rsu it o f th e C ou n cil goals. -As an a p p o in tee fo r th e a gen cy or d ep artm en t h ead , e a ch re p resen tative has dec is ion m a k in g au th o r ity w ith respect to m a tters u n d er con s id era tion - T h e lev e l o f a p p o in t m e n t allow s f o r t im e ly im p lem en ta t io n o f C ou n cil e f f o r t s . ............. S ection 5—T ra ve l E x p en ses ;-A d m in is tra tive S u p p o r t -F in a n c in g F in a n cia l and a dm in istrative su p p ort f o r th e C ou n cil is p rov ided by th e D e pa rtm en t o f .H U D , O ffice , o f . F air H ou sin g a n d .. . E qual. O p p o rtu n ity . T ra vel expen ses Incurred b y represen ta tives In a tten d in g q u arterty m eet ings is b orn e by th e -individual agen c ie s - . . .AtJTHoarrr; (Section 7(di of the Deoart- dsenc of Housing m d Creen Oeyetooment .act. 42 a s -C . is is fd i) . Issued at W a sh in g ton . D .C M U anuary 31 . 1973. ' C H E sisa C . M cO tn sx . A j j i i f q n f Secretary far Fair Jicueingand Scaal Opportunity. (7R Doe. 75-4087 Filed 2-14-78; 8:41 eral [4 3 1 0 -8 4 ] . DEPARTMENT Of THE INTERIOR Suroov o f la n k M anaq em anl U A T i O IR SC IO *. (tA U FO gN A ge d eiaq a tie n a f AuHionlY U n d er th e a u th o r ity o f S ecre ta r ia l O rd er N o. 3003, dated -April 25. 1977, s u b je ct to U m itations o f section 4 (b ) o f t.bat ord er, th e S ta te D irector . C a li fo r nia. is a u th orized to issue ail in itia l grants, p e im its . and am en dm en ts th ere to , across pu b lic and och e r a ppro pr ia te F ed era l lands fo r th e S O H IO p ip e lin e and a ssocia ted a n cillary fa c ili ties In th e S tates o f .Arizona, C a li fo r n ia. N ew M e.-dco. and T exa s. T h is au th or iza tion is pu rsu an t to se c t io n 28 o f th e M in era l L easing .Act o f 1920, as am en ded , 30 U .S.C . 185. T h e C a lifo rn ia S ta te D ir e c to r sh a ll n o t red eiega te th is a u th ority . O e o R cz L . T tra corr . Acting Director. a F t s h o a s t 3, 1978. tPH Doc. 73-4124 Piled 2-14-7S: 3:48 ami [4 4 1 0 -0 1 ] DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE Onjq Enforenmont Adm4ai««rakan (Docket No. 77-14) tO O SE V E U M A C X S O N N otice is h ereb y given th a t on N o v em ber 9. 1977, th e D ru g E nforcem e-nt A d m in istra tion . D ep a rtm en t o f Jus tice . Issued to R o o s e v e lt ? . Jackson , M .D .. .Atlanta. G a , an O rd er to S h ow C ause as to w hy his DE.A C ertifica te o f R eg is tra tion , .A J U 7 24 7 Z sh o u ld not b e revoked . T h ir ty days hairing elapsed s in ce th e said O rd er to S h ow C ause was received b y th e R esp o n d e n t, and w ritten re quest fo r a h ea rin g havin g been filed wit.h th e D ru g E n fo rce m e n t .Adminis tra tion , n o tice Is h e re b y given th a t a h ea rin g in th is m a tter w ill b e held co m m e n c in g at 10 a-m. o n W edn esday , M a rch 1, 1973, in C ou rtro o m N o. 305, S ta te C ou rt o f F u lton C ou n ty C ou rt h ou se . 160 P ry o r S tree t S W „ A tlan ta . O x D atedr F e b r u a r y 9, 1973. F l i 'in 3 . BEXstnocR. Administrator, Drag Dn/orcement Administration. ■ IFR Doc. 7S-U31 Filed 2-14-78: 3:4S laU EEDERAi UdlSTESi V O l. JO. HO. 32— WSONESDAT, fSSgU A gy i j , 197* IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA KENNETH ADAMS, et al., Plaintiffs, V. TERREL H. BELL, et al. , Defendants. ) ) Civil Action No. 70-3095 ) POINTS AND AUTHORITIES IN SUPPORT OF PLAINTIFFS* MOTION FOR FURTHER RELIEF Plaintiffs have moved for further relief requiring de fendants to enforce the Revised Criteria Specifying The Ingre dients of Acceptable Plans To Desegregate State Systems of Public Higher Education (hereinafter "the Criteria"), 43 Fed. Reg. 6658 (Feb. 15, 1978). As demonstrated in the motion, the Department of Education ("DE") has completely abandoned the Criteria. Plans have been approved that do not begin to meet the Criteria's requirements, and non-implementation of previ ously approved plans is being substantially ignored or condoned. To appreciate fully the disastrous impact of defendants' actions upon the desegregation of America's public colleges and universities, it is necessary to trace briefly the history of this 12 year-old litigation. This case was filed in 1970 as a result of the failure of the former Department of Health, Edu cation and Welfare to enforce the provisions of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d ^ seq. More than nine years ago, in November of 1972 and February of 1973, this Court held that HEW had failed to meet its statutory obligations under Title VI. Adams v. Richardson, 351 F.Supp. 636 (D.D.C. 1972) and 356 F.Supp. 92 (D.D.C. 1973). HEW had between January 1969 and February 1970 concluded that ten states which previously practiced de jure segregation were still operating racially segregated systems of public higher education, and had required each state to submit a desegrega tion plan within 120 days. However, HEW had then completely ignored the failure of those states to submit adequate plans; indeed, five states had submitted no plan at all. HEW had taken no administrative enforcement action whatsoever, and had continued to advance federal funds to the higher education systems of all ten states. Adams v. Richardson, supra, 356 F.Supp. at 94. This Court granted declaratory and injunctive relief to compel HEW to comply with Title VI, including a requirement that the defendants commence enforcement proceed ings or utilize other lawful means to achieve desegregation of the states' higher education systems. Ibid. In June of 1973, the en banc Court of Appeals affirmed this Court's order with minor modifications. Adams v. Richard son, 480 F.2d 1159 (D.C. Cir. 1973)(en banc). The Court found it "regrettable" that HEW had "not yet formulated guidelines for desegregating state-wide systems of higher learning," id. at 1164, and declared that defendants would no longer be per mitted to neglect their responsibility under Title VI, ibid. In a passage of particular importance to the instant motion, the Court of Appeals further held in its 1973 en banc decision that "[t]he problem of integrating higher education must be dealt with on a state-wide rather than a school-by school basis." at 1164. Thus for nine years the law of this Circuit has required defendants to compel not merely elimination of "discriminatory admissions policies of individual - 2 - institutions," but more importantly comprehensive planning to remedy effectively "the more complex problem of system-wide racial imbalance" in each state. at 1164-65 n.10. The Court of Appeals additionally declared in 1973 that [p]erhaps the most serious problem in this area is the lack of state-wide planning to provide more and better trained minority group doctors, lawyers, engineers and other professionals. A predicate for minority access to qua lity post-graduate programs is a viable, coordinated state-wide higher educa tion policy that takes into account the special problems of minority stu dents and of Black colleges. Id. at 1164-65. The Court thus indicated to defendants both the type of planning and the type of results which they must require of the states in order to achieve compliance with Title VI. Pour years after the decision of the Court of Appeals, this Court held that plans accepted by defendants in compliance with that decision were inadequate because they "did not meet impor tant desegregation requirements" and had "failed to achieve significant progress toward higher education desegregation." Adams v. Califano, 430 F.Supp. 118, 119 (D.D.C. 1977). Holding that defendants were required to obtain from each state "speci fic commitments necessary for a workable higher education desegregation plan," the Court directed defendants to formulate final guidelines for acceptable desegregation plans and to require each state to submit within 60 days thereafter a revised plan in compliance with those guidelines. Î . at 121. The Court further cited and quoted the en banc Court of Appeals' holdings requiring statewide planning to provide more black professionals and to deal with the special problems of traditionally black institutions. at 120. And the Court specifically directed - 3 - defendants "to devise criteria for higher education desegrega tion plans which will take into account the unique importance of Black colleges and at the same time comply with the Congressional mandate [of Title VI]." Ibid. The Criteria were thus promulgated under compulsion from this Court and the Court of Appeals. Indeed, the language of the Criteria reflects this fact and concedes that the specific terms of the guidelines are to a considerable extent controlled by the decisions in this case. For example, the Criteria recognize that "[t]he Court of Appeals in its en banc opinion in Adams directed HEW [now DE] to undertake a statewide approach and noted the serious problem created by the lack of viable statewide coordinated planning in higher education." 43 Fed. Reg. at 6659. On this basis, the Criteria require not only that each institution pursue nondiscriminatory student admission and faculty and staff employment practices, but also that the state system as a whole develop a comprehensive and coordinated statewide desegregation plan embodying those specific affirmative, remedial steps which will prove effective in achieving significant progress toward the disestablishment of-the structure , of the dual system and which address the problem- of "systemwide racial im balance" [quoting Adams, 480 F.2d at 1165 n.10] . Ibid. Similarly, the Criteria cite and quote the holdings of this Court and the Court of Appeals requiring plans that will produce greater numbers of black professionals and enhance the traditionally black colleges. 43 Fed. Reg. at 6660. The Criteria expressly concede that as the Court has instructed, the transi tion to a unitary system must not be ac complished by placing a disproportionate burden upon black students, faculty, or institutions or by reducing the educa tional opportunities available to blacks. Ibid. - 4 - As pointed out in the Motion for Further Relief, the specific requirements of the Criteria themselves, as set forth in a summary issued by defendants on the day of their release, are the following: — Traditionally black institutions must be strengthened in quality so that they attract students for non-racial reasons; — State systems must eliminate educationally unnecessary program duplication; — Some new "high demand" programs must be placed on traditionally black campuses; — The state must achieve parity in the rate of black and white students entering the higher education system; — The state must increase the number of black students at traditionally white institutions; — The state must achieve parity in the number of black and white graduates of state colleges who enter state graduate schools; — The proportion of white students attending traditionally black colleges must be increased; — the state must increase mobility of students between the state's two-and four-year institutions; — The state must increase the percentage of black academic and nonacademic employees in the system and increase the number of black representatives on governing boards. HEW Involvement in Desegregation of State Higher Education Systems, HEW NEWS, Office for Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, February 2, 1978. Defendants have paid little attention, as the Motion for Further Relief makes abundantly clear, to these specifics as well as to the general thrust of the Criteria. - 5 - Perhaps of paramount importance to this motion is the Criteria's recognition that the decisions in this case require defendants not only to promulgate guidelines but also to enforce them rigorously. For example, the Criteria cite the Court's oral directive of January 17, 1977: what I want them [defendants] to do ... is be under the compulsion of a court order to submit to the states certain specific requirements which the states must respond to... Id. at 6659 (emphasis added). The Criteria thus reflect the Court's very clear intent in requiring their creation: to end once and for all the defendants' long-standing failure to operate under standards. As we demonstrate in the instant motion, defendants have abandoned the Criteria and especially the above-quoted passages. Many of the original Adams states are not comply ing with the Criteria, yet DE has not initiated enforcement proceedings. Findings as to a second group of states were finally issued in January of 1981, pursuant to a consent order entered only after plaintiffs had filed a motion for 1/further relief demanding their issuance; but some of those findings did not uniformly require submission of statewide plans, and several states to this day have not yet submitted such plans. The current Administration has accepted plans which do not meet the Criteria, and has failed to require corrective measures to implement earlier approved plans even where it is obvious that the plans and the Criteria are being flouted. Defendants simply treat the Criteria as 1/ See Consent Order of December 18, 1980, - 6 - though they do not exist. Thus, after 12 years of litigation, we must regrettably seek relief from this Court once again. Nine years after this Court's original decision and its affirmance by the Court of Appeals, and five years after this Court's Second Supplemental Order requiring promulgation of the Criteria, we are faced with an Administration that has ignored the holdings of this case. The law of this case requires that defendants promulgate and enforce guidelines for desegregation of public higher education, and at present those guidelines are the Criteria. The Adminis tration now in office may not like the Criteria, but it is under a duty to apply them unless and until such time as they are formally revised and amended through proper procedures subject to review by the courts in this case; any such revision or amendment would, of course, have to comport fully with the holdings of the Court of Appeals and this Court described above. The one thing that defendants clearly cannot do under the law of this case is precisely what they are doing at present. Defendants may not simply sit on their hands and pretend that the Criteria are inoperative or need not be enforced. By so doing, defendants have regressed to the era without standards that existed for many years before the decisions in this case. They have, in effect, treated those decisions as a nullity. 2 / In one state. North Carolina, an enforcement proceeding initiated by the previous Administration with respect to the State's four-year colleges and universities was aborted pursuant to a settlement that flagrantly disregarded the Criteria. On June 25, 1981, this Court denied on jurisdictional grounds plaintiffs' motion for a temporary restraining order and pre liminary injunction enjoining defendants from entering into the settlement agreement. Plaintiffs' appeal from the Court's order was argued on January 8, 1982, and is still pending. - 7 - This Court should grant further relief to require defendants to obey the holdings of this case and to live up to their legal obligation to desegregate this Nation's system of public higher education. Respectfully submitted, Jack Greenberg James M. Nabrit, III Joel Berger 10 Columbus Circle New York, New York 10019 Tel. (212) 586-8397 Joseph L. Rauh, Jr. John Silard Elliott C. Lichtman Rauh, Silard and Lichtman, P.C, 1001 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20036 Tel. (202) 331-1795 Attorneys for Plaintiffs - 8 CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE I hereby certify that a copy of the Points of Authorities in Support of Plaintiffs' Motion for Further Relief was served by hand this ____ Day of May, 1982, upon Department of Justice, Room 3734, Constitution Avenue beteeen 9th and 10th Streets, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20530. Joseph L. Rauh, Jr. IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA KENNETH ADAMS, et al.. Plaintiffs, V. TERREL H. BELL, et al.. Defendants. ) Civil Action No. 70-3095 ) ) ORDER Plaintiffs having filed a Motion for Further Relief re quiring defendants to enforce the Revised Criteria Specifying the Ingredients of Acceptable Plans to Desegregate State Systems of Public Higher Education, 43 Fed. Reg. 6658 (February 15, 1978), the Court having considered said Motion and the Points of Authorities filed by plaintiffs in support thereof, and the Court having further considered all papers submitted by defendants in opposition, and This Court finding that the defendants have abandoned the Revised Criteria of February 15, 1978, without public notice and without order of this Court, and have accepted plans which violate said Revised Criteria, IT IS HEREBY ORDERED this ___ day of ____________ , 1982, that defendants, their successors, agents and employees, are directed 1. To announce publicly and notify each of the previ ously dje jure segregated states within 10 days from the date of this Order that the Revised Criteria of February 15, 1978, are in full force and effect; 2. To require any state not in compliance with said Revised Criteria to submit within 90 days a new plan for coming into compliance with said Revised Criteria; 3. To determine within the following 60 days whether the newly submitted plan complies with said Revised Criteria, and 4. To commence no later than 150 days from the date of this Order enforcement proceedings with respect to any state failing to submit a plan that complies with said Revised Criteria. UNITED STATES DISTRICT JUDGE - 2 - IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA KENNETH ADAMS, et al., Plaintiffs, V. TERREL H. BELL, et al.. Defendants. ) ) Civil Action No. 70-3095 ) MOTION FOR FURTHER RELIEF Plaintiffs move for further relief requiring defendants to enforce the Revised Criteria Specifying The Ingredients of Acceptable Plans To Desegregate State Systems of Public Higher Education (hereinafter "the Criteria"), 43 Fed. Reg. 6658 (Feb. 1 5, 1 978) (see Appendix A, infra) , promulgated by defen- dants in compliance with this Court's Second Supplemental Order of April 1, 1977, in this case. Adams v. Califano, 430 F.Supp. 118, 121 (D.D.C. 1977). Today, more than five years since the date of this Court's seminal order, the United States Department of Education ("DE") has abandoned the Criteria. Even though the Criteria were adopted to comply with an order of this Court, and even though they cannot be formally abandoned without this Court's permission, defendants cavalierly treat the Criteria as a dead letter and act as though they can ignore and disregard the Criteria at will. In state after state, DE has accepted plans which do not meet the Criteria and has failed to impose sanctions where previously accepted plans are not being implemented pursuant to the Criteria. I. Introduction Pursuant to this Court's Second Supplemental Order of April 1, 1977, the Department of Health, Education and Welfare ("HEW") promulgated specific standards for desegregation plans for six states that were subsequently amended and published as Amended Criteria Specifying Ingredients of Acceptable Plans to Desegregate State Systems of Public Higher Education. 42 Fed. Reg. at 40780-85 (August 11, 1977). In February 1978, HEW re-published the standards as Revised Criteria, having concluded that they were providing specific and effective guidance: HEW originally developed the criteria mindful of the instructions of the Court that they comply with constitutional standards and Title VI, conform with sound educational practices, and take into account the unique importance of black colleges. Based on its experience in applying the criteria to six state systems of higher education over the past months, HEW has determined that the criteria provide specific and effective guidance to the states and at the same time are sufficiently flexible to provide for circumstances which may vary from state to state. 43 Fed. Reg. at 6658. HEW expanded the coverage of the standards beyond the six states to apply to states with a history-, of de jure segregation: These criteria will be applied to a state which formerly operated a dual system of public higher education under state law, if the Office for Civil Rights [OCR] determines after investi gation that the state has failed to remove the vestiges of racial segregation in its system in violation of Title VI. Id. at 6659. In the preamble to the Criteria, the legal principles underlying their issuance were set forth. As described more fully in the Points and Authorities filed in support of this motion, HEW recognized that 1) states which formerly practiced de jure segregation must take affirmative remedial actions which are "effective" and which "achieve results" in overcoming - 2 - the vestiges of that practice (43 Fed. Reg. at 6659); 2) the states must engage in statewide rather than institution- by-institution planning if this objective is to be realized (ibid. ); 3) for plans to be accepted they must contain specific goals and timetables rather than vague, general promises (ibid.); and 4) to avoid the danger that desegrega tion might actually diminish higher educational opportunities for blacks, it must be accomplished in such a manner as to enhance and strengthen rather than weaken the traditionally black institutions in each state (ĵ . at 6660). The key requirements of the Criteria themselves, as set forth in a summary issued by defendants on the day of their release, are the following: — Traditionally black institutions must be strengthened in quality so that they attract students for non-racial reasons; — State systems must eliminate educationally unnecessary program duplication; — Some new "high demand" programs must be placed on traditionally black campuses; — The state must achieve parity in the rate of black and white students entering the higher education system; — The state must increase the number of black students at traditionally white institutions; — The state must achieve parity in the number of black and white graduates of state colleges who enter st'ate graduate schools; — The proportion of white students attending traditionally black colleges must be increased; — the state must increase mobility of students between the state's two-and four-year institutions; — The state must increase the percentage of black academic and nonacademic employees in the system and increase the number of black representatives on governing boards. - 3 - HEW Involvement in Desegregation of State Higher Education Systems, HEW NEWS, Office for Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, February 2, 1978. As we shall demonstrate below, defendants are today ignoring these requirements. The exact manner of abandon ment varies from state to state depending upon the history, structure and operational program of each complex state system, but in each state the overall result has been the same: defendants have failed to enforce the Criteria which the Court of Appeals and this Court required them to establish many years ago. Furthermore, in several respects defendants are violating not only the Criteria, but also the specific holdings of the Court of Appeals and this Court cited in the preamble as the very reasons for their issuance. For example, as set forth more fully in the accompanying Points and Authorities, the very foundation of the law of this case is the principle that in each state [t]he problem of integrating higher education must be dealt with on a state-wide rather than a school-by-school basis. Adams v. Richardson, 480 F.2d 1159, 1164 (D.C. Cir. 1973) (en banc). This principle was the mandate for this Court's order of April 1, 1977, and it became the cornerstone of the Criteria adopted by defendants in compliance with that order. See 43 Fed. Reg. at 6659 ("the state system as a whole [must] develop a comprehensive and coordinated statewide de segregation plan"). Yet in virtually every state DE has aban doned this controlling principle of law and has accepted frag mented efforts as sufficient. As a result, the vestiges of de - 4 - jure segregation in public higher education are not being eli minated . Defendants have also ignored the requirement of the Court of Appeals and this Court that effective statewide measures be taken to increase the number of black professionals and de segregate the professional staffs of public higher educational institutions. Nine years ago, the en banc Court of Appeals declared that [p]erhaps the most serious problem in this area is the lack of state-wide planning to provide more and better trained minority group doctors, lawyers, engineers and other professionals. A predicate for minority access to quality post-graduate programs is a viable, co ordinated state-wide higher education policy that takes into account the special problems of minority students and of Black colleges. Adams v. Richardson, supra, 480 F.2d at 1164-65 (D.C. Cir. 1973) (en banc). This Court's 1977 order specifically cited and quoted the above holding, Adams V. Cal ifano, 430 F.Supp. at 120 (D.D.C. 1977), and the Criteria contain numerous provisions for its implementation, 43 Fed. Reg. at 6662-63. State systems of higher education are key sources for credentialling persons to become candidates for professional positions, not only in their own institutions but also in the public and private sectors of their states and the nation. State systems are also major employers. One would expect therefore that DE would require and vigorously monitor the states' performance in the enrollment and graduation of black professionals and in the hiring of blacks for administrative, academic and nonprofessional positions in the state system. Yet, the generally and pervasively weak programs to recruit, enroll, retain and graduate blacks in graduate and professional - 5 - programs are clear evidence that defendants are not implement ing the mandate of the Court of Appeals that dismantling dual systems of higher education result in the credentialling of substantially increased numbers of black professionals. Furthermore, since January 1981, defendants have abandoned their responsibility to assure effective statewide measures which result in substantial increases in the number of blacks employed by state postsecondary institutions as administrators, faculty and professional nonfaculty staff members.”^ Additionally, DE is failing to require expeditious enhancement of the traditionally black institutions to enable them to contribute to the development of black professionals, to serve an increasing number of nonblacks and to ensure that they are not bearing a disproportionate share of the burden of desegregating the statewide system. This also is required by the decisions of both the Court of Appeals and this Court, Adams v. Richardson, supra, 480 F.2d at 1165; Adams v. Califano, supra, 430 F.Supp. at 120, and is specifically provided for in the Criteria, 43 Fed. Reg. at 6660. Finally, despite the clear requirements of the Criteria, DE has abandoned any effort to secure realignment of programs and to eliminate educationally unnecessary duplication of pro grams and curriculum as vehicles for the enhancement of the traditionally black institutions and the desegregation of both traditionally black and white institutions. Today, as in the era of de jure segregation, most of the states still have two public land-grant institutions which are V Defendants have accepted from almost every state mere promises that institutional affirmative action plans will be filed with the Labor Department's Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP) without determining whether these plans have been approved and are in compliance with the Criteria. - 6 - racially identifiable. The historically black institutions have always been the weaker of the pair, having never shared equitably in federal and state funds for educational, research, extension and public service programs. Nonetheless, in vio lation of the decisions in this case and the Criteria, defendants have failed to address this historic pattern of discrimination. We summarize below defendants' abandonment of the Criteria in a broad cross-section of states covered by this . 2 /litigation. II. The "Second Tier" Adams States 3/ Although defendants announced in February 1978 that inves tigations would be undertaken to ascertain the compliance status of states with a history of de jure segregation other than the six covered by this Court's Second Supplemental Order, no formal action was taken with respect to those states for nearly three years. Defendants neither issued letters of findings nor commenced enforcement proceedings, and many efforts by plaintiffs to prod defendants into action proved fruitless. Finally, as a result of plaintiffs' November 1980 Motion for Further Relief, a Consent Order was agreed to by the parties and signed by this Court on December 17, 1980. The Consent _2/ The documentation set forth below is illustrative of defendants' wholesale abandonment of the Criteria throughout the entire country. The failure to mention a particular state or particular problems within any one state is not a concession that defendants are in compliance with respect to that state or that problem. ; _3/ By "first tier" states, we refer to the original six I states covered by this Court's Second Supplemental Order in j 1977. They are the subject of Section III infra of this Motion. "Second tier" states are described in the text above. | - 7 Order (paragraph one) required defendants to issue letters of compliance or non-compliance no later than January 15, 1981, and to observe the same time-frames for subsequent negotiation and enforcement mandated by the Court's previous order of December 29, 1977, in this case. Although letters of findings were issued in timely fashion pursuant to the Consent Order, virtually everything else done by defendants has violated either that Order, the Criteria, or both. KENTUCKY The Court will recall that in the case of Kentucky, DE did not secure a Plan from the Commonwealth in timely fashion. Although DE cited Kentucky in January 1981 for failing "to eliminate the vestiges of its former de jure 4/racially dual system of public higher education,"” defendants failed to require submission of a Plan within the mandatory 120-day time period.—^ Defendants first secured a 105-day extension of time by order of this Court entered May 21, 1981, and then on August 27, 1981, sought another extension to January 15, 1982. In view of the sworn assertion of Assistant Secretary Clarence Thomas that this second extension would "result in a plan sufficient to bring Kentucky's system of 6/public higher education into full compliance with Title VI, the Court granted the extension on September 17, 1981, but wrote £/ Letter from DE Regional Civil Rights Director William H. Thomas (Region IV) to Governor John Y. Brown, Jr., January 15, 1981, p.2. V See this Court's Orders of December 18, 1980, 1[ 1 , and December 29, 1977, K 22. 6_/ Declaration of August 26, 1981 , p. 3. - 8 - onto its Order that date in its own handwriting that more extensions will be granted" (emphasis in original). Unable to obtain further extensions, DE circumvented the Court's September 1981 Order, by granting only "provisional" acceptance to a Kentucky Plan and unilaterally granting the Commonwealth until August 31, 1982, before final approval is considered. By DE's own admission, its action had to be "provi sional" because the Commonwealth had not yet made "all decisions necessary to the completion and successful implementation of 7/the plan."~ Given all of the foot-dragging described above, it should come as no surprise that the provisionally approved proposal is grossly inadequate. Indeed, the proposal is openly defiant toward the Criteria, stating that they "were written in cooperation with and as guidance for other states, are not re- 87gulations, and do not have the force of law. Kentucky's provisionally approved Plan is anything but a comprehensive, statewide program. There are absolutely no statewide measures, developed, coordinated and funded by the Commonwealth, in any of the areas critical to desegregation: student recruitment, retention, and financial aid, and faculty and staff recruitment, retention and development. There is no statewide desegregation budget or even a commitment to seek one from the legislature. There is no commitment to spend the funds necessary to upgrade the Commonwealth's traditionally black institution, Kentucky State University (KSU); and while KSU is 2/ Letter of Antonio J. Califa, DE's Director for Litigation, Enforcement and Policy Service, to Governor Brown, dated January 29, 1982. We note that this letter of "provisional" acceptance was written 2 weeks after the Court's deadline of January 15th had expired. 8/ Kentucky Plan pp. 5-6. - 9 - promised a revised curriculum including high demand programs, those programs are not even identified. The Commonwealth makes a general commitment to eliminate unnecessary program dupli cation, but does not identify the specific programs it deems duplicative and does not detail how they will be eliminated and/or reassigned to KSU. The proposal contains no statewide employment desegregation plan, but rather sets forth a collec tion of statistical reports from some institutions and makes general assurances with very few goals and timetables. In short, Kentucky has not yet submitted a Plan. It has submitted little more than a plan to plan. At this late date, nearly one year after a Plan was due in response to DE's January 1981 letter finding that the vestiges of de jure segregation have not yet been eliminated, that submission is totally unacceptable. DE's willingness to condone such a response vividly demonstrates the extent to which defendants have departed from the requirements of the Criteria and this Court's Orders. TEXAS By letter of January 15, 1981, former DE Assistant Secretary Cynthia G. Brown advised Texas Attorney General Mark White that "the State of Texas has failed to eliminate the vestiges of its former de jure racially dual system of public higher education, a system that segregated blacks and whites." The letter charged (p.3) that judging by virtually every one of the significant indicia — student enrollment, faculties, staffs, governing boards, resource allocation and program duplication — Texas' state-supported colleges and universities continue "to reflect the racial identity assigned by law to Texas public institutions prior to 1954." 10 - The Assistant Secretary's letter acknowledged (p.4) that on January 14, 1981, DE had received a submission from Attorney General White setting forth various measures which Mr. White "expect [ed] appropriate state officials to undertake voluntarily to achieve full compliance with Federal law." The letter identified many deficiencies in Texas' submission, including the critical fact that "the extent and sources of the funding necessary to carry out all aspects of the Texas plan have yet to be determined" (p.5). Nonetheless, the letter stated (p.5) that DE had "provisionally" accepted the deficient Plan. Texas was merely directed to submit additional informa tion and commitments by June 15, 1981. Not only did DE grant "provisional" acceptance to a set of inadequate proposals without any firm commitment from state officials to implement them statewide, but it has taken no formal action since January 15, 1981. The June 15, 1981, deadline passed without any final approval of a statewide Texas Plan, and no final approval has been granted since that date. Thus despite this Court's Order of December 18, 1980 (II 1), which explicitly requires enforcement proceedings against Texas within 120 days of DE's January 14, 1981 letter of findings, DE has chosen to disregard that Order, manifesting further its contempt of this Court's directives. In short, DE has allowed the Texas problem to lapse into a state of limbo. There is no accepted statewide final Plan, and not even a repeatedly extended "provisionally" accepted plan, at this time. DE has not compelled Texas to meet the require ments of the Criteria, and the vestiges of de jure segregation identified by Assistant Secretary Brown 15 months ago remain as strong as ever. - 1 1 - To appreciate fully DE's abandonment of the Revised Criteria with respect to Texas, it is necessary to summarize briefly the deficiencies of Texas' January 1981 proposal. The Court need look no further than Assistant Secretary Brown's letter of January 15, 1981, to identify most of those deficiencies. DE charged that Texas had failed to address: 1) enhancement of the state's two traditionally black institutions (Prairie View A & M University and Texas Southern University), including a) the development of academic programs that promise to attract students of all races to those institutions and b) specific additional commitments to insure a funding level for those institutions comparable to that enjoyed by similar white institutions; 2) identification and elimina tion of educationally unnecessary program, duplication on a specific schedule, combined with allocation of new high- demand, unduplicated programs to strengthen Prarie View and Texas Southern; 3) adoption of numerical goals for recruitment of black and Hispanic students at all institutions statewide (only some of which had proposed such goals as of January 1981); 4) adoption of specific statewide plans for increasing both the number and proportion of black and Hispanic employees throughout the state's public higher education system; 5) an increase in the numbers of black and Hispanic persons appointed to the governing boards of Texas' traditionally white institu tions; and 6) the funding of Texas' Plan, complete with specific commitments by state and higher education officials and agencies who have the power to make and implement such - 12 - commitments. All of these actions are required by the Criteria; none had been done as of January 15, 1981; and none has been done as of this date.—9/ DELAWARE In a letter to Governor Pierre S. DuPont IV, apparently 11/dated January 15, 1981, de Regional Civil Rights Director Dewey E. Dodds (Region III) directed submission of a plan for desegregation of the traditionally white University of Delaware (UD) and the traditionally black Delaware State College (DSC). However, Mr. Dodds did not require the state to specifically address the problems of desegregation within Delaware's Community College System, claiming (p. 6) that the community colleges were exempt from coverage in part "[b]ecause the schools in the Delaware Community College System were not established as part of the State's former de jure system." Such reasoning is entirely specious, and dangerously so. State-supported systems of higher education have expanded by leaps and bounds since the days of de jure segregation; if every campus opened since the de jure era were exempted from Title VI and the Criteria, the decisions of this Court and the 9_/ Additionally, Texas' January 1981 proposal was totally silent with respect to desegregation of the state's numerous junior and community colleges. By not including the two-year institutions, DE has not required the statewide plan demanded by the Criteria and the decisions of the Court of Appeals and this Court in this case. 10/ Although plaintiffs' copy is undated, it is our under standing that the letter was mailed on January 15, 1981. - 13 - Court of Appeals in this case would lose all meaning. The failure to address the Delaware system of public higher education on a statewide basis seriously undermines the effort to desegregate UD and DSC. For example, plaintiffs alleged in their objections to the Delaware plan, filed on September 28, 1981, that there is duplication of programs between the primarily white Delaware Technical and Community College (DTCC) Terry campus in Dover and the traditionally black DSC (also located in Dover). Secretary Bell did not deny this claim in his response to plaintiffs' objections. (DE Response of November 18, 1981, p.3). With DTCC in Dover operating at a 78.3% white enrollment in 1980, and DSC still 1 2/63% black (74.6% black in full-time enrollment),— any educationally unnecessary duplication of programs could be fatal to the effort to attract white students from the area to DSC. Similarly, DTCC's Wilmington campus is 30.5% black at a time when UD, also located in the Wilmington region, still has an undergraduate enrollment of only 3.2% black.— Yet the inter relationship of DTCC Wilmington and UD is ignored by the Delaware 1 1 / 11/ Although Mr. Dodds requested the state to "take account of the effect that remedial measures applied to one institu tion will have on other institutions (two-year and four-year) sharing the same service area," he added that the community colleges "should have a relatively minor role in a statewide plan" and directed that they be discussed only to the extent necessary "for an effective remedy." (Letter of January 15, 1981, to Governor DuPont, p.6.) The Delaware authorities, taking their cue from DE, submitted a plan on September 17, 1981, which focuses almost exclusively upon UD and DSC and virtually ignores the community colleges. 12/ Delaware Title VI Compliance Plan, Exhibit One (Sept. 28, 1981). 13/ Ibid. - 14 - Plan. With the population of Wilmington at 46% black (see plain tiffs' objections to the Delaware plan, p.1), the inability of UD to attract black enrollment cannot possibly be addressed in a comprehensive fashion without taking into account the existence 11/of a 30.5% black community college in the same region. None theless, the current Administration of DE persists in allowing Delaware to operate its higher education system under this pal pably deficient Plan. MISSOURI In a letter to Governor Christopher Bond, dated January -15, 1981, DE Regional Civil Rights Director Jesse High (Region VII) directed submission of a plan for desegregation of only three of Missouri's 28 institutions of public higher education; the University of Missouri at Columbia (the state's flagship institution), the University of Missouri at Rolla (the state engineering school), and Southeast Missouri State University (one of nine State campuses serving regional and commuter service areas). As noted in plaintiffs' objections, filed with DE on August 13, 1981,.enrollment data annexed to Mr. High's letter itself (Table I) establish the inadequacy of DE's failure to require a statewide plan. These 1978 data reveal, for example, a wide disparity in the black enrollment rate at the two four-year institutions in St. Louis: the University of Missouri at St. Louis is 12.4% black, whereas Harris-Stowe 14/ Curiously, Exhibit One to Delaware's plan reveals that a smaller DTCC campus in the Wilmington region, located at Stanton, has a black enrollment of only 8.3%. This suggests the emergence of dualism within the DTCC system itself, and belies Mr. Dodds' assertion (p. 6) that "no community college campus is racially identifiable." - 15 - College, which traces its roots to the traditionally black Stowe Teachers College of the de jure era, remains 75.1% black. Similarly, there are significant disparities in the black enrollment rates at the various community colleges within the Kansas City and St. Louis regions; the four Kansas City area community colleges range from 0.9% black at Maplewoods to 66% black at Pioneer, and the three St. Louis area community colleges range from 3.7% at Meramec to 54% at Forest Park. Plaintiffs' objections to DE also cited a recent report, prepared by the Missouri Commission on Human Rights, which further demonstrates the need for statewide planning addressing the problems of the St. Louis and Kansas City areas as well as the three institutions for which DE required a Plan. The Commission's February 1980 report. Graduates from the University of Missouri, Missouri State Universities and Colleges in May and June 1979, reveals that only 7% of the bachelor's degrees granted by the University of Missouri at St. Louis in the spring of 1979 were conferred upon black students; thus, while the 1978 black enrollment rate set forth in Table I of Mr. High's letter is 12.4%, there appear to be serious retention 1 5/and promotion problems for blacks at that institution.— 15/ The Criteria, § II E, require the State to take all steps to reduce any disparity in retention rates between black and white students. Retention is clearly a problem not confined to one institution in Missouri. The University of Missouri-Columbia "acknowledged the fact that the area requiring priority attention is retention ... based on data accumulated between fall, 1978 to fall, 1980, the total fulltime undergraduate retention rate for black students was 57 percent compared to 78 percent for whites." (University of Missouri-Columbia, Plan for Continuing the Achievement of Equal Opportunity for Students and Faculty, Part One, p. 30.) Yet DE approved a Plan without measures for addressing this serious problem and has not required a statewide approach to retention. - 16 - Given the fact that the City of St. Louis is 45.6% black according to the 1980 census, the adequacy of Missouri's desegregation efforts in that region is highly suspect. According to the Commission, the University of Missouri at Kansas City granted only 5.4% of its bachelor's degrees to blacks, in contrast to the 7.7% black enrollment rate stated in Mr. High's letter. Kansas City is 27.4% black according to the 1980 census. Quite apart from the failure to address the problems of St. Louis and Kansas City, the absence of a statewide plan could undermine the state's efforts to achieve desegregation on the three campuses cited by DE as requiring remedial action. For example, the 96.7% white University of Missouri at Columbia is near Moberly College, which at 11% black enrollment is the most integrated community college outside of St. Louis and Kansas City (see High letter. Table I). A com prehensive statewide plan would seek to benefit from the presence of a two-year institution that appears to be progress ing toward integration in the region of a substantially segregated university, by relying upon the two-year school as a "feeder" institution to help integrate the nearby university. Additionally, there are two and four-year institutions of public higher education in the general vicinity of the other universities cited by DE. Thus, the piecemeal approach of DE not only ignores the serious problems existing in the St. Louis and Kansas City regions, but will also hinder progress even at the three institutions which were declared in violation of Title VI in January of 1981. - 17 - WEST VIRGINIA In a letter to Governor John D. Rockefeller IV, apparently 16/dated January 6, 1981, de Regional Civil Rights Director Dodds directed submission of a plan limited to only one of that state's sixteen institutions of public higher educa tion: the traditionally white West Virginia University (WVU). In footnote 3 on page 3 of that letter, Mr. Dodds conceded that thirteen other state-supported institutions of higher education in West Virginia "employ very few blacks on their faculties and staffs." Nonetheless, DE did not require West Virginia to submit a statewide plan. The Criteria, 43 Fed. Reg. at 6662, require that each state "commit the state system to the goal of increasing the number and proportion of black employees, academic and non- academic, throughout the system ..." The thirteen institutions cited by Mr. Dodds constitute 65.1% of the West Virginia higher 17/educational system in terms of enrollment, yet DE chose to ignore the problem. DE merely announced in footnote 3 of Mr. Dodds' letter that it would turn the matter of employment dis crimination over to the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs of the Department of Labor, a gross abdication of re sponsibility which is totally at odds with the Criteria and with DE's obligations before this Court. Both the Court of Appeals and this Court have expressly held that progress in 16/ Plaintiffs' copy is undated. Secretary Bell's letter of June 22, 1981, to counsel for plaintiffs, rejecting plaintiffs' objections, states that the letter was dated January 6, 1981. 17/ See Appendix A to Mr. Dodds' letter. Employment statistics were not provided. - 11 desegregating faculty and other professional staff positions is crucial to the overall progress of desegregation (see pp. 2-3, above). The Plan submitted by West Virginia on May 5, 1981, in response to Mr. Dodds' letter, is limited solely to WVU. No statewide remedial effort is proposed, and indeed the sub mission provides no data concerning the state's 15 other public institutions of higher education. Concerning the employment of blacks which DE has noted as a problem at the non-WVU institutions, affirmative action at WVU will have a major impact upon those other schools. Since WVU's 1978 enrollment of 14,581 constitutes 24.7% of the statewide total (see Appendix A to Mr. Dodds' letter), it is the very heart of the state's system. A genuine effort by WVU to attract black students and faculty would invariably draw blacks from the other institutions. Accordingly, the need for a statewide and state-funded program remains critical. III. The "First Tier" Adams States ^ Pursuant to this Court''s Second Supplemental Order of April 1, 1977, paragraph four (430 F. Supp. at 121), early in 1978 defendants approved the plans of several of the states covered by that Order. And Virginia's plan was approved in January of 1979. However, on the basis of plaintiffs' review of reports filed by those states with the Office for Civil Rights, it is apparent that there is widespread noncompli ance with the plans that were approved. The Criteria ex plicitly spell out what defendants must do in that eventuality; - 19 - OCR shall review such [annual] narrative reports. If good cause for the failure to meet interim goals is not demonstrated, OCR may impose more stringent require ments, including advance approval by OCR of desegregation methods, in order to assure achievement of the goals in the plan. In the alternative, the Depart ment may initiate enforcement proceedings under Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, if compliance with Title VI cannot be achieved by voluntary means. 43 Fed. Reg. at 6663. As we shall demonstrate below, defendants have totally ignored their responsibilities under this provision of the Criteria. Despite substantial evidence of noncompliance with state plans and Title VI, defendants have neither imposed more stringent requirements nor initiated enforcement proceed ings against the "first tier" Adams states. ARKANSAS Arkansas has no statewide and state-funded programs to assure effectiye implementation of the Criteria's key requirements for desegregation of state systems of higher education. Consequently, Arkansas has not only failed to meet the goals of the Plan accepted by defendants in 1978, but is actually achieving less in virtually every category than was true at the time the Plan was submitted. Even though Arkansas' system of public higher education remains as segregated as ever, DE has failed to require the statewide remedial measures mandated by the Criteria. Arkansas adopted the Criteria's required college-going parity among black and white high school graduates, and further promised in its Plan to "implement corrective measures' to address any disparities (Plan, p. 55). However, the racial disparity actually increased from 5.7 percentage points - 20 - in 1977-78 to 9.1 in 1980-81, and black enrollment in postsecondary institutions statewide decreased from 16.9% in 19/ 1976 to 15.7% in 1980-81. Indeed the decline in some institutions such as Henderson State University, whose black enrollment dropped from 30.3% to 19.5% within four years, was j ■ 11/drastic. DE's 1980 evaluation letter noted the problem and requested information on proposed corrective measures. Yet Arkansas has implemented no corrective measures specifically targeted to blacks, and confronted with this lack of initiative, DE has failed to impose more stringent requirements. Concerning the State's traditionally white 4-year institu tions, the Arkansas Plan committed the State to reduce by 50% by 1982-83 the racial disparity in the proportion of black and white enrollees in these institutions. But the racial disparity in first time students in these institutions actually increased 21 /from 11.1 percentage points in 1977-78 to 14.1 in 1980-81.— Nonetheless, Arkansas has no statewide and state-funded program for the special recruitment of black students into the higher education system in general, and into the tradi tionally white institutions in particular; and DE has not required any such programs. The Criteria require promotion of opportunities for blacks to transfer from two-year institutions to the Junior class of four-year institutions. Yet Arkansas' latest annual desegrega- 1 1 / 18/ Arkansas College and University Plan for Compliance with 1981 ) Table 4, p. 6. 19/ Id. at Table 5, 20/ Ibid. 21/ Id. at Table 4, - 21 - tion report admits a growing racial disparity in the proportion of students who complete their studies at the two-year colleges and receive associate degrees. The same report documents an alarming decrease in the proportion of black students who graduated from two-year colleges and entered four-year institu- 22/tions from 59.4% in 1977-78 to 23.1% in 1979-80.— The State's report of the previous year identified this problem and conceded that while "[S]ome policies have been developed [to combat it] . . . they are not formal in nature and they are not enforced 23/by all institutions." Yet DE has taken no action to require Arkansas to adopt a statewide program to address this serious problem. Arkansas' performance has been equally dismal in the enrollment of blacks in graduate and professional programs. The Criteria (II C) require the goal of parity in the propor tion of black and white baccalaureate graduates enrolling in the state's graduate and professional schools. Arkansas acknowledged in its 1980 Annual Report that the disparity was 16 percentage points, and that only "limited progress" has been made in reducing disparities overall as well as in those pro grams, where blacks have traditionally been underrepresented. In fact, the state had only four more fulltime black graduate students in 1980 than in 1977 and the black percentage in 25/graduate enrollment declined.— 24/ 22/ Id. at Table 9, p. 11. 23/ Arkansas College and University Plan for Compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Annual Report (Fall 1980), p. 14. 2A/ W. at 16. 25/ Higher Education General Information Survey (hereinafter "HEGIS") Fall Enrollment and Compliance Report on Institutions of Higher Education. Source: Arkansas submission on OE 2300-2.3 for 1977 and NCES Form 2300-2.3A for 1980. - 22 - By Arkansas' own admission, desegregation of staff posi- 26/tions is the area in which "progress has been slowest.— The Criteria require Arkansas to achieve a black proportion in positions not requiring the doctorate equal to the percentage of black recipients of master's degrees. Blacks were 10.3% of master's recipients in 1978-79, but constituted only 5.3% of administrative and 4.7% of faculty new hires in 1979-80 at the 27/traditionally white institutions. Although black recipi ents of master's degrees declined to 8.2% in 1979-80, 13 of the 18 predominantly white institutions failed to meet even this lesser goal for administrators and 13 failed it for faculty. Seven of the nine two-year institutions had no black administra- 28/tors at all in positions not requiring the doctorate. For positions requiring the doctorate, 16 of the 18 predominantly white institutions did not meet a modest 2.2% goal for black faculty and 15 did not meet that goal for administrators in 29/1980-81 .- Between 1977 and 1980 the percentage of blacks in administrative and professional non-faculty positions at pre- 30/dominantly white four-year institutions declined. 26/ 1 980 Annual Report at 17.' 27/ Letter from Arkansas Director of Higher Education T. Michael Elliott to DE Regional Director Taylor D. August (Region VI), February 3, 1981, p. 9. 28/ 1981 Annual Report at Table 11, p. 13. 29/ Id. at Table 12, p. 14. 30/ Source: Higher Education Staff Information (EEO-6) for 1977 and 1980 submitted by Arkansas. DE's evaluation letter merely noted Arkansas' failure to meet the employment goals in its Plan but did not assess the effectiveness of the State's implementing measures because they "were not approved by OCR until May 1979" (TAB B, p. 6) — fully 15 months after defen dants' approval of the Plan. DE compounded its failure to insist upon measures prior to Plan approval by not imposing more stringent requirements when the delayed measures were clearly not working. - 23 with Arkansas regressing on practically every front, the need for a vigorous statewide desegregation program is greater than ever before. Yet DE has done nothing to force Arkansas into compliance with the goals of that state's own Plan and to bring about adherence to the Criteria. The holdings of the Court of Appeals and this Court in this case, the Criteria promulgated pursuant to those holdings, and the Plan submitted by Arkansas pursuant to those Criteria, are all rendered meaningless by DE's inaction. VIRGINIA With the acquiescence of DE, Virginia has followed a fragmented, institution-by-institution approach to desegregation rather than a statewide program. The results since approval of the Virginia Plan three years ago have been disastrous. Virginia has no statewide and state-funded programs for the recruitment and retention of black students into under-- graduate, graduate and professional programs, as required by the Criteria. DE expressed concern that Virginia had regressed in compliance with the Criteria's requirement for parity in college-going rates: According to the Commonwealth's August 1979 Report, the student enrollment data for 1978 indicate a disparity of 7.6% between the proportion of white and black high school graduates who entered Virginia's two-year and four-year state-supported institutions. This represents an increased disparity from the time the Plan was accepted (4.6% for academic year 1976-77). Of particular concern is the decline in freshman within- state black students enrollment from 5,294 in 1977 to 4,292 in 1978. During this same period, the percentage of white student enrollment (freshmen, within-state) decreased by less than 1%. 31/ 31/ Letter from D.E. Regional Director Dewey E. Dodds (Region III, to Virginia Secretary of Education, J. Wade Gilley, Nov. 28 , 1 980, TAB B, p. 12) . - 2 4 - Although DE compared the 18.9% decline in one year in black within-state freshmen to the 1% white decrease, it did not translate its concern into a requirement for remedial action. Virginia reported the following year that the college-going 32/rate disparity had risen even higher to 8.7 percentage points.— The proportion of black fulltime undergraduates that was 16.3% 33/in 1 977 remained precisely 16.3% in 1 980.— To promote desegregation of the traditionally white four- year institutions, the Criteria require substantial movement toward parity in the entrance rates of black and white high school graduates and transfer students. However, Virginia's predominantly white institutions are not achieving a black proportion in enrollment sufficient to ensure that the Cri teria's minimum requirements and the Plan's desegregation goals for 1982 will be met. The black/white disparity of 15.3% per centage points in first-time enrollees at these institutions in 1980 was an insignificant change from 1978. Eleven of the 13 traditionally white four-year institutions did not meet their 1980 goals for first-time black enrollees and most of these did not fully utilize the other-race scholarships provided by the 34/Commonwealth. Given this poor rate of progress that resulted from reliance upon institutional initiatives, DE cited Virginia's failure "to assess the effectiveness of institutional recruitment the Plan" submitted by the Commonwealth in 1978. 35/ Nonetheless, 32/ State Council of Higher Education for Virginia, Annual Report (Aug. 31, 1981), p. 27. 33/ HEGIS Fall Enrollment and Compliance Report of Institutions of Higher Education. Virginia submission on OE 2300-2.3 for Fall 1977 and NCES Form 2300-2.3A for Fall 1980. 34/ 1981 Annual Report at 37, 40 and 13. 35/ Letter from DE Regional Director Dewey E. Dodds (Region III) to Virginia Secretary of Education J. Wade Gilley, Nov. 17, 1981, Attachment A p. 14-15. -25 - DE has taken no action to bring Virginia into compliance with the Criteria's requirement of progress toward parity. Responsive to the Court of Appeals' special concern to increase the pool of black professionals, the Criteria set the goal of parity in the proportion of black and white state residents who complete baccalaureate studies and enroll in graduate programs. In Virginia black fulltime graduate enroll ment statewide slipped from 5.1% in 1977 to 4.9% in 1980, largely due to an almost 56% decline in black graduate enroll- 36/ment at one of the traditionally black universities. The pro- poE’tion of blacks enrolled in professional programs was stagnant between 1977-1980 and no blacks were among the 64 students to enroll in Virginia Polytechnic Institute's first class in ... 37/veterinary medicine.— in November 1981 OCR noted the continuing black/white disparities in post-baccalaureate enrollments and the absence of special recruitment efforts targeted to blacks for graduate and professional study at 7 of 38/the 10 insitutions offering graduate or professional programs.— ' Yet DE has failed to require any comprehensive statewide program to recruit, and, if necessary, provide financial assistance for black graduate and professional students in order to implement the Criteria's requirement for parity "in the immediate future" in the proportion of black and white state residents who complete baccalaureate studies and enter graduate or professional programs in the state system (43 Fed. Reg. at 6662 ) . 36/ HEGIS Fall Enrollment and Compliance Report of Institutions of Higher Education. Opcit. 22/ Ibid. 38/ Dodds letter of Nov. 17, 1981, Attachment at 15. - 26 - Even at those institutions where some progress in black enrollment has been made, the alarming disparity in graduation rates between white and black students threatens to wipe out any meaningful progress. According to a study commissioned by the Commonwealth, the graduation rate of whites statewide exceeds that of blacks by an astonishing 27.4 percentage points. DE reprimanded Virginia for not reporting whether senior institutions have adopted measures to address this disparity, as well as attrition in graduate and professional programs, but did not require any statewide approach to this ' ■ . 39/serious problem.— Nowhere has Virginia's performance relative to its Plan been more disappointing than in the effort to desegregate the Commonwealth's two traditionally black four-year institutions, Virginia State University and Norfolk State University. Indeed, Virginia State's white undergraduate headcount actually 40/decreased -from 190 in 1978 to 151 in 1980. de has charged the Commonwealth with failure to "explore recruitment techni ques and other ways to increase the proportion of white stu- 41/dents attending the traditionally black institutions," but has taken no action against the state for that failure. Simi larly, Virginia's failure to meet the Plan's commitments for enhancement o f facilities at the traditionally black schools, especially the promise of a four-year School of Engineering Technology and a Continuing Education Center on Virginia State's 42/campus, has been noted by DE but has not been corrected. 39/ Dodds letter of Nov. 17, 1981, Attachment A at 16, 17. 40/ 1981 Annual Report at 30. £2/ £d. at 2. 41/ Dodds letter of Nov. 17, 1981, Attachment A at 16. - 27 - Finally, Virginia's performance in the effort to dese gregate faculty, administrative and professional non-faculty staff has been nothing short of dismal. The percentage of blacks employed fulltime in administrative positions at the traditionally white four-year institutions was 4.81% in 1977; 43/It was still 4.81% in 1980. The percentage of blacks in professional non-faculty positions at these institutions was 8.95% in 1977; by 1980 it had dropped to 7.66%.— '̂ Despite small gains in the percentage of blacks on faculty, most institutions have not met the goals upon which the Plan was accepted and show no signs of meeting those goals in the ̂ 45/future. When asked by DE for a statewide report on employment in 1981, Virginia simply refused to comply; An aggregation of these goals to assess statewide progress was not deemed ap propriate due to the initial understand ing between the federal and state officials involved that objectives were to be set on an institution by institution, and department by department basis. Letter of Secretary Gilley to DE Regional Director Dodds, Dec. 31, 1981, p. 5. Virginia still has no statewide and state- funded program for recruitment of black faculty, administrators and professional staff, and DE has required none. GEORGIA The state of Georgia, like Arkansas and Virginia, has regressed with respect to virtually all significant indicia of desegregation since approval of its Plan in 1979. Georgia has 43/ Source; Higher Education Staff Information (EEO-6) for Fall 1977 and Fall 1980 submitted by Virginia. 44/ 45/ 1981 Annual Report, Vol. IV, Employment Assessment. - 28 - admitted as much in its reports, and DE specifically cited 46/many areas of deficiency in its 1980 evaluation.— Nonethe less, in the last seventeen months DE has not required Georgia to adopt more stringent measures and has taken no formal action to achieve compliance- In the 1980 letter, DE concluded that Georgia had made "no real assessment of its progress in meeting the requirement of Section II [Desegregation of Student Enrollment] of the . „47/Criteria. in the Georgia Plan (p. 167), the Board of Regents had endorsed the "objective of proportionate first year enrollments in public institutions of higher education." Yet in its 1981 Annual Report, Georgia admitted that there had been only "a very modest decline" in the racial disparity in college going rates statewide, from 25.2 percentage points in 1977 to 22.8 in 1980, and that "most institutions have consistently fallen below their projections, some disproportionately below" (p. 6). According to the report (Table II-A-3), there were 1,366 fewer blacks enrolled in the System in 1980 than in 1977, a decline of 6.7%; and black enrollment was 27.4% less than the Plan's projection for 1980. None of the universities met its 1980 black enrollment goal and only one junior college exceeded its goal. The 22.7% decrease in black enrollment at the traditionally black institutions was not compensated by increases elsewhere in the System. Nor is Georgia achieving parity in the enrollment and retention of black students. According to the 1981 Annual 46/ Letter from DE Regional Director William H. Thomas (Region IV) to Georgia University System Chancellor Vernon Crawford. Although plaintiffs' copy is undated, we believe that the letter i was sent in November or December of 1980. j 47/ Ibid, TAB, p. 18. 29 - Report (p. 94), black recipients of bachelor's degrees in 1980 were 18.9% of black freshman enrollment in 1976; the comparable figure for nonblacks was 37.8%. In the 1981 Annual Report Georgia also conceded that black graduate enrollment had "consistently decreased" since 1977; indeed, black enrollment in 1980 was 22.2% less than in 1977 (pp. 13-14). During this same period, black recipients of master's degrees declined almost 32% — from 796 in 1976-77 to 542 in 1979-80. The pattern is the same in the area of employment where Georgia has not made progress. Black administrators statewide decreased from 9.4% in 1977 to 8.9% in 1980; black faculty decreased from 6.7% in 1977 to 6.6% in 1980. ^ Black professional non-faculty personnel remained constant at 10.0% between 1977-80, but only by virtue of the hiring of more blacks at the tradi tionally black institutions; at the tradi tionally white schools, blacks in this category decreased from 7.1% in 1977 to 6.9% in 1980.— DE's 1980 evaluation letter commented on the lack of progress in employment and the inadequacy of the state's institution-by-institution approach. DE observed that all institutions had not revised their affirmative action plans and that most of the plans that had been received were inade quate under "the Adams-guidelines" (i.e. , the Criteria); DE criticized the state for providing "no information regarding 48/ Source: Higher Education Staff Information (EEO-6) sub mitted by Georgia for Fall 1977 and Fall 1980. 49/ Ibid. - 30 - progress in implementing those measures to be taken to aid in 50/the achievement of employment goals."— Nonetheless, DE has taken no steps to require Georgia to remedy the situation. Under the Criteria, DE's obligation to impose a plan 51/with more stringent requirements or to initiate enforce ment proceedings against Georgia is clear. 43 Fed. Reg. at 6663. If these provisions are to have any meaning at all, DE cannot stand idly by as the state of Georgia slips backward toward a more segregated system of public higher education. The failure of DE to take action in Georgia is yet one more example of the wholesale abandonment of the Criteria by defendants. OKLAHOMA It has been more than thirty years since the Supreme Court ruled unconstitutional racial segregation in Oklahoma's graduate and professional schools. Sipuel v. Board of Regents, 332 U.S. 631 (1948); McLaurin v. Oklahoma State Regents, 339 U.S. 637 (1950). In 1978 HEW determined that a desegregation plan submitted by Oklahoma conformed to the Criteria and was there fore acceptable. 50/ Letter of Regional Director Thomas to Chancellor Crawford, p.23. 51/ Although plaintiffs here complain of DE's failure to secure compliance with Georgia's modest Plan, we have consistently taken the position that the Plan itself is inadequate, fails to comply the requirements of the Criteria, and should not have been approved in the first place. The Plan is especially weak in its failure to eliminate program duplication and to strengthen the state's traditionally black institutions. See letter of plaintiffs' counsel to Secretary Califano, February 9, 1979. - 31 - However, in 1980 defendants transmitted an evaluation 52/letter to Oklahoma which identified major areas in which the state was not meeting the commitments and goals in its Plan and was actually regressing in the desegregaton of its system statewide. DE requested explanations but did not impose more stringent requirements. Nor has it done so in the succeeding two years. In its Plan (p. 19) Oklahoma had agreed to a "five-year aggregate goal of parity" in the proportionate enrollment of black and white first-time entering undergraduates. But in their 1980 letter, defendants found a disparity of 4.9 percentage points in 1978 and concluded that the state was not progressing toward a parity goal. The college-going rate disparity actually increased to 7.2 percentage points in 1980 (1981 Annual Report, TABLE TWO, p. 8). By 1980 fewer black students were enrolled statewide relative to three years earlier (See Table XIV attached infra). The Plan (p. 20) also committed Oklahoma "to completely eliminate the disparity between the proportion of black and white first-time entering freshmen and transfer students at its traditionally white four-year institutions by 1982-83." In 1980, the traditionally white institutions failed as a group to meet the goals for black Oklahoma first-time fresh men and transfers. Seven of these 11 institutions did not achieve their goals; and the University of Oklahoma and Oklahoma State University, the two largest white institutions 52/ Letter from Taylor D. August, Regional Civil Rights Director, Region IV, U.S. Department of Education, to Dr. E. T. Dunlap, Chancellor, Oklahoma State Regents for Higher Education, November or December 1980. Plaintiffs' copy is undated. - 3 2 - on which the Plan placed major reliance for achieving parity, were substantially below their goals (1981 Annual Report, TABLE FIVE, p. 12). Concerning black enrollment in graduate programs which DE's letter identified as "a major problem area," Oklahoma had failed to reach the Plan's goal in 1980 (TAB B, pp. 10-11). There were fewer black graduate students in 1980 than in 1977 (see Table XIV infra). Although the Plan had projected 37 black professional students from Oklahoma by 1980 (see II C of the Criteria), fewer than half of the 35 blacks then enrolled were residents of the State. Yet Oklahoma has not instituted, and defendants have not required, any new statewide measures to address these problem areas. Oklahoma's Plan had committed the State "to an absolute reduction of any disparity between the population of black and white students graduating with baccalaureate, master's and doctor's degrees" (Plan, p. 25). However, in th-eir 1981 Annual Report (p. 13) the Regents admitted: In 1979-80, not only was the doctoral degree goal not met, but the Black/White ratio of doctoral degrees conferred in creased by almost 300 percent over the previous year (i.e. from 1:13.6 to 1:37.6) ... . The master's degrees conferred goal was not met this year... . In actuality 428 bachelor's degrees were granted to . Black students. This was 197 degrees or 32 percent less than the number needed to meet the ratio goal. Although Oklahoma's failure to meet the graduation goals indi cates a problem concerning the retention of black students, the state has no statewide and state-funded retention program, and defendants have not required one. In conformity with 1l III A of the Criteria, Oklahoma agreed to achieve a proportion of blacks in positions not requiring the doctorate equal to the percentage of black - 33 - recipients of master's degrees and to set goals for positions requiring the doctorate that conform to black availability for these positions. However, betwen 1977 and 1980 the number of, blacks in such administrative and faculty positions statewide did not increase. Although the number and percent of black tenured faculty grew, that was due largely to an increase at the traditionally black college. Moreover, the decrease statewide in black faculty "nontenured but on track" during this period reduced the pool for potentially tenured black faculty. There was also a sharp decrease of blacks in "pro fessional nonfaculty" positions (See Table XIV infra). The number of black academic employees in 1980-81 was far short of the stated goals. For administrative, faculty, pro fessional and teaching/research positions requiring the doctorate, the traditionally white institutions had 29.4 fulltime equivalent (FTE) blacks (compared to the promised 43.4); for the positions in those categories requiring^the master's degree, there were 116.4 FTE blacks (compared to the promised 137.8); for academic positions requiring less than a master's, the 87.5 FTE blacks did not reach the goal of 91.4. (1981 Annual Report, p. 41) Although Oklahoma fell short of the Plan's goals by almost 40 black academic staff members in its predominantly white institutions statewide in 1980, the defendants have not required more effective measures to implement the goals in the Plan and u • • 53/the Criteria. For Oklahoma, as for the other states, defen dants have simply refused to enforce the Criteria. 53/ DE's 1980 evaluation letter also criticized Oklahoma's delay "in initiating several critical actions related to strengthening the academic program at Langston [University, the State's traditionally black institution,] and implementing its new mission" (TAB A, p. 1). Because the promised corrective steps involving Langston are still in process, we will reserve any objections until the completion of that process. - 34 FLORIDA In a letter of findings to Florida Conunissioner of Edu cation Ralph D. Turlington, dated January 15, 1981, Assistant Secretary Brown stated (p. 2); Florida has not made satisfactory pro gress in implementing several .., pro visions of the Plan [approved by DE in 1978]. Moreover, vestiges of the State's formerly segregated public higher educa tion system persist and in some respects the system has become more segregated.... ... Florida has not made satisfactory progress toward dismantling its formerly dual system of public higher education. Noting that the specific problems identified in the letter and attachments are "substantial" and that "issues central to the success of the Plan have not been resolved over a protracted period of time," the letter warned (pp.4-5) that enforcement proceedings would commence "unless Florida corrects the defi ciencies identified herein within 45 days from the date of this letter." ' Florida responded with a series of submissions which did not even begin to address in any comprehensive fashion the numerous deficiencies identified by defendants on January 15, 1981. DE itself later admitted that Florida "did not respond in full to each of the requests made in our January 15 54/letter." Nonetheless, in an astonishing about-face, the new Administration declared on April 20, 1981, that Florida had made "an acceptable response" to the January 15th letter. Commissioner Turlington then openly boasted that "[tjhere's not a 54/ Letter of Assistant Secretary Thomas to plaintiffs' counsel, August 21, 1981. 55/ Letter of Antonio J. Califa, Deputy Assistant Secretary, to Commissioner Turlington, April 20, 1981. - 3 5 - thing that's new” in the submissions filed in response to DE's , 56/charges.— Defendants' determination to back down from the strong language of the January 1981 letter of findings is one of the most vivid and most powerful illustrations of this Admini stration's disregard for the Criteria- Florida has not met the requirements of the Criteria and shows no sign of meeting them in the future, yet DE refuses to take corrective measures. For example, the January 15th letter noted that the dis parity between the proportion of white and black high school graduates entering Florida's public colleges and universities increased alarmingly between 1977-78 and 1978-79, from 9.85% to 15.47% (Attachment B, p.11); Florida was required to describe specific additional measures to combat this problem (Attachment A, p.1). Nonetheless, DE withdrew this requirement and instead accepted Florida's general promises to improve recruitment efforts. Plaintiffs objected to the inadequacy of Florida's response, noting the substantial decline of black first-time freshmen in Florida from 3,429 in 1977 to 2,971 in 1 980.— ^ Yet DE, while admitting that Florida's response does "not necessarily [require] actions that are statewide in scope," C O / refused to take any further action.— The Criteria require states "to expand mobility between two year and four year institutions as a means of meeting the goals set forth in these criteria," 43 Fed. Reg. at 6662. 56/ The Tampa Tribune, April 21, 1981. 57/ Letter of Plaintiffs' counsel to Secretary Bell, June 11, 1981, Appendix One, p.2. 58/ Letter of Assistant Secretary Thomas to plaintiffs' counsel, Aug. 21, 1981, Attachment p.1. - 36 - Defendants' general failure to secure statewide approaches to desegregation that effectively involve the public community college is especially critical in Florida because of the nature of the State's postsecondary system. Florida expects fully 80% of the students entering public postsecondary education to enroll initially in one of its 28 community colleges. Five of its 9 senior institutions provide only upper division and graduate programs. Any decrease in black enrollment in, or impediments to their upward mobility from, community colleges must merit special remedial action. Yet the racial disparity in the college-going rate into the Community College System was 59/actually higher in 1980 than in 1977.— Also, between 1977 and 1980 enrollment of blacks in the community colleges, decreased 19.2%, with the largest institution registering a fin/staggering loss of 42.9% of its black enrollment;— ^and during this period black recipients of associate degrees (i.e., those qualifying for admission to the universities as juniors) 61/declined 6.7%. Thus, DE's refusal to require actions from Florida that are statewide in scope, impacting throughout the Community College System, effectively undermines the potential for any meaningful desegregation in Florida. Similarly, Florida has failed to make any commitment of state funds to promote enrollment of a larger number of blacks in the upper division of predominantly white four-year uni versities. Between 1977-78 and 1978-79 the percentage of 59/ See Equal Access-Equal Opportunity Data for Florida Community Colleges, Parity Analysis Tables (1979 and 1982 Editions). 60/ Id. at Opening Fall Enrollment College Level Headcount Tables. 61/ Id. at Associate Degrees Earned Tables. - 37 - blacks entering the upper division fell from 8.68% to 8.19% (Letter of January 15, 1981, Attachment B, p. 12), and DE specifically required additional measures to reverse this trend (^. at Attachment A, p.2). Yet DE subsequently accepted Florida submissions that lacked any statewide and state-funded programs to increase black enrollment. The latest available data establish that in 1980 blacks enrolled as undergraduates in Florida at lesser rates than in 1977. Within the state university system, blacks constituted 11.5% of the enrollment in 1980 as opposed to 12.3% in 1977; and within the primarily white universities, blacks were 6.1% 6 2/of the enrollment in 1980 as opposed to 6.3% in 1 977.— ' DE's January 15 letter to Florida revealed inadequate black enrollment in graduate and professional programs (Attach ment B, p. 13). There were 298 fewer black graduate students in 1980 than in 1977, a decrease of 26.7%; and there were fewer blacks enrolled in professional programs at the pre dominantly white universities in 1980 than in 1977. The drastic reduction in the number of black recipients of advanced degrees is therefore not surprising: 170 fewer blacks were awarded master's degree's in 1 980 than in 1977, and the 26 blacks who received doctorates in 1980 were one-third fewer than their counterparts in 1977.— ' Nonetheless, Florida has not committed itself to any new statewide measures and DE has not required any. The Court of Appeals' plea for a 62/ HEGIS Fall Enrollment and Compliance Report of Institutions of Higher Education. Source; Florida submission on OE Form 2300-2.3 for Fall 1977 and NCES Form 2300-2.3A for Fall 1980. 63/ HEGIS Degrees and Other Formal Awards Conferred. Florida submissions on NCES Form 2300-2.1A for 1976-77-and 1979-80. When plaintiffs called the latest data to DE's attention, including a substantial decrease in number of graduate and professional degrees awarded to black students, DE responded merely that the data would be considered "in our ongoing monitoring of Florida's plan implementation." Thomas letter of Aug. 19, 1981, Attachment p. 1. - 38 - substantial increase in black professionals has been permitted to fall on deaf ears in Florida. According to the January 15 letter, overall white enroll ment at the traditionally black Florida A & M University (FAMU) had fallen by 1979-80 to 8.94% — the lowest percentage since 1975. (Attachment B, p.14). The latest data suggest that this trend is continuing; the 189 white full-time undergraduates at FAMU in the fall of 1980 were only 4.2% of total enrollment, a substantial decrease from the 6.9% white enrollment of three 64/years earlier. Furthermore, plans to enhance FAMU and eliminate duplicative programs at other universities•have not gone forward? indeed, the only efforts to reduce duplication thus far have eliminated far more programs at the predominantly black FAMU than at the predominantly white institutions, with the result that FAMU is today even weaker than before. (January 15 letter. Attachment B, pp.3-9). DE initially required numerous specific remedial steps (Attachment A, pp.4-5), yet virtually none of them has been carried out. And DE admitted in response to plaintiffs' objections, that with respect to FAMU "specific strategies" would not be "identified and impl'emented" until October 1, 1981 — nearly six months after . 65/DE's acceptance of Florida's response. Plaintiffs are still waiting. The January 15 letter charged (p.3) that Florida's traditionally white institutions have made "little or no progress" in desegregation of faculty, noting that continued lack of progress in this area "perpetuate[s] the prior racial 64/ HEGIS Fall Enrollment and Compliance Report of Institutions of Higher Education. Florida submissions on OE Form 2300-2.3 for Fall 1977 and NCES Form 2300-2.3A for Fall 1980. 65/ Thomas letter of Aug. 21, 1981, Attachment, p. 2. - 39 - identity of the schools." Again, specific commitments were requested (Attachment A, p.7); again, none was forthcoming.— ^ The latest data reveal that in 1980 blacks constituted 6.2% of all faculty within Florida's State University System, as opposed to 6.3% in 1977; at the primarily white institutions the per centage of black faculty increased only marginally during this period, from 3.0% to 3.1%.— ^ In sum, Florida's system of public higher education is today at least as segregated, if not more so, than it was when Florida's Plan was accepted in 1978. DE identified the components of the problem in a thorough and detailed analysis in January of 1981, and required numerous specific actions mandated by the Criteria. Although these actions were not forthcoming, the current leadership of DE has failed to take any meaningful steps to follow through on the January 1981 initiative. That initiative and the Criteria under which it was required have been abandoned. PENNSYLVANIA Defendants' conduct with respect to Pennsylvania bears many similarities to their abdication of responsibility in Florida. DE is diluting and retreating from a strong letter of findings issued against the Commonwealth in January 1981. As a result, there is at present no statewide program 66/ DE apparently decided to accept individual institutional plans approved by OFCCP in lieu of the statewide program required by the Criteria. Yet according to Florida's 1981 Annual Report, plans have not yet been approved for all of the state's universities; and no information has been provided as to whether the plans that have been approved conform ,to the Criteria, 67/ Higher Education Staff Information (EEO-6) for Fall 1977 and Fall 1980 submitted to Florida. - 40 - to eliminate the vestiges of de jure segregation in Pennsylvania. By letter to Pennsylvania Governor Richard L. Thornburgh, dated January 16, 1981, DE Regional Director Dewey E. Dodds (Region III) advised the Commonwealth that its 1974 desegre gation Plan had failed to achieve compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. The letter charged (p.3) that the 1974 Plan had been unsuccessful not only because Pennsylvania had failed to implement it, but also because the Plan itself had been too limited and had not required participation by "all the institutions needed for a complete remedy." The last of these findings was especially significant. The 1974 Plan had not included four "state-related" universities (The University of Pittsburgh and Pennsylvania State, Temple and Lincoln Universities) which are subject to substantial control by the Commonwealth both financially and administra tively. These universities enroll more students than the state-owned schools, and, with the exception of Lincoln (a traditionally black institution), provide most of the graduate programs and all of the professional study opportunities in the Commonwealth's system. The 1974 Plan had also exempted all of Pennsylvania's 14 community colleges from coverage. DE con cluded in its January 1981 letter that inclusion of these institutions in a new Plan is "needed for a complete remedy" (p.3), because "[i]n order to desegregate the system effec tively the interrelationships among the various institutions over which the State has control must be taken into account" (p.8). As required by this Court's Order of December 29, 1977, in this case, DE advised the Commonwealth in its January 16, 1981, letter of findings (p.10) that the new Plan was to be submitted - 41 - within 60 days and that 60 days after that (i.e., within 120 days of January 16th) defendants would have to "either accept the plan or initiate enforcement proceedings." However, the current Administration has made a mockery of this timetable. Defendants did not receive any formal response from the Commonwealth until May 27, 1981 — after the full 120 days had passed — and that response merely promised a supplemental plan with 60 days. DE acquiesced in this defiance and even granted several additional extensions before the supplemental plan was submitted on September 30, 1981. On December 18, 1981, Regional Director Dodds sent a letter and an 18-page staff evaluation to Pennsylvania Secretary of Education Robert Scanlon. In the letter DE advised the Commonwealth that its new Plan was "incomplete in major areas" and that modifications would be necessary. Nonetheless, defendants did not initiate enforcement proceedings but instead merely asked for yet another submission from the Commonwealth. And while the 18—page evaluation discussed in detail numerous deficiencies of the new Plan, it was totally silent concerning Pennsylvania's failure to include the four state-related universities and the 14 community colleges. The critical issue of limited scope, which had been so central to the January 1981 letter of findings, was merely left for further "discussion" 6 8/between defendants and the Commonwealth.— On February 15, 1982, Pennsylvania submitted an "addendum" to its September 1981 supplemental plan. Since the Commonwealth had not been required by the December 1981 evaluation to in clude the state-related universities and the community colleges 68/ Letter of Regional Director Dodds to Secretary Scanlon, Dec. 18, 1981, p.1. - 42 - in this latest response, it did not do so. By letter from Regional Director Dodds to Secretary Scanlon, dated March 18, 1982, DE did reject one component of Pennsylvania's February 1982 submission: an exceedingly inadequate proposal for the enhancement of Cheyney State College, the Commonwealth's state- owned traditionally black institution. However, as to all other aspects of the "addendum," the letter merely states (p.1) that DE's review has not been completed and that further corre- 69/spondence will be forthcoming.— Today, 16 months after the January 1981 letter of findings, and one year after DE was required by order of this Court either to accept a new plan or initiate enforcement proceedings, Pennsylvania still lacks a statewide desegregation plan that complies with the Criteria and the decisions of the Court of Appeals and this Court. 69/ DE's January 1981 letter of findings noted (p.8) that Cheyney State College is in the same service area (the Phila delphia region) as Temple, two Penn State campuses, and several community colleges. Lincoln University is also in this service area. Thus, it is futile to address the problems of Cheyney State in the absence of a comprehensive statewide plan. - 43 IV. Conclusion Defendants' flagrant disregard for the Criteria has been amply demonstrated above. Further relief from this Court is urgently needed to require defendants to i) implement the desegregation guidelines and timetables mandated by the Criteria and the orders in this case^ and ii) initiate enforce* ment proceedings, where necessary, with respect to those states which are defiant or perenially recalcitrant. Defendants' blatant refusal to comply with the Criteria and the decisions in this case must be ended once and for all if the vestiges of de jure segregation are to be at long last eliminated — "root and branch" from America's public colleges and universities. Respectfully submitted. Jack Greenberg James M. Nabrit, III Joel Berger 10 Columbus Circle New York, New York 10019 Tel. (212) 586-8397 Joseph L. Rauh, Jr. John Silard Elliott C. Lichtman 1001 Connecticut Ave., N.w. Washington, D.C. .20036 Tel. (202) 331-1795 Attorneys for Plaintiffs - 44 APPENDIX <S653 ■ NOTICIS a p p e n d i x a re u n d tn r th a T s iiu U a n an d in ciu aiaa ot in *U ad In com e o n In com e a n d gov* erty siailstlca .- T lie s tu d y ilr s t r e r ie v e d d e f in it io n s o i in co m e tim e h a v e Oeen u sed In t h e e co n o m ic U terscu re and fo u n d U iat n o s e in c lu d e . m a n y ty pes o f in -iln d in com e ; p r iy ste as T e ll a s y ovem m en * tsL T h e n e x t o b je c t iv e <aras vn lu ln s t h e in com e to th e rec ip ien t. W h e n in co m e is rece iv e d In m o n e y , re c ip ie n t fa m ilies a re fr e e to p u rch a se g o o d s th e y desire- a t m a rh et pr ices . H ow ev er, w h en In com e is rece iv ed In-kind, p a rticu la r ly w h en p r ic e subsid ies o r con s tra in ts o n a m o u n ts are in vo lved , th e re is n o m a rk e t to w h ich one. ca n tu rn f o r a v a lu e . T h e stu d y th u s ev a lu a ted sever a l v a lu a tion possibU ties. p r im a rily v a lu a tion a t g overn m en t o r em p lo y e r c o s t a n d ca sn e q u iv a len t o r u tility term s (d e fin e d as th e m o n e y th a t w ou ld lea v e a re c ip ie n t as w e ll -o ff as th e In-kind in co m e ). T h e s tu d y fo u n d t h a t n o v a lu a tion , a lte rn a tiv e is fu lly co n s is te n t w ith m o n e y in com e, fu r th e r resu lts sh o w th a t g overn m en t o r em p lo y e r co s t m a y b ea r little re la tion sh ip to re c ip ie n t values. P recise, m a th em a tica l fo r m u is s w ere derived f o r ca sh eq u iv a len t values and a p p ro x im a tio n s to ca sh eq u iv a len t values, w ere d e v e lo p e d - F in a lly , using re ce n tly ava ila b le d a ta fr o m th e 1312- 73 , C on su m er E x p e n d itu re S u rvey , va lu es w ere est im a ted f o r fo o d stam ps, lo w -re n t p u b lic h ou sin g , M ed ica id a n d em p loy er -p rov id ed h e a lth in su ra n ce using .. variou s valu a tion a lternatives . W h ile th ese estim ates axe e x trem ely c r u d e . .. th e y do sh ow th a t in -k in d In com e ca n . In som e cases, p rov id e s l - .zea b le a d d ition s to m on ey In com e b u t a lso th a t valu es t o th e re c ip ien t ca n b e fa r b e low g o v e rn m e n t a n d e m p loy er co s ts . A c o p y o f th is re p o rt w in b e fU ed an d a va ila b le as s o o n as possib le , from •the N a tion a l T e ch n ica l In fo rm a tio n . Serv ice . I7.H. D e p a rtm e n t o f C o m -- m erce , S p r in g fie ld , V a . 221S1 D a te d i F ebru ary 10, 1978, . - . HiPniT Aahoiv, Aiaistani Seerttary/or '■ PUmninya-TuiSvaLuatiem. (pa Doc. TS-UST FUed J-14-78; 3:1S anU [4110-121 ■; ,V ' M visxo a iT taiA s r e c r n n o -me iN oaspi- atrs o # A C s rv A a u nj.m to D ssioaz .■ - SAT? STATI SrSTIAtS 0? T08UC MI<5H*8 '-tPOCATIOH In la te 1369 a n d 'e a r ly 1370. th e D e - . pa rtm en t, o f H ea lth . S d u ca tlo n . and W e lfa re IH H W ) n o tif ie d ton sta tes th a t t h e y h a d n o t d istn a rtled th e ir s ta te w id e dual sy stem s o f pu b lic h igh e r edu ca tion . T h e letters sen t by HSIW a t th a t tim e adlvsed ea ch sta te o f Its fa f lu r e t o a d o p t m ea su res n e ce s sa ry to o v e rco m e t h e e f fe c t s o f past seg reg a tion and. n o t i f ie d th e sta tes o f th e ir o b lig a t io n to file a sta tew ide p la n fo r t h e d eseg reg a tion o f their- p u b lic system a o f h ig h e r e d u ca tion . F o r th e past seven- y ea rs th a C ou rt rev iew ed H E W ’ s e f fo r t s to d esegreg a te th e se sy stem s o i h ig h e r ed u ca tio n . I n 1977, th is C ou rt, fo u n d th a t th e D e p a rtm en t 's e f f o r t h a d n o t b een ade q u a te a n d ord e re d th e D e p a rtm e n t to req u ire s ix o f th e or ig in a l ten sta tes to su b m it n ew d eseg reg a tion p lan s an d to set sp e c ific sta n da rd s f o r th o se plans. T h e C ou rt fo u n d th a t " s p e c i f ic co m m itm en ts (w e re ) n ecessa ry fo r a w ork ab le h ig h e r ed u ca tio n d esegreg a tion p la n . . . c o n ce rn in g adreiaalon . re cru itm en t a n d re te n tio n o f stu d en ts, c o n ce rn in g th e p la ce m e n t an d d u p lica tion o f p rog ra m o ffe r in g s a m on g Insti tu tion s , th e r o le and th e en h a n ce m e n t o f b la ck In stitu tion s, and co n e s m in g ch a n g e s in t h e ra cia l c o m p o s it io n o f the fa cu lt ie s Ihvolved . .. S p e d flc a lly . th is C o u r t en te re d a S e co n d S u p p lem en ta l O rd e r o n A p ril 1. 1377 d ire c t in g th e D e p a rtm e n t to tra n sm it to th e s ix sta tes o f .Axkansas.. F lor id a . G e o rg ia . N o r th . C a ro lin a , O k la h om a , a n d V irg in ia as w e ll as th e C ou rt and th e p la n tllfa cr ite r ia sp eci fy in g th e Ingredien ts o f a ccep ta b le de se g reg a tion p lan s f o r th e ir In stitu tion s o f pu b lic h ig h e r ed u ca tion . A cco rd in g ly , o n J u ly 5i 1977, th e D e p a rtm e n t p u b lish ed cr ite r ia w h ic h w e re a m end ed o n e m o n th la te r to ta k e in to a c co u n t sug g estion s o f fe r e d b y som e o f th e s ta tes.. T h e- C ou rt fu r th e r ' d ire c te d " th a t H E W req u ire e a ch s ta te to- subm it, w ith in 50 da ys o f r e c e ip t o f th e cr ite ria , a rev ised d eseg reg a tion p la n a n d to a cce p t o r re je c t su ch p lan s w ith in 120- days th erea fter . ->In S e p te m b e r 1377, In respon se to , H E 'W s req u est, th e six states su b m itted desegreg ation plana, .-U ter m o n th s o f In tensive n eg o - U atlon s. th e D e p a rtm e n t a n n ou n ced o n F e b ru a ry 2, 1378, th a t It w as ac cep tin g th e p la n s o f .-Arkansas, F lor ida , and O k la h o m a and n o t a ccep tin g p lan s su b m itted b y G e o rg ia , N o r th C arolina , an d V irg in ia . O n th e sam e da te , th e D e p a rtm e n t a n n o u n ce d th a t it w ou ld p u b lish In th e F roraA i. R s o is - Tsa, rev ised cr ite r ia w h ich a re su b sta n tia lly sim ilar to th e cr ite r ia pu b lish ed I n J u ly . ^ , W h e re H E W h a s fo u n d th a t a sta te has n o t e lim in a ted th e rem a in in g ves tig es o f . seg reg a tion In its fo rm e rly d u a l system o f p u b lic h ig h e r edu ca tion . and Is,, th e re fo re . In v io la tio n o f T it le ■'/I o f th e C ivil R ig h ts A c t o f ■ 1954. It Is requ ired firs t to a ttem p t to sec-ore co m p lia n ce by v o lu n ta ry m eans. W h en , th o se e f fo r t s fadl, H E W Is requ ired to. s e e r e n fo r ce m e n t eith er- a dm in istratlve ly o r th ro u g h t h e cou rts . 42 U E .C , 200-1; 43 C F R 2Q0Od- 1. 45 C P H 3 0 .7 fd X l) . 30.3. T h e se re -‘ v ised cr ite r ia are issued to assist su ch , sta tes in th e p re p a ra tio n o f desegrega-- tlon p lan s as p a rt o f th e p ro ce ss o f s«- cur in g vo lu n ta r y com p lia n ce . H E W or ig in a lly d e v e lo p e d th e crite r ia m in d fu l o f th e in stru ction s, o f the - C ou r t th a t th ey co m p ly w ith consUt-o- t lon a i sta n da rd s an d T it le VT. con form w ith so u n d e d u ca tion a l p ractices , and take Into a cco u n t th e u n iqu e Im por ta n ce o f b la ck co lle g e s . B ased o n its ex p e r ie n ce In a p p ly in g th e c r ite r ia to six. sta te sy stem s o f h ig h e r edu ca tion o v e r t h e past m o n th s . H E W h a s deter m in ed th a t th e c r ite r ia p rov id e s p e c if ic a n d e f fe c t iv e g u id an ce to th e states and a t th e sam e tim e, axe su ffic ie n tly f le x ib le to p ro v id e l o r c lrcu m staiw es w h ich m a y v a ry fr o m s ta te to sta te. PaSAMBLS I. HISTOkT o r thOAl, ?ROC5SnihCS IT ie cr ite r ia set fo r th , b e lo w tniU afly w ere d ev e lo p e d b y Lhe D e p a rtm e n t o f ' H ea lth . E d u ca tion , a n d W e lfa re (H E W ) p u rsu a n t to th e sp e c ific d lreo -- tlon o f th e U n ited S ta tes D istr ic t C ou r t fo r the- D is tr ic t o f C o lu m b ia In A d am s v. Caii/ano, C iv i l . A c t io n N o, 3095-70 , S e co n d S u p p lem en ta l O rd er (D .D .C . A p ril 1. 1377). T h e C ou rt 's O rd e r a rose fro m a law suit In itiated in 1970 to req u ire H E W to tak e a ct io n to e n fo r ce th e pro-rislons o f T it le V I o f th e C ivil R ig h ts .act o f 1364.‘ In 1369, the O ff ic e f o r C ivil R ig h ts (O C R ) d e term in ed th a t ten S tates* w ere co n t in u in g to op e ra te seg reg a ted h ig h e r ed u ca tio n system s in -rioiatlon o f T it le V I o f th e 1934 a v t l R ig h ts A c t . .-although th e S ta tes w ere n o t if ie d o f th is f in d in g an d w ere req u ested to . su b m it co r re c tiv e p lan s, n o a dm in istra tive e n fo rce m e n t a ct ion s w ere taken w h en th e S ta tes fa iled to su b m it plans or su b m itted p lan s u n a cce p ta b le to H E W . In F e b ru a ry 1373. th e Adams lit ig a t io n resu lted In a ru lin g req u irin g th a t H E W take s o p r o p n a t e e n fo r ce m en t a ct ion . Adams v. R ich a rd so n , 333 P. S u pp . 92 (D .D .C . 1973). T h a t ru lin g w as u n a n im ou sly a ffirm e d b y th e fu ll U n ited S ta tes C ou rt o f A p pea ls fo r th e D is tr ic t o f C o lu m bia C ircu it, a lth o u g h th e C ou rt o f .-Ippeals m od ifie d th e D is tr ict C ou rt 's o rd e r and d irected H E W to a ttem p t to sec-sre a ccep ta b le deseg reg a tion p lan s fr o m th e ten S ta tes b e fo r e co m m e n c in g e n fo r ce m e n t p ro - ceed ln g s. Adams v. Jtichardsan, 430 F . 2d 1159 (D .C . C ir. 1373). ‘Title-VI of the C.-rtl Rights Acs of 19«4 pro-rides: "No person in the United States , ahaii, on the grounds ol race, color, or n*. tionai origin, be ersciuded from participation in, be denied the benefits of. or be subjected to discrimination under any program or .-so- UvttT receiving Federal ihianet-d *uu.sUnce.. 42 a3.C . JOOOd. •Arkansas. Florida. Georgia. Louisiana. Maryland. Mhsueipoi. Nortn CaroUna. Okiaboraa, Feansylvama. and V'xrinia. F lP g K A t 3 K I S T S I . v e t . ■«, A O . 32— W S S N 8 S P A Y , fS S tO A g T 13, IV T S MOTICSS 8659 1974» H E W a ccep ted d e se «re «a - (ion- plana from e ig h t o f th e ten •'States.' R e p o rts c o v e r j ig th e firs t year o f Imp le m e n ta tio n w ere su P m ltled to : '.SSW In 1373. S u iisedu en tly , th e o la ln - -;'tlffs In th e v ldam s ca se so u g h t fu r t h e r ‘ . 'le ile f and o n April. 1. 1977, th e C ou rt ■jraled th a t th e 1374 p lan s d id n ot io o m p ly w ith th e crite r ia prev iou sly a a - ■;%nounced b y H E W and th a t as im ple* > m en ted -th e p lans h a d fa iled to a ch ieve r. s ign ifica n t p rog ress tow ard h ig h e r :>edueatlon ' d esegreg a tion . B ased on these- fin d in g s, the. C o u r t ordered . • h e w , ' to dev e lop a n d Issue w ith in 90. :.d a y s sp e c ific cr ite r ia Co gu id e th e six S la tes* In th e p rep a ra tion o f rev ised (.d eseg reg ation p la n s. t' 11. LSSAt. AXD SOOCanONAt ?SX!IIC£?tZS - 'A . D e fu reseprepa flo rt T h e se cr ite r ia w ill b e ap p lied to a ' state w h ich fo r m e r ly o p era ted a du al '• system o f p u b lic h ig h e r e d u ca tion - u n d er sta te law . If th e O ff ic e fo r C ivil ■R igh ts determ in es a fte r in vestig ation : th at t h e s ta te has fa iled to rem ov e th e ■ vestiges o f racia l se g re g a tio n In its system in v lo ia tlon o f T it le V I. , B . 'AffiTmaiive duty £o take effective . steps lo eliminate de fare seprepa- . _-c.r tion .... .. . _ ■- W h e re ' th e re has- b e e n past d e Jure . seg reg a tion , sta tes are req u ired to ta k e a ffirm a tiv e rem ed ia l step s and to a ch ieve resu lts In o v e rco m in g th e e f- . .fe c ta o f p r io r d lscrim ln ation t H E W ’ s . reg u la tion Im plem en tin g T it le VT pro* v ld e a th a t - *a idmlnieterfng a program, resardlzig -vnich- the recipient has pieviously dlscrnninated against p ^ o n s oo the ground of race * * *, th e rethpient must taSe athmaClve icU od ’ Co overcome the effects ot prior diacrlintna- t io n .« c y i t e o j t b x s x n . . T h e 14th A m e n d m e n t a lso ca lls f o r m ore- th an m ere a b a n d on m en t o f d ls- 43dm lnatlon th rou g h th e sta te 's a d op tion o f passive o r n eu tra l polic ies . T h e U nited. S ta tes S u p rem e C ou rt has held th a t p u b lic s c h o o l o ff ic ia ls h a ve “ t h e a ffirm a tiv e ’ d u ty to take w h a te v e r steps, m ig h t b e n ecessary to co n v e r t to a u n ita ry system In w h ich d lscrlm lna - ■ Louisiana rehaed CO submit a plan u id ' was referred M the Deoarcment of Jusdcm which filed a lawsuit ( yntfed. Statee r. tow -' trtonok ClvU Action Jfo. 74-48 <Md3. Ls-J In January 1974. The plan submitted by Mis-- . sisaippl was deemed unacceptable by HEW- and the matter was referred to the Depart. - raent of Justice, which filed a lawsuit Avers- and. United Stitta r. lincK' ClvU Action No. . D .C 75-9-S (NJ3. J4!ss.J. In ila rch 1975. •Tbe April i. 1977. Order excludes ? e n n - ' : lylTania-lby agreement of tbe parties to the Adonu lawsuit) and Maryland, which com menced a separate Inlonctlve suit against HEW 'i enforcement proceedings now pend ing In. the United States Court of Appeals for th e Fourth Circuit ijdandei v. ffSW ; No. 78-14941, aa well as Louisiana and .Mlsaisaio »*• , . - t ion w ou ld b e e lim in a ted r o o t , and b ra n ch .” Green v. ■ County S ch oo l Board 0/ Neui Kent County, 391 0 .3 . 430. 437-38 (1968 ). . T h e a ffirm a tiv e du ty to d esegreg ate a pp lies w ith equal fo r ce to h ig h e r edu ca tion ,. Norria v. S fs fe , C o u n c il o/ Higher Sduaatiton,' 327 P . S u p p . 1368 (SJ3.. V a. 19711, d / r i per curiam, 404 U .3.. 907 (1371): Lee V, Haeon County Board o / Bducatian,. 287 P . S u pp . 438 (M JD. A la . 19675, .a f f d 389 U.S. 215 (19671: (Jeter T. Dunn, 337 ? . S u p p . 573 (M J3 . T e n n . 19721. A d d itio n a lly , t h e S u p rem e C ou rt has m a de It c le a r th a t desegreg ation p lan s a re n o t adeq u ate u n less th e y are e ffe ct iv e ; See Green v. County School Board 0/ Hew Kent County, ruprtii. Swann v. Chariotte~ Meckienirurg Board of Bducatian, 40Z U - 3 .1 (1 9 7 1 ).. C on s isten t -with t h e requirm H ents o f T it le VT th e se cr ite r ia se t fo r t h th e elem en ts o f . a deseg reg a tion p la n w h ich w ou ld elim in a te th e e ffe c ts o f past d iscrim in a tion . C Statewide a p p ro d ch ‘ T h e Court-, o f A p p ea ls in Its en b a n c op in ion , in Adame d ire c te d H E W to un d ertak e a sta tew ide a p p r o a c h and n o te d th e seriou s p ro b le m crea ted by th e la ck o f v iah ie sta tew id e co o rd in a t e d p la n n in g in h ig h e r e d u c a t io n :. The problem, o f thtegraUng higher educa tion. must be- dealt with aa a state-wide- rsther than a achodl-by-achooi basis.'* »Et Is tm portantito note that we are not here discussing discriminatory admission pollclca at Individual institutions. To the extent that such practices are discovered. Immediate oorrectlTe action la required, but we da not understand HEW to dispute that point.. This conuoversT concerns the more com plex problem of systemwide racial tm- balanee. Adame v. Aicfiardson, ntpm, 480 ? . id a t US4-US5 (footnote in oiiglnsl). T h e D ep a rtm en t h a s fo l lo w e d th is ap p r o a c h s in ce 1969 b eca u se w e b e lieve sta tew ide p la n n in g la con s is ten t w ith sou n d edu ca tion a i p o licy . T h u s , these cr iteria req u ire n o t o n ly th a t ea ch In s t itu tion . pu rsu e n on d lscrim in a tory s tu d en t adm ission , and fa cu lty and s ta ff e m p lo y m e n t . p ractices , b u t also th a t t h e sta te sy stem as a w h o le d ev el o p a co m p reh en s iv e a n d coord in a ted sta tew ide desegreg ation p lan em b od y -. Ing th o se s p e c ific a ffirm a tiv e , rem ed ia l step s w h ich wUl p rov e e ffe o tlv e In a ch iev in g s ig n ifica n t p rog ress tow ard th e d isesta b lish m en t o f th e stru ctu re o f th e du al system a n d w h ic h address th e prob lem o f “ system w id e racial Im b a lan ce .” ̂ ; D . H p e c l/ic ify u lim o ii a ji2 timetabled —■ T h e D is tr ic t C ou rt In Adams con clu d ed th a t th e plans- p rev iou s ly a d op ted b y th e sta tes h a d fa iled to a ch ieve a dequ ate desegregaU on pro gress and la ck ed sp e c ific com m itm en ts f o r ch a n g e as con cern s th e desegrega- t io h o f s tu d en t b od ies an d fa cu lties . en h a n ce m e n t o f tra d it ion a lly b la ck In stitu tion s, and desegregaU on o f th e g o v e m u ig b oa rd s in h ig n e r edu caU on system s. ______ T h e D is tr ic t C ou r t d irected H E W lo prepa re cr ite r ia w h ich w ou ld id en tify fo r th e sta tes th e sp e c ific e lem en ts lo b e in clu d ed in th e ir revised desegreg a U on . plans. -As t h e D is tr ic t C ou r t . sta ted In respon se to o ia in U ffs ' o ra l ar g u m en t on Jan u a ry 17. 1977; ■What I do want them to do though Is be under the comoluslon of a court order lo submit lo the stales certain xpetri/lc require ments which Che states must resoond to and they should be given a timetable for com municating with the states, and the states should be given some kind of timetable within which to make resodnse. CTrenaertat. January n t h ruling; emphasis suoplied.1 In (Jeter v. Blanton, 427 P . S u pp . 644 (M T3. T an n . 19771, th e C ou rt q u oted Its O rd e r o f D e ce m b e r 23, 1969, ex pressing Its d issa tis fa ction w ith a sta te su b m itted desegreg ation p la n in th at th e p la n aa su b m itted " la ck s s p e c ific ity ; In th a t th e re is n o sh ow in g o f fu n d s to be ex p en d ed , n o sta tem en t o f th e n u m b er o f stu d en ts to be in volved , and m ost im oortan U y . no tim e sc.hed- u les fo r e ith e r th e im p lem en ta tion o f th e p ro je c ts o r th e a ch iev em en t o f a n y g oa ls .” 427 P . S u pp . at 646. - T h e S u p rem e C ou rt has m a in ta in ed th a t In a sy stem w ith a h istory o f seg- rega U on th e re is a need fo r rem ed ia l cr ite r ia o f su ffic ie n t s p e c ific ity to assure co m p lia n ce w ith tn e law . S ee Swann, su p ra at 22-26 . In k eep in g w ith th e C o u rt 's view th a t the D e p a rtm e n t s lio u ld subm it sp e c ific req u irem en ts to th e states, nu m erica l goals an d tim eta bles are set fo r th In th e cr ite r ia . T h e goals are es ta b lish e d as in dices by. w h ich to ' m ea sure- p rogress tow ard th e o b je c t iv e o f e lim in a tin g th e e ffe cts o f u n con stitu - tlonaJ de Jure racia l se g reg a tion and o f prov id in g equal edu ca tion a l o p p o r tu n i ty fo r ail c itizen s o f th ese sta tes. T h e y are benc.hm arSs and prov ide th e states th e c le a r and sp e c ific g u id an ce ca lled fo r b y th e C o u r t T h e se goals are n o t q u otas . T h e D e p a rtm en t is op p o se d to a rb itrary quotas . F a ilu re to a ch ieve a goa l is n o t su f fic ie n t ev id en ce , sta n d in g a lon e , to establish a v io la tion o f T it le V X In ad d ition , th e O ff ic e f o r ClvU R ig h ts u p on a sh ow in g o f e x ce p tio n a l h a rd sh ip o r sp ecia l c ircu m sta n ces by a sta te, m a y m o d ify th e g oa ls and tim e tables. N everth eless , th e sta tes are u n d e r a sta tu tory oO ilga lion to devise and im p lem en t p lan s th a t axe e ffe c t iv e In a ch ievin g th e deseg reg a tion o f the system . M o st im p orta n tly , u n d er th e se cr ite ria an d the goala th ey set. a ll a ppli ca n ts m ust be able to co m p e te su ccess fu lly . S ta tes ’ e ffo r ts u n d er th ese cr ite ria n eed n o t and s.hould n o t lead to low er in g a ca dem ic sta n da rd s. S ta tes m ay n eed to in n ova te in seek in g ou t FGOeSAi. l e s i s n s - VOU -id, n o . S2— WtONESOAr, FfBCUAXY id . 1978 S650 ta ien ted s tu d en ts w h o w ill p r o fit fr o m h ig h e r ed u ca tion . T h e y m ay n eed to b roa d en deflh ition a o f p o ten tia l: to d iscou n t th e e ffe c ts o f early disadvan tage o n the- d ev e lop m en t o f a cadem ic co m p e te n ce ; an d to b roa d en the. tal ents m ea su red In adm issions tests. 3 u t n e w and d iffe re n t yardstlclcs fo r m ea su r in g p o te n tia l are n o t lo w e r stan dards. T h e y ca n b e m o re valid, m ea sures o f tru e p o ten tia l and ta lent, tak en as a w h o le , th ese cr ite r ia seele to p reserv e and p r o te ct aca dem ic stan dards o f ex ce ilen ce . 3 . Sptciai eonsidemtlona in develop^ ing criteria / o r destgregaiian in . higher education A sta te system o f h ig h e r e d u ca tion , as w ith an e lem en ta ry and secon d a ry s c h o o l d istr ict. Is h e ld to an a fflrm a - tlve d u ty to tak e rem ed ia l a ct io n to co r re c t past practices o f se g reg a tion an d d iscrim in a tion . H ow ever, th e n a tu re o f th e rem ed ia l a ct io n req u ired o f a . h ig h e r ed u ca tion system w ill d i ffe r fro m that, requ ired o f a lo ca l ed u ca tion district,. T h e co u r t o f .-ip- pea ls in Adame n oted : . However, we are noindful that deseg- regaclon prooiems La coiieges and universi ties differ widely from t.hose- Ln elementary and secondary schools, and that HSW id - mltzediy lacla experience in dealing with them.* • • .is regrettable as these reveiationa are. the staric a-uth !s that liS'.V must care fully assess the significance of a variety of new factors as It moves into an -unaccua- tomed area. -(30 P . 2d at t l3 (. - In Horrie v. State Council of Higher Sducation, 327 P . S u pp . 1388. 1373 (STD. V a . 1971. i f P d p er cu ria m . 404 tJ.H. 907 (1 9 7 1 ). th e co u r t h e ld ; T h e means o f eliminating discrimination in public schoots necessarily differ from its elimination tn eoUegea.. but the state’s duty is ss exacting. .-ind fh Sandere v_ SUingtoTU 233 P. S u p p . 937. 943 (I/fJD. T e n m 1963). th e co u r t sta ted ; ■How In considering th e time element fo r presentation of a plan, 1 have thought of the complexities of the problem. I recognize that Che simple remedies which .might be available to a county school board -where there is Involved a compulsory system of educaUon. a free system of education, and aasignmenc of students, are not avallaole- here. Colieges are not compulsory and ev eryone can testify that they're not free. H ig h er e d u ca tion d iffe rs fr o m e le m e n ta ry and se co n d a ry ed u ca tion in m a n y o th e r w ays. B esides b e in g v o lu n ta ry ra th e r th a n co m p u lso ry , h igh er- e d u ca tion op era tes , o n a sta tew ide o r reg ion a l basis, n o t loca l; th e re are n o "a tte n d a n ce to n e s ’ ’ in h ig h e r edu ca t ion : h ig h e r ed u ca tion prog ra m s '/a ry fr o m In stitu tion to in stitu tion and are n o t u n ifo rm ; stu d en ts are fr e e to leave th e sta te o r to a tten d private co lleg es- In pu rsu it o f a h ig h e r edu ca tion . P u rth e rm o re . from sta te to sta te sig n ific a n t d iffe re n ce s a re to be fo u n d NOT1C2S and m ust b e tak en In to con s id era tion . In som e states ■ s tr o n g cen tra lized " s y s te m " e.xists Including fo u r y ear and tw o y ear In stitu tions: in o th e rs , th e fo u r y e a r and tw o y ear in stitu tion s rep o rt to sep arate b o a n ls ; In y e t oth ers , ea ch in stitu tion o p era tes u n d er its ow n In dep en den t b o a rd . W h ile n on e, o f ' th ese d iffe re n ce s relieves a s ta te o f Its o b liga tion s u n d er T it le V I or- Its co n s titu tio n a l du ties, th e y m u st be taken in to a cco u n t In fa sh io n in g an a p p rop r ia te set o f cr iter ia to b e a pp li ca b le to -s ix sta tes. A c co rd in g ly ,.: . w h ile ' desegreg ation cases In voiv la g Individua l e lem en ta ry and se c o n d a ry ' s c h o o l d istr icts are a gu id e to a sta te ’s d u ty to take c o r re c tive a ct ion , th e y a re n o t d isp ositive o f th e pa rticu la r m e th o d s to be des ig n ed fo r th e d ism a n tlin g o f a du al sy stem o f h ig h e r edu ca tion , fo r th e desegreg a t io n o f a sta tew ide sy stem , fo r th e re m oval o f th e vestiges o f racial segrega tion , and fo r the co r re c t io n o f "sy s tem w ide racia l Lm halance.” As th e cou rts in AdacTie have n oted , th e se are Imdeed- "co m o ie x " !s s u e s . T h e s e cr ite r ia are des ig n ed sp e c ifica lly fo r th e h igh er- edu ca U on system s o f th ese six states b ased on a ca re fu l con s id era tion o f re lev an t sta tu tes and cou r t o p in ion s a n d w ith d u e . con s id era tion to th e un iqu e ch a ra cter is tics o f h ig h e r edu ca - tlon .* . P . The unique role of the traditionuUg black coUegee ■ In k eep in g .w ith th e in stru ction s o f t h e C ou rt, th e cr ite r ia recogn ize - th e u n iqu e Im porta n ce o f trad ition a lly - b la ck co lleg es in m eetin g th e ed u ca tio n a l need s o f b la ck stu d en ts. M ore th a n 30 p e rce n t o f a ll. b la ck co lleg e g radu ates have b een tra in ed a t ’ b la ck co lleg es . In th e m id -seventies, b lack co lleg es : cb n tln u ei to g radu ate a lm ost fo r ty p ercen t o f a ll b lacks, w h o re c e iv e ' c o lle g e degrees. T h u s it Is w ith g o o d rea son th a t th e C ou rt o f .-Appeals in Adajne re cogn ized th e n eed to tak e-in to a cco u n t “ t h e sp e cia l p r o b le m s o f-b la ck co lleg es .'" Perhaps the most serious problem in this ares is the lack of state-wide biannltig to provide more and better trained minortty- group doctprs, lawyers, engineers and other profeaalonais. .4 . predicate for m lnonty access to quality post-graduate programs Is vlaPie. co-ordinated state-wide higher educa tion policy that takes into account the spe-. dai probiems of ailnortty students and of Black colleges..* '.* (T ihese Black Institu-' • Par a useful dlscassiotj o f these issues see' Note, "T he .-affirmative Duty T o Integrate- Higher Bducatlon, “ 70 7aU haio Joumai 363(1970). -T - ■See Silas Blake.- Public Policy and the Higher Sducation - of Black .(mesicans_" S taff Report, Subcommittee an Conatltu-. tlonai Rights of the Committee on the Judi-’ clary. 9(tn Cong. 20 Seas. 1978, ' National Center for Sducation Statistics, Sam ed Degrees Survey, 1978-73. tlons currently fulfill a cruclai need and vin, continue to play an Important role la Black higher education. (30 P. 2d at U34-U8S. ■ • A ga in In 197T, th e D istr ic t C ou r i la Its S e co n d S u p p lem en ta l O rder, p. (. q u o te d th e a bov e Language o f the C ou rt o f '.4 p p e a is and w en t on to state. The process of desegregation moat not place a greater burden on Black Insdtudoas or Black students' opportunity to receive a - quality public higher education. The deaeg- .-egacion process should cake into account the unequal status o f the Black colleges and ths real danger that desegregation wiu di- mlnlsh higher- education opportunities for ' Blacks. W ithout suggesting the answer to this oomplex problem, it is. the responslbll-, Ity of HSW to devise criteria for higher edu. . cation desegregation plana which will take Into account the unioue importance of Black colleges and at the same time comply with the Congressional mandate. T h e D e p a rtm e n t does n o t take this la n gu a ge to m ea n th a t th e traditional ly b la ck in stitu tion s are- a.xem pt from - th e C o n s titu tio n o r th e requ irem ents o f T it le V I. T o th e co n tra ry , tradition a lly b la ck and tra d it ion a lly w h ite in stitu tion s are su b je c t to th e sam e con-- st itu tlon a l and. con g ress ion a l m andats ' to p rov ide an ed u ca tion to aU citizens w ith o u t d iscrim in a tion o r segrega tion . W h ite and b la ck in stitu tion s are to fu n c t io n as part o f a .u n ita ry system fr e e o f t h e vestiges o f s ta ts Im posed, racia l seg reg a tion . H ow ever, as the C ou rt has in stru cted , th e tra n sition to a u n itary sy stem .must n o t be a ccom plish ed by p la cin g a d isp roportion a te- b u rd en u p on b la ck stu den ts, facu lty ., o r in stitu tion s o r by red u cin g th e edu- cationsd op p o rtu n it ie s cu rren tiy avail able to b lacks. T o a ch ieve th e ob je c t iv e s o f T it le VT. p recise m eth od s w ill n eed to he fa-, sh io n e d fo r h istitu tlon s w ith in a state, ea ch a p p rop r ia te to the task o f o v er co m in g th e e ffe c ts o f p r io r discrim in a tion tn th e p a rticu lar in stance. E ach m e th o d w iil be e n fo r ce d w ith equal fo re s and d eterm in a tion . E a ch m e th o d is design ed to a ch ieve th e sam e con s li- tu tion a i stan dard . in. cojfstiL-ATiotr ?so<nss In th e p rep a ra tion o f th e cr iteria o rig in a lly p rom u lg a ted p u rsu an t to co u r t in stru ction , th e D e p a rtm e n t u n d ertook an e.xtenslve con su lta tio n p ro cess w ith in th e D e p a rtm e n t and w ith in terested ou tside parties. In an e ffo r t to assure th a t th ese cr ite r ia w'ere b o th leg a lly and e d u ca tion a lly sou n d , a de partm en ta l, task fo r ce was esta b lish ed to g u ide th e ir d ev e lop m en t. T h e task fo r c e co m b in e d th e m u ltip le d isci-, p lines and varied ex p ertise n eed ed to reso lv e th e o om p lex issues and edu ca tio n a l po lic ies Involved in th is desegre gation process . S erv in g on th e task fo r ce w ere th e G e n rra l. C oiin so i, t.he D ire cto r o f th e O ff ic e fo r Civil -lig h ts , th e -Assistant S ecre tary fo r E d u cation , th e '.C o m m iss io n e r o f E du cation ., and FHJOiAi siGirna. vot. no;'k —'eieDNesaAY, mttjAtr is, ittj MOTJCS5 6661 th e A ssistan t S e c r e ta r r f o r H a n n ln s and E v a lu a tion . T h e O ep a rtm en t also em harlced on a p rog ra m o f op e n d ia log u e a n d con su l ta tion w ith parties o f Interest. T h e task fo r ce m em bers co n fe rre d w ith rep resen ta tives o f th e s ix sta tes co l le c tive ly a n d n d iv ld u a lly . T h e rep resen ta tives n c lu d e d co lle g e presidencs- ed u ca tlon o ffic ia ls , and a ides to G o v e r n ors . A sp ecia l m e e tin g was h e ld w ith s tu d en ts w h o a tte n d t h e p u b lic co l le g e s n th e six sta tes and rep resen ta tives o f sev era l n a tion a l s tu d en t orga n izations, P o u r m eetin g s w ere h e ld w ith o ff ic ia ls o f th e am icu s cu r ia e . K a- t lon a l A ssocia tion f o r E puai O p p o rtu n ity n H ig h er E d u ca tion , an associ a t io n o f th e -p resid en ts o f 110 p red om i n a n tly b la ck co lleg es a n d un iversities, b o th sta te su p p o r te d a n d private . T w o panels o f n a tion a lly recogn ized edu ca tors m et fo r h a lf da y sessions to advise th e D ep a rtm en t. F in a lly , p la in tiffs ' rep resen ta tives d e v oted m a n y h ou rs to rev iew in g and co m m en tin g o n d ra fts o f th e cr iteria . T h e y a lso con v en ed a m e e tin g fo r th e D ep a rtm en t w ith. 23 c itizen s fro m th ese s'oc sta tes w h o are m ost fa m ilia r w ith th e h ig h e r ed u ca tion desegreg a t io n e f fo r ts In th e ir respectiv e states. T h e D epa rtm en t assum es fu ll and so le resp on sib ility f o r th e co n te n t o f th ese cr iteria . T h e co n su lta tio n s en u m era ted above w ere ex ce e d in g ly h e lp f u l to th e D ep a rtm en t la th e prepara tion o f th ese cr ite r ia , b u t th ese discus sion s d o n o t im p ly co n cu rre n ce In th e cr ite r ia In w h o le o r In p a rt by och er pa rties. H ig h e r ed u ca tion a l system s In th ese and o th e r sta tes are u n d erg o in g d iff i cu lt ad ju stm en ts ca u sed b y fisca l a n d d e m o g ra p h ic tren ds b e y o n d th e co n tro l o f In dividua l s ta tes . A cco rd in g ly , th e cr iter ia d ev e lop ed fo r th e six sta tes u n d e r th e Adams O rd e r , fo c u se d o n d esegreg a tion e ffo r t s to b e u nder- • ta k en w ith in th e n e x t fiv e years. S im i larly . O C R w ill seeic plans th a t con ta in fiv e -y e a r goa ls fr o m o t h e r states w h ic h are fo u n d to h ave a d u ty to elim in a te th e v estiges o f d u a lity In . th e ir system s o f h ig h e r edu ca tion . ,4s ■ ea ch sta te a tta ins th e goa ls set fo r th Ih Its p la n , O C H w ill assess. In co o p e ra tio n w ith , th a t sta te ; th e p ro gress th e re b y m a de In ord e r to de ter - ' m in e w h at add ition a l step s. If any. are ‘ n ecessary to co m p le te th e desegrega- ■ t lon process . P u rth erm ore i O C R wlH per iod ica lly review th ese cr ite r ia to assure th e ir a d eq u a cy In m eetin g co n - ;; stltu tlon a l req u irem en ts, th e ir consis- te n cy w ith ru lin gs o f th e cou r ts In : h ig h e r ed u ca tion d esegreg ation , and ' th e m a n da te o f T it le V L ' ■ El-rifCTTS or A PLAII :. aisssTABtisTrMmrr or ms srsocroax o r THX P P A i STSTCII " " A n a ccep ta b le p la n sbaH co m m it th e state to th e goal o f organ izin g an d op era tin g th e system and in stitu tion s o f h ig h e r edu ca tion in a m a n n er th a t prom ises rea listica lly to o v e rco m e th e e ffe c ts o f past d iscrim in a tion and to d isestab lish th e d u a l system , a n d w h ich assures th a t stu d en ts w ill b e a t tra cted to ea ch in stitu tion on th e basis o f edu ca tion a l p rog ra m s and op p o rtu n ities u n in h ib ited , b y past p ractices o f segrega tion . T o ach ieve ’ th e d isesta b lish m en t o f th e stru ctu re o f th e d u a l sy stem , ea ch p la n sha ll: A -D e /tn e the mission a/each insiitii- H on iciihin the state system on a. iasis other than race. E a ch m ission s ta tem en t sh a ll In c lu d e at" a m in im u m : 1. T h e level, ra n g e an d s c o p e o f p ro gram s an d degrees o f fe re d ; 2. G e o g ra p h ic , a rea served b y th e In s titu tion : and 3. T h e p r o je c te d s ize o f th e stu d en t b o d y an d s ta ff, f o r ea ch y e a r o f th e Ufe o f th e p l a n . ' B . Specify steps to Se taken to strengthen the role of traditionaily black institutions in the state system. .. In su p p o r t o f th e sp e c ific step s re qu ired b y L 3 „ th e p la n sh a ll Include: 1. C om m itm en ts th a t n ecessa ry Im prov em en ts w ill b e m a de to perm it th e tra d ition a lly b la ck in stitu tion s to fu l f i l l th e ir d e fin e d m ission . T h e se Im prov em en ts w ill ex ten d to p h y s ica l p la n t and eq u ip m en t: q u a lity an d ra n ge o f p rog ra m o ffe r in g s ; n u m b er a n d q u a lity o f fa cu lty ts tu d e n t . fa cu lty and p ro fe ss io n a l s ta f f servioes; stu d en t fin a n cia l assistance, and o t h e r fin a n cia l su p p ort; 2. C om m itm en ts t h a t tra d it io n a lly b la ck in stitu tion s w ill h a v e th e re sou rces (In clu d in g th o se en u m era ted in ite m 1 a b ov e ), w h ich are a t least co m p a r a b le to th o se at tra d ition a lly w h ite In stitu tion s h a v in g sim ilar m ls- slona.. 3. A n assessm ent o f th e p h y s ica l p la n t at tra d ition a lly b la ck in stltu - tlon s; a n d - ; A . A d e ta iled d lscrip clon o f th e re sou rces . ex pressed in do lla rs a n d In n u m b ers o f p erson n e l to b e assigned , w h ich th e sta te sy stem w ill p rov ide (a n d th e so u rce f o r s u c h fu n d s) in o rd e r to tm plem enC th e step s sp ecified In L 3 . re p o rte d by y e s r fo r th e Ufe o f th e step o r a ctiv ity . C . C om m it the state to-take svecifio steps to eliminate educationally un necessary program duplication among graditionalZy black and traditionally ichite iststitutions in the same service area- .. . . , T o th is en d . th e p la n sh a ll Iden tify ex istin g d eg ree p r o g r a m s ,(o th e r than co re cu rricu la ) a m on g . Instltu tiona h a v in g Identica l o r ov erlap p in g service areas and In d ica te sp e c ifica lly w ith re sp ect to ea ch area w h at steps th e sta te w ill tak e to elim in a te s u c h du plica tion .. T h e e lim in a tion o f su ch p rog ra m du p lica tion sh a ll b e ca rr ied o u t con s is te n t w ith th e o b je c t iv e o f s tre n g th e n ing th e tra d ition a lly b la ck co lleg es . D . Commit the state to give priority consideration to placing any new un dergraduate. graduate, or professional degree programs, courses of study etc., which may be proposed, at traditional ly black institutions, consistent with their missions. H. Commit the state to withhold ap proval of any changes In the operation of the state rgstem or of any institu tions that may have the effect of thwarting the a^ievement of its deseg regation goats. ?. Commit the State to advise O C R of proposed major changes in the mis sion or the character of any institu tion within, the state system which may diseotly or indirectly affect the achievement of its desegregation goals prior to their formal adoption. S u ch p rop o se d ch a n g es Include b u t axe n o t lim ited to: t.he esta b lish m en t o r m a jo r ex p a n sion o f prog ra m s o f stu d y , o f dep artm en ts , o r Institu tions: th e a ltera tion o f tw o year to fo u r y ea r In stitu tions; th e con v ersion o f a pri v ate to a p u b lic In stitu tion ; o r th e c lo s in g o r m erg er o f In stitu tion s o r ca m puses. G . Specify timetables for seguential implementation of the o c i lo n s neces sary to a ch iev e these goals as s o o n as passible but no later than within five years (by the close of the fifth full aca demia year after the plan is accepted^ unless compelling justification for a longer p e r io d for compliance is pro vided to and accepted by the Depart ment The p la n sh a ll In clu de Interim benc.hm axics and goals fr o m w h ich pro gress tow ard these ob je c t iv e s m ay be m ea su red . T h e se tim eta b les ’ and b en ch m a rk s sh a ll b e a p p ro p r ia te to th e n a tu re o f th e a ct ion to b e taken. F o r ex am p le , stu d ies o f p h ys ica l p lan t and resou rces com p a ra b ility sh ou ld b e co m p le te d prom p tly ; cor rec tiv e a ction s (In clu d in g ca p ita l c o n s tru c tio n ) w ill re qu ire lo n g e r tim e p er iod s- H. Commit the state and all its in volved agencies and subdivisiar-s to specific measures for achievement of the above objectives. S u ch m easures m a y Include bu t are n o t lim ited to e sta b lish in g coop era tiv e p rog ra m s co n s is ten t w ith In stitu tion a l m ission s; reassign in g sp ec ified pro gram s, cou rse o ffe r in g s , resou rces a n d /o r se rv ices a m o n g tnstltuU ons: r e a l !g :^ .g th e la n d g ra n t a cadem ic p rog ra m s so th a t research , ex p er im en t and o th e r ed u ca tion a l services are re d istr ib u ted o n a n on rac ia i basis: and m erg in g In stitu tion s o r b ra n ch es th e re o f, p a rticu la r ly w h ere Institu tion s o r cam pu ses .have th e sa.me o r ov e r la p p in g services areas. T h e m ea- • sures ■ taken pu rsu a n t to th is .section sh ou ld b e con s is ten t w .th tihe o o je c - tive o f stren g th en in g th e tra d ition a lly b lack co lleg es . A deta iled d escrip tion r e n e s A i M o i s n a . v e t . « . m o . 32— ’e r tP N tso A r , n s s u A i T 15, me 6662 NOTICSS o f th e se m easures n eed n ot b e su b m it ted St th e tim e th e p la n !s filed , bu t sh ou ld be file d ss a su p p lem en ta ry sta tem en t w ith in 30 days th e re a fte r fo r review and co m m e n t by O C H . M ea- s-Bfes th a t o f f e r n o rea son a b le possib il ity o f a c h le v ln j th e jo a is listed a bove wtU b e re je cte d b y O C H . R ev ised m ea sures w ill b e re q u ire d b e fo r e th e p la n ca n be a ccep ted . n t DtsiOHiCArroN o r s r m ji ir r .CfBOLLanrt A n a cce p ta b le p la n s h a ll co m m it th e sta te to th e goa l o f a ssu r ln ? th a t th e sy stem as a w h o le a n d e a c h In stitu tion w ith in the system prov ide an equ al e d u ca tion a l o p p o r tu n ity , are o p e n an d a ccess ib le to a il stu d en ts , an d op erate ■ w ith o u t reg a rd to ra ce a n d o n a desea- re s a te d basis. T o a ch ieve th e d e se g rssa tlo n o f stu den t en ro llm en t, ea ch p lan sh a ll; A- Adopt tfie god that for two year and four year undergraduate pudlia high^ education instituiione in the date system , taJcen os a whole, the p ro p o r t io n of black high school graduates throughout the state who enter such institutions shall be at least egud to the proportion of white high school graduates throughout the state who . enter such institutions. B . (1 ) Adopt the god that there shall be an annud increase, to be specified by each state system, in the proportion of black students in the traditionally white four year undergraduate public higher education institutions in the state system taken as a whole and in each such institution; and (2 ) Adopt the objective of reducing the disparity between the proportion . of black high.schooi graduates and the proportion of while high s ch o o l gradu ates entering' traditionally white four year and upper division undergrad uate- public higher education institu tions in the state system' and adopt the god of reducing the disparity by at least-fifty per cent by the find aca demic year of the plan, However, this shall not reguire any state to increase by that date black student admissions by more than IS0% above the admis sions for the academic year preceding the year in whiah the plan 'Is reguested byaZVJ.' .............. •For the purposes o f tills subaectlon. the term, esterins Includes Uist-clrae cransiers from two year and other Instltudons, •Thus, where the present entry by blach students In four year traditionally white In- sUtutlons Is at a rate of 1,000 students per year and a fully proportional .-ate would be 3,000 studenta per year, the state's soal would be an entry rate o f 3.000 students per year five yeara thereafter. A state wnere the present entry Is- at a rate o f only 500 stu dents per year and full proporUonailty would be 3.000 studenta per year would co t by that date have to close hail tne la o (by a rate o f 1,750 per year) but only achieve an entry rate o f l.OSO students, which Is 130% over Its present rat* of 500, C. Adapt the gad that the proportion of black state residehta who graduate from undergraduate institutions in the state system and enter graduate study or professiand schools in the state system shall be at least egud lo the- proportion of white state residents who graduate from, undergraduate in stitutions in the state system and enter such schools. T h is *o a i (a n d 'In te r im ben ch m arlcs o r soa is ) sh a ll b e s e p a r a t e s ta ted fo r ea ch m a jo r fie ld o f g radu ate a n d p ro fes s ion a l stu d y . T o assure th a t, th is goal ca n b e m et In th e Im m ediate fu tu r e sp ecia l rec ru itm en t e ffo r ts sh o u ld b e con s id ered at tra d it ion a lly biaclc In stitu tion s. P a r ticu la r a tte n tio n sh o u ld b e g iven to tn crea s ln ? b lacit stu d en t en ro llm e n t a n d g ra d u a tion 'f r o m th o se tra d it io n a lly w h ite fo u r y ear u n d erg ra du a te In stitu tion s w h ich serve as th e fe e d e r In stitu tion s fo r th e g radu ate and p ro fe ss io n a l . s ch o o ls . -A chievem ent o f th is g oa l is o f p a rticu la r Im porta n ce In lig h t o f th e sp e c ific co n c e rn e x p re sse d 'b y th e C o u rt o f .Ap peals in A dam s, In assessing prog ress tow ard th is goal, O C R w ill g ive co n s id era tio n to th e n u m b e r o f b la ck s fr o m ea ch sta te w h o en ro ll In g ra du a te and p ro fe ss io n a l sc h o o ls ou ts id e th e sta te system . D . Adopt the goal of increasing the toed proportion of white students at tending traditiondly black, institu tions. . . In crea sed p a rtic ip a tio n b y w h ite s tu d e n ts at tra d it io n a lly b la ck . Institu t io n s m u st b e a pa rt o f th e p rocess o f d eseg reg a tion o f th e sta tew ide systerd o f h ig h e r ed u ca tion . H ow ev er, p u rsu ant to th e a d m on ition o f th e cou rts In Adams, - " T h e d eseg reg a tion process s h o u ld take Into a cco u n t th e u n eq u a l sta tu s o f th e B la ck co lle g e s an d th e rea l da n g er th a t deseg reg a tion w ill di m in ish h ig h e r e d u ca tion o p p o rtu n it ie s fo r B la ck s." ClvU A c t io n N o, 3095-70, S e co n d S u p p lem en ta l O rd er at p. -4. T h e fo llo w in g steps are des ig n ed to g u ard again st th e . d im in u tion o f h ig h e r ed u ca tion a l op p o rtu n it ie s fo r b la ck stu d en ts, to taka Into a ccou n t th e u n iq u e Im porta n ce o f tra d it ion a lly b la ck co lleg es an d to co m p ly w ith th e m a n da te o f T it le 'fl. E sta b lish m en t o f n u m erica l goals f o r th e e n ro llm en t o f w h ite stu d en ts at tra cd tlon a ily b la ck In stitu tion s m ust be p r e ce d e d b y an In creas in g en ro llm en t o f b la ck stu d en ts In th e h ig h e r e d u ca tion sy stem and at th e tra d it io n a lly w h ite Institu tions, as Is req u ired b y S e ct io n I I o f th ese cr ite ria . It m ust a lso be p r eced ed b y th e a c co m p lish m e n t o f S p ec ific step s to s tre n g th e n t h r ro le o f tra d it ion a lly b la ck Institu tions, e lim in a te progratn d u p lica tion , lo c a te n ew p rog ra m s at b la ck Instltu tlonsv-and b y su ch o th e r m easu res as are sec fo r th In S e ct io n I, O C R sh a ll a n n u ally review th e pro gress m ade b y ea ch sta te In in crea sin g p a rtic ip a tion b y b la ck stu d en ts In h ig h e r ed u ca tio n and In th e d isestab lish m en t o f th e dual s c h o o l system . T w o yeans a fte r th e co m m e n ce m e n t o f ■ th e p lan , an d co n s is ten t w ith su ch pro gress, ea ch sta te system sh a ll sp ecify annual, n u m erica l goals fo r in creasing th e p a rtic ip a tion o f w h ite stu d en ts at ten d in g th e tra d ition a lly b la ck Instltu- • tlon s. E . Commit the state to take alt rea sonable steps to reduce any disparity between the proportion of black and white students completing and gradu ating from the two year, four year and graduate public insiilutions of higher education, and establish interim goals; to be specified by the state system far achieving annud progress. F. Commit the stale to ewpand m o -. bility between two year and four year - institutions as a means of meeting the gods set forth in these criteria. G . Specify numeric goals for II. A, 3, and C, and timetables for seguentid implementation of actions necessary to achieve these goals as soon as possi ble but not later than 'within five years unless another date is specified in this section. H. C om m it the state and all its in volved agencies and subdivisions to specific measures to achieve these goals. S u ch m easures m a y Include, b u t are n o t lim ited to rev iew ing , m o n ito r in g . ' an d revising , as. n ecessa ry , p roced u res fo r s tu d en t recru itm en t, adm ission s, c o m p e n sa to ry in stru ction , cou n se lin g , fin a n c ia l aid . and s ta ff and fa cu lty - de v e lo p m e n t prog ra m s. T h e deta iled de sc r ip tio n o f th ese m easu res n eed n o t b e su b m itted at th e tim e th e p la n is filed , b u t sh o u ld be file d as a su p p le m en ta ry sta tem en t w ith in 30 days th e r e a fte r fo r rev iew and co m m e n t by O C R . M ea su res th a t o f f e r n o rea son able p o ssib ility o f a ch ie r in g th e nu- .merical goals w ill b e re je cte d b y O C R . R ev ised m easures w ill b e requ ired b e fo r e th e p la n ca n b e accep ted . n i . DssEoascATTOir o r ? .icp i.rT , a o ia n - isTaA rrvz statts , x onacapem io ?s3 - soNifEL, Atm oovtpuinra eoauds -An a ccep ta b le p lan sh a ll Com m it th e sta te system to th e goa l o f in crea sin g th e n u m b er and p r o p o r t io n o f b lack e m p loy ees , a ca d em ic an d a on -a ca - dem ic,. th ro u g h o u t th e sy stem an d , o f Increasing rep re se n ta tio n o f b la ck c iti zen s a m o n g a p p o in tiv e pos it ion s on th e g o vern in g b oards o f th e sta te system an d o f Individual In stitu tion s, T o a ch ieve th e deseg ra tlon o f fa cu l ty,. a dm in istra tors , o th e r person n el, a n d g ov ern in g b oards, e a ch p la n sha ll: A. Adapt the god that the proportion of black faculty and of administrators d each institution and an the staffs of each governing board , o r a n y other state higher education entity, in posi tions not reguiring the doctord degsee, shdl at least egud the proportion of black students graduating with mas- TfBfajj. tzdiSTta, vot. id, no.- 32—wroNtspAT, ftsauAsr is. ivra NOTK2S 6663 ttrt’ de^ma in the- avpropriate dUci- pline fTpm inatUniions pnthin the itate Tustem, or the proportion of black individual! urith the rttruired creden- tiaix far ruch potiliant in Che- reievant labor market area, 'Whichever ie great er. 3 . Adopt the goat that the proportion of black faculty and of administraian at each institution and on the staffs of each governing board or any other state higher education entity, in posi tions reguiring the doctor^ degree, shall at least egaal the proportion of black individuals uiith the credentials reguired for such positions in the rel evant labor market area. C. Adopt the goal that the proportion of black non-academic personnel iby Job category} at each institution and on the staffs of each governing board or any other state higher education entity, shall at least egual the propor tion of black persons in the relevant labor market area. ■ D . Assure hereafter and 'untH the foregoing goals are met that for the ' traditionally white institutions as a whole, the proportion of blacks hired to fill faculty and administrative va cancies shall not be less than the pro portion of black indimduals with the credentials reguired for such positions in the relevant labor market area. S . Specify numeric goals and timeta bles for seguential implementation of the actions necessary to achieve these objectives including interim bench-.. . • marks from which progress toward the objectives may be measured. T h e se goals, t t o e t a t le s , a n d b e n c li- m a rss sh a ll b e esta b lish ed tn lig h t ot. and sh a ll sp ec ify , th e ctirren t a n d p ro je c te d ra tes at vacancies ta th e variou s jo b ca teg ories , p resen t an d p r o je c te d la b or, m arhet ava ilability , and o th e r re lev an t fa ctors . ? . C om m it the state system to take specific measuses to ahieve these objec tives. S u ch m easures m a y in clu de , b u t are n o t lim ited to em p loy m en t pragram s p rov id in g cen tr illzed re cru itm en t, va ca n cy an d a p p lica n t listings ; tra n sfer op tio n s : fa cu lty d ev e lop m en t p ro gram s p e rm ittin g release tim e fo r ' b lach fa cu lty to a tta in th e te rm in a l.. degree; and th e in terch a n g e o f faculty- on a te m p o ra ry or p erm an en t basis am ong tra d ition a lly w h ite and tradl- , -.tlon aily blacic In stitu tion s w ith in th e . state sy stem . T h e d e ta iled d escrip tion ■■ o f th ese m easu res n eed n o t be subm lt- ", ted at th e tim e th e p la n Is Hied, bu t - sh ou ld b e : fi le d as a su p p lem en tary restatem ent w ith in 30 days th e re a fte r •' fo r review and co m m e n t b y O C H . M ea- --su res th a t o f f e r n o rea son a b le posslbU - ■ Ity o f a ch iev in g th e goals Listed a b o v e will b e re lu cte d b y O C R , R ev ised m ea sures w ill be req u ired b e fo r e th e pian can be accep ted . G . Adapt the goal of increasing the num bers of black persons appointed to systemwide and i-nstitutional govem- ing boards and agencies to that these boards may be more representative of the racial population of the state or o / the area, served. .. IT, IDaaCSSIOH OeTLASS AhD — : . itourroRE So .4. A f te r H2TW h a s d eterm ln efl th a t a sta te has n o t e lim in a ted th e vestiges o f desegreg ation In Its fo r m e r d u e l system o f p u b lic h ig h e r e d u ca tion , th e sta te -sh a ll su b m it to O C R a desegreg a t io n p la n fo r Its sy stem o f p u b lic h ig h e r ed u ca tion to Im plem en t th e fo r e g o in g cr ite r ia . . . 1. T h e p la n sh a ll c o m m it th e sta te to su b sta n tia l p rogress tow ard ea ch o f th e goals in th e firs t tw o years o f th e p la n . • _ 2. T h e p la n sh a ll b e sign ed b y th e g ov ern or and b y ea ch o f f ic ia l o r desig n a ted person rep resen tin g th e agen cies, assoc ia tion s, com m ission s, o ffice s , a n d /o r . in stitu tion s resp on sib le fo r a d o p tin g th e system w id e an d Insitu^ tio n a i goals d escrib ed th ere in . S u cli person s o r en titles m u st b e a u th orised u n d er sta te law to p e r fo rm all a ction s n ecessa ry to a ch ieve th ese goals. . 3. .T h e p la n sh a ll ce r t ify th a t a ch iev em en t o f th e goals a n d in terim b en ch m a rS s sp e c ifie d th e re in has been a d op ted as o ff ic ia l p o l ic y o f e a ch o f f i c ia l o r a gen cy . . ■ 3 . It is reco m m e n d e d th a t e a ch sta te establish , a b ira cia l c itizen s a d v is o ry / m o n ito r in g co m m itte e to assist th e sta te tn m on itor in g - th e im p lem en ta t io n o f th e p lan . - . C. S a c h sta te sh a ll su b m it to O C R b y A u g u st 15 o f e a ch y e a r a fte r a p la n 's a ccep ta n ce , a com p reh en s iv e n a rra tiv e assessm ent o f Its desegreg a t ion e ffo r ts tn th e m o s t re ce n t aca dem ic-yea r.. T h is n a rra tiv e assessm ent sh a h I n c lu d e :. . . 1. A descrip tion o f th e sp e c ific m ea sures w h ich have b een ta k en to a ch ie v e th e o b je c t iv e s en u m era ted in th e p la n and tn th e cr iteria ; 2. A , d es crip tion o f th e resu lts ach ieved , tn clu d in g q u an tita tive in d i ces w h ere a p p rop r ia te o r req u ired ; 3. .-in analysis o f th e reasons w h y an y step s tak en p rov ed Inadequ ate o r In su ffic ien t; and ■ . 4. A d escrip tion o f th e steps th e sta te w in tak e to a ch ieve progress and to m ain ta in th e tim eta bles set fo r th In th e plan . . ■ -. D . O C R sh a ll rev iew su ch n a rra tiv e rep orts . I f 'g o o d ca u se f o r th e fa ilu re to m e e t . in ter im goals Is n o t d em on stra ted ., O C R m ay Im pose m ore str in g en t requ irem en ts,, in clu d in g advance a pprov a l by O C R o f d esegreg a tion m e th o d s .' In. o rd e r to assure a ch ieve m en t o f th e goals o f th e plan . In th e a ltern ative, th e D ep a rtm en t m ay in iti a te en fo rce m e n t p roceed in g s u n d er T it le VT o f th e C ivil R ig h ts A c t o f 1964. i f c o m p lia n c e w ith T it le V I ca n n ot b e a ch ieved b y voluntary , m eans. S . 3 a c h p la n sh a ll p rov id e th a t th e sta te w ill fu rn ish to O C R sta tistica l rep orts , assessm ents, and su ch o th e r In form a tion as O C R m a y d eem neces sa ry fr o m tim e to tim e tn ord e r to de term in e th e e ffe ct iv e n e ss o f th e sta te 's e ffo r ts to a ch ieve th e goals d escrib ed in th ese cr iteria . S u ch in fo rm a tio n sh a ll in c lu d e a n n u al sta tis tica l re p o rts tn su b sta n tia lly th e sa m e fo r m a t used p rev iou sly b y th e a ffe c te d sta tes p u r su a n t to e a r lie r deseg reg a tion plans. S p e c if ic da tes fo r th e su b m ission o f th e re p o rts w ill be esta b lish ed by O C R . In th e ev en t th a t su b seq u en t de v e lop m en ts ca ll fo r th e su b m ission o f a d d ition a l data , su ch req u irem en ts w ill be a n n ou n ced a fte r con su lta tio n w ith th e sta tes, and th e sta tes and in stitu tion s sh a ll h a ve su ffic ie n t tim e to d ev e lop th e sy stem n eed ed fo r th e g a th er in g o f a d d ition a l data . . . V. PEfmrtXIOHS - ^ A s u sed In th ese cr iteria ; . Al. ' ‘ D e p a r tm e n t" re fers to th e U .S . D e p a rtm e n t o f H ea lth , E d u ca tion , and W e ifa re . In in stan ces w h ere th e “ D e p a rtm e n t" Is to tak e certa in a ction s, th e y m a y b e p e r fo rm e d b y th e O ff ic e fo r C l'/ll R ig h ts o r th e D irector . O ff ic e fo r C ivil R ig h ts , on b e h a lf o f th e D e pa rtm en t. 3 . " I n s t itu t io n " m ean s any sch o o l, co lleg e . Jun ior o r co m m u n ity co lleg e , u n iversity , p ro fess ion a l o r graduate s c h o o l, adm in istered by o r as an a g e n cy o f th e sta te g overn m en t. F o u r y e a r in stitu tion m eans any s c h o o l, c o l leg e , o r u m v ersity th a t o ffe rs a bacca la u reate o r g radu ate degree . F o r th e pu rp ose o f th ese cr iteria , “ In stitu tio n " does n o t r e fe r to private sc h o o ls o r c o l leges, C . “ S ta te s y s te m " ' m eans th e aggre g ate o f a il sta te p u b lic In stitu tion s o f h ig h e r ed u ca tio n w ith in th e state, w h e th e r o r p o t u n d er th e g overn a n ce o f th e sam e sta te a g e n cy o r b oard . D . “ S tu d e n t" m eans any p erson en ro lle d In an !r,stru ctlon a i p rogra m , w h e th e r fuU -tlm e or part-tim e, su b je ct to e x ce p tio n s to be sp e c ifie d b y th e O ff ic e F o r ClvU R ig h ts . E . ' “ F a c u lty " m eans ail person s em p lo y e d by an In stitu tion as fu ll-tim e In stm ctlo n a l person n el. P . “ L a b o r m a rk et a rea ” m eans the g eog ra p h ica l area in w h ich an in stitu tion o r ca m pu s tra d ltion a ily recru its o r draw s a pp lican ts possessin g th e req u isite creden tia ls fo r vacan c ies tn fa c u lty , a dm in istrative , o r n on -a ca d em ic p erson n e l position s. C . "G o v e m ln g b o a r d " m eans th at a p p o in ted or e lected b od y , w h e th e r o r n o t resp on sib le to th e g ov ern or o f a sta te o r to th e sta te leg isla tu re , w h ich Is ch a rg ed u n d er sta te law w ith th e u l tim a te re sp on sib ility fo r th e adm in is tra tio n and o p era tion o f Institu tions w ith in th e state syste.m o f pu blic h ig h e r edu ca tion . .4. “ g o v e m ln g b o a r d " 'm a y b e resp on sib le fo r th e entire f*SfaAt »£SISra«. VOC 43, no. 32—WSDNESOAy, Fi3R0ASr is. 197a 5664 Noncss rN P O R M A T IO N sy stem , J or i j in s l e ca m p u s o r in sd tu - U on t iie re o /, o r .'or a sp e c ifie d jr o u p o f cam pu ses o r in sU tutions.. D ated : P e o ru a ry 2 , 1373. ' D a t is S . T a t t u DimUir. XOfflct for Civil Highisl tPK Doe. :3 -* 0 » l Piled 2-14-78; 3;4i im j 1 4 2 1 0 -0 1 ] OHPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND .. . URBAN DEVELOPMENT ' .Ofa«e the Seoefery ' ! ■CDocit«N o..'f-7S-34U ■ rSD«Al. K3UA1 HOUIINS OPPOtTUNITr__ COONat. ' ■ . Es*eetis>emen4 end ^neHeetn^ . A G ID IC T : D e p a r tm e n t o f H ou sin g and U rban D e v e lo p m e n t .- .A C T IO N : N otice . . S U M M .A R T : T i le 'p u rp o se o f th is n o tice is to p la ce in tiie pu b lic record In form a tion reg a rd in g th e esta b lish m en t and fu n c t io n in g o f th e F ederal S d u a l H ou s in g O p p o rtu n ity C ou n cil. .F O R F U R T H E R . C O N T .A C T ; . . ■ L lo y d D avis. D ir e c to r , O f f i c e o f V o l- -u n ta ry C om p lian ce , 451, 7 th S tree t S W „ R o o m 5223, W a sh in g to n . D .C . 20410, P h o n e , 202 -755-5904. S ection 1— E sta b lish m en t o f the C ou n cil. T h e p rov is ion s o f E x e cu tiv e O rd e r 11063 <27 F R 11527, e f fe c t iv e N ov em b e r 20. 1SS2. and .se ct io n 303 o f T it le v m o f th e C ivil R ig h ts A c t o f 1968, as a m en ded (42 U E .C . 5 3508) s e t fo r th re o u ire m e n ts th a t F ede.-al agencies fu n c t io n in a m a n n er th a t deters h o u s in g .d iscr im in ation a n d a ffirm a tiv e ly p rom otes fa ir housing, and ecrual o p - porxunity . F u rth er , u n d er T it le V I o f t-be C ivil R ig h ts .Act o f 1964 (4 2 U .S .C . 5 2000d) eac.h a gen cy is resp on sib le fo r assuring n on d lsc r .m in a tion in pro gram s in volv in g F ede-m i fin a n cia l as sistan ce. In a ccord a n ce "vlth th ese au th orities , and in an e f f o r t to assist F edera l a gen cies in fu lfi ll in g th e tr fa ir h ou s in g and e q u a l o p p o rtu n ity respon sib ilities . th e D e p a rtm e n t o f H ou sin g an d U rban D e v e lo p m e n t (h e r e a fte r a u u ) . e sta b lish ed th e F ed era l E qu a l H ou s in g O p p o rtu n ity C ou n c il ("C o u n c i l " ) . . - . . » . . . S e ct io n 2 —F u n ctio n s . ,1' : •'...The C o u n c il Is ch a ire d 'o y ,th e .H U D -A ssistant S e cre ta ry f o r F a ir H ousing an d E qu a l O p p o rtu n ity , and is op en to a il F ed era l agen cies and dep artm en ts . T h e C o u n c il .has d ev e lop ed th ree pri- iPiary goals to be ac.hieved by each m em b er agen cy : A . p la n h in g fe d e ra l fa c ilit ie s in loca t ion s w h ere th e re is sh ow n to ex ist, on a n o n d lsc r im in a to fy basis, an a deq u ate su p p ly o f low a n d m o d e ra te in com e h ou s in g w ith a d eq u ate a cce ss by p u b lic tra n sp orta tion fr o m -o th e r areas o f th e im ban ce n te r a n d adeq u ate p a rs in g facilities. 3 . E sta b lish in g an d m a in ta in in g an E qual H ousing L o ca to r S e rv ice , e ith e r sep arate ly o r In co o p e ra t io n w ith a gen c ies In c lose p r o x im ity , ava ilable to a ll a gen cy e m p loy ees . In h e a d q u a r te rs and fie ld o ff ice s . C M alting a ffirm a tiv e .use o f a gen cy fu n d in g a u th o r ity w ith re s p e ct to gov ern m en t sp on sored p r o je c ts t o fu r th e r t h e pu rposes o f T it le V t l l o f th e C ivil R ig h ts A c t o f 1963 (s a a m en ded ). T o in stitu tion a lize th e p r o c e s s o f a gen cy pu rsu it o f C on n ell g oa ls . H'UD n eg otia tes a n d e x ecu tes In tera g en cy F a ir H ou s in g .-A g re e m e n ts .- w ith m e m b e r agencies.: In v iew o f H U D 's lea d ersh ip ro le u n d er T it le V m . p r i m ary s ta ff re s p o n s ib ility f o r th e C o u n c il rests w ith th e H U D -A ssistant S e c re ta ry fo r F air H ou s in g and E quai O p p o r tu n ity and th e O ff ic e o f V o lu n ta ry C om p lian ce . . , S e ct io n 3— M eetin g s. P roced u res , and R e p o rts . . T h e C ou n c il m e e ts q u a r te r ly du rin g th e fisca l year. T h e tim e and p la ce o f e a ch m eetin g a n d th e m a tters to be con s id ered w ill b e pu b lish ed in ad v an ce o f th e m eetin g . H U D req u ests b ia n n u a l p rogress rep orts on a gen cy a ctiv ities to a ch ie v e C o u n c il goals, w ith up da tes as req u ired . H U D issues an an n u al r e p o r t -o n th e a cco m p lish m en ts o f th e C ou n cil, titled T h e P ed- era l .Agencies and F a ir H ou s in g . STUD also su b m its rep orts to C M B re la t iv e to estim ated cos t Incurred fo r th e C ou n cil to fu n c tio n . In te ra g e n cy F a ir H ou sin g A g reem en ts s ign ed w ith H U D w ill be p u b lish ed In th e F eucrai, R zo- ISTXS and m ade ava ilable th ro u g h th e m ail to in terested p u b lic a n d private org a n iza tion s . .. -■ S ection 4 - lC o u n c i lM e m b e r s . ’ , / ' ' H U D has req u ested th a t th e h ea d o f an a gen cy o r d ep a r tm en t co m m e n c in g Its p a rtic ip a tion o n th e C o u n c il ap p o in t a ,-epresentative and an a lter n a te to a tten d C o u n c il m eetin g s and woris w ith H U D in pu rsu it o f th e C ou n cil goals. .As an a p p o in te e fo r t.be a gen cy or d ep artm en t h ea d , e a ch re p - ,-esentaU ve has d ec is ion m a k in g au th o r ity w ith respect to m a tters u n d er co n s id e ra tio n . T h e lev e l o f appoLne- m e n t a llow s f o r t im e ly Im plem en ta t io n o f C ou n cil e f f o r t s . . . . . S ect ion 5— T ra ve l E x p e n se s ; -Adm inis tra tive S u p p o r t , F in a n cin g F in a n cia l and adm lnlstrsLtlve'su’p p o r t fo r th e C ou n cil is p rov id ed by th e D e p a rtm en t o f .£TUD. C f f lc e . o f . F air H ou s in g a n d .... E qual, C p p o rtu n ity . T ra v e l expen ses in cu rred b y represen ta tives In a tten d in g q u arteriy m e e t ings is b o m e by th e in d iv id u ^ a gen cies, . . . . .AoTHQ»rrr (Section 7(d) of Uie Deoart- cient of Housing rod U--S«n Development .Act, 42 U.S.C 552S<U)). Issued at W a sh in g ton , D . C , J a n u a ry 3 1 . 1973. - C h es te r C , M cG thRE, Ajiisiant Secreiary/or Fair H oitrin sron d Zaval Opportv-Tiity. (FR Doe. 73-4<ia7 -eied 2-14-78 : 3:48 roil [4 3 1 0 -8 4 ] . DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Suiieera isn4 Mcneqewwrt STATE DIRSCIO*. CAUHPSNIA ledeleqfliiee e( Authevity U n d er th e a u th o r ity o f S ecre ta r ia l O rd er N o. 3003, dated -April 26. 1977, su b je ct to lim ita tion s o f sec t ion 4 (b ) o f th a t ord er, th e S ta te D irector , C a li fo r n ia. Is a u th orized to issue ail in itia l grants, perm its, and am en dm en ts th ere to , a cross pu b lic and o th e r a p p ro p r ia te F edera l lands fo r th e 3 0 H I O p ip e lin e and associa ted a n cillary fa c ili ties in th e S ta tes o f -Arizona. CaiiXor- n ia. N ew M e.xioo, and T e x a s . T h is au th or iza tion is p u rsu an t to se c t io n 28 o f th e M in era l L easin g .Act o f 1920, as a m en ded , 30 U .S .C . 135. T h e C a lifo rn ia S ta te D ir e c to r sh a ll n o t red elega te th is a u th o r ity . G z o r c z L . T tra co rr . Acting Director, \PP3ROART 3. 1973. CFH Doc. 73-4134 Filed 2-14-73; S:4S im l [4 4 1 0 -0 1 ] DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE Dma AdmMivTrcVioiv [Docket J7o. 77-543 UCOSSVSir F, JACX50H Haonna N otice is h e re b y g iven th a t on N o v em ber 9. 1977, the D ru g £ .d lo r ce m e n t .A dm in istration . D e p a rtm e n t o f Jus tice , issued to R o o se v e lt P. J ack son . M .D .. .Atlanta, Ga_. an O rd er to S n ow C ause as to w h y his DE.A C ertifica te o f R eg is tra tion , -A JU 72472, sh o u ld .dot b e revoked . T h ir ty days h a v in g e lapsed s in ce the said O rd er to S h ow C ause was rece ived b y th e R e sp o n d e n t, and w ritten re quest fo r a h ea rin g h a v in g been filed wit.b th e D ru g E n fo rce m e n t A dm in is tra tion , n o tice is h e re b y g iven th a t a h ea rin g In th is m a tter w ill b e he ld co m m e n c in g a t 10 a..m. on W ed n esda y , M a rch 1, 1973, In C o u rtro o m N o. 303, S ta te C ou rt o f F u lto n C o u n ty C ou rt h ou se . 130 P ry o r S tree t 3 W ., A tlan ta , G a . D ated ; F e b r u a r y 9. 1973, P rn s t B, BErfsthors. A d m in istra tor , D re q En/orce77ienf .id .-n in istm tion , ■ CPR Doc. 73-4131 F le d 2-14-73: 3:45 roaj ■•IDIkAl. gtOlSTEib VOU 43, H O. 32— ASDNESDAT, .“ SgU ART 15, 1973 VERIFICATION STATE OF NEW YORK ) ) ss : COUNTY OF NEW YORK ) JEAN FAIRFAX, being first duly sworn, deposes and says; 1. I am Director of the Division of Legal Information and Community Services of the NAACP Legal Defense and Educational Fund, Inc. My office address is 10 Columbus Circle, Suite 2030, New York, New York 10019. 2. I have read the foregoing Motion For Further Relief of plaintiffs and know the contents thereof, and the same are true to my own knowledge except as to the matters therein stated to be on information and belief, and as to those matters I believe them to be true. JEAN FAIRFAX Sworn to before me this day of May 10, 1982 Notary Publi-^^ ., ,tL BERGtft Notaiy Public, of New Yori< No. 31-52S1197 Qualified io New Yol-k County ^ Comiswssio.T Expires March 30, 19s r IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA KENNETH ADAMS, et al., Plaintiffs, V. TERREL H. BELL, et al., Defendants. ) ) Civil Action No. 70-3095 ) POINTS AND AUTHORITIES IN SUPPORT OF PLAINTIFFS' MOTION FOR FURTHER RELIEF Plaintiffs have moved for further relief requiring de fendants to enforce the Revised Criteria Specifying The Ingre dients of Acceptable Plans To Desegregate State Systems of Public Higher Education (hereinafter ".the Criteria"), 43 Fed. Reg. 6658 (Feb. 15, 1978). As demonstrated in the motion, the Department of Education ("DE") has completely abandoned the Criteria. Plans have been approved that do not begin to meet the Criteria's requirements, and non-implementation of previ ously approved plans is being substantially ignored or condoned. To appreciate fully the disastrous impact of defendants' actions upon the desegregation of America's public colleges and universities, it is necessary to trace briefly the history of this 12 year-old litigation. This case was filed in 1970 as a result of the failure of the former Department of Health, Edu cation and Welfare to enforce the provisions of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d et seq. More than nine years ago, in November of 1972 and February of 1973, this Court held that HEW had failed to meet its statutory obligations under Title VI. Adams v. Richardson, 351 F.Supp. 636 (D.D.C. 1972) and 356 F.Supp. 92 (D.D.C. 1973). HEW had between January 1969 and February 1970 concluded that ten states which previously practiced de jure segregation were still operating racially segregated systems of public higher education, and had required each state to submit a desegrega tion plan within 120 days. However, HEW had then completely ignored the failure of those states to submit adequate plans; indeed, five states had submitted no plan at all. HEW had taken no administrative enforcement action whatsoever, and had continued to advance federal funds to the higher education systems of all ten states. Adams v. Richardson, supra, 356 F.Supp. at 94. This Court granted declaratory and injunctive relief to compel HEW to comply with Title VI, including a requirement that the defendants commence enforcement proceed ings or utilize other lawful means to achieve desegregation of the states' higher education systems. Ibid. In June of 1973, the en banc Court of Appeals affirmed this Court's order with minor modifications. Adams v. Richard son , 480 F.2d 1159 (D.C. Cir. 1973)(en banc). The Court found it "regrettable" that HEW had "not yet formulated guidelines for desegregating state-wide systems of higher learning," id. at 1164, and declared that defendants would no longer be per mitted to neglect their responsibility under Title VI, ibid. In a passage of particular importance to the instant motion, the Court of Appeals further held in its 1973 en banc decision that "[t]he problem of integrating higher education must be dealt with on a state-wide rather than a school-by school basis." at 1164. Thus for nine years the law of this Circuit has required defendants to compel not merely elimination of "discriminatory admissions policies of individual - 2 - institutions," but more importantly comprehensive planning to remedy effectively "the more complex problem of system-wide racial imbalance" in each state. at 1164-65 n.10. The Court of Appeals additionally declared in 1973 that [plerhaps the most serious problem in this area is the lack of state-wide planning to provide more and better trained minority group doctors, lawyers, engineers and other professionals. A predicate for minority access to qua lity post-graduate programs is a viable, coordinated state-wide higher educa tion policy that takes into account the special problems of minority stu dents and of Black colleges. Id. at 1164-65. The Court thus indicated to defendants both the type of planning and the type of results which they must require of the states in order to achieve compliance with Title VI. Four years after the decision of the Court of Appeals, this Court held that plans accepted by defendants in compliance with that decision were inadequate because they "did not meet impor tant desegregation requirements" and had "failed to achieve significant progress toward higher education desegregation." Adams v. Califano, 430 F.Supp. 118, 119 (D.D.C. 1977). Holding that defendants were required to obtain from each state "speci fic commitments necessary for a workable higher education desegregation plan," the Court directed defendants to formulate final guidelines for acceptable desegregation plans and to require each state to submit within 60 days thereafter a revised plan in compliance with those guidelines. at 121. The Court further cited and quoted the en banc Court of Appeals' holdings requiring statewide planning to provide more black professionals and to deal with the special problems of traditionally black institutions. Id. at 120. And the Court specifically directed - 3 - defendants "to devise criteria for higher education desegrega tion plans which will take into account the unique importance of Black colleges and at the same time comply with the Congressional mandate [of Title VI]." Ibid♦ The Criteria were thus promulgated und^r compulsion from this Court and the Court of Appeals. Indeed, the language of the Criteria reflects this fact and concedes that the specific terms of the guidelines are to a considerable extent controlled by the decisions in this case. For example, the Criteria recognize that "[t]he Court of Appeals in its en banc opinion in Adams directed HEW [now DE] to undertake a statewide approach and noted the serious problem created by the lack of viable statewide coordinated planning in higher education." 43 Fed. Reg. at 6659. On this basis, the Criteria require not only that each institution pursue nondiscriminatory student admission and faculty and staff employment practices, but also that the state system as a whole develop a comprehensive and coordinated statewide desegregation plan embodying those specific affirmative, remedial steps which will prove effective in achieving significant progress toward the disestablishment of the structure of the dual system and which address the problem of "systemwide racial im balance" [quoting Adams, 480 F.2d at 1165 n.10]. Ibid. Similarly, the Criteria cite and quote the holdings of this Court and the Court of Appeals requiring plans that will produce greater numbers of black professionals and enhance the traditionally black colleges. 43 Fed. Reg. at 6660. The Criteria expressly concede that as the Court has instructed, the transi tion to a unitary system must not be ac complished by placing a disproportionate burden upon black students, faculty, or institutions or by reducing the educa tional opportunities available to blacks. Ibid. - 4 - As pointed out in the Motion for Further Relief, the specific requirements of the Criteria themselves, as set forth in a summary issued by defendants on the day of their release, are the following: — Traditionally black institutions must be strengthened in quality so that they attract students for non-racial reasons; — State systems must eliminate educationally unnecessary program duplication; — Some new "high demand" programs must be placed on traditionally black campuses; — The state must achieve parity in the rate of black and white students entering the higher education system; — The state must increase the number of black students at traditionally white institutions; — The state must achieve parity in the number of black and white graduates of state colleges who enter state graduate schools; — The proportion of white students attending traditionally black colleges must be increased; — the state must increase mobility of students between the state's two-and four-year institutions; — The state must increase the percentage of black academic and nonacademic employees in the system and increase the number of black representatives on governing boards. HEW Involvement in Desegregation of State Higher Education Systems, HEW NEWS, Office for Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, February 2, 1978. Defendants have paid little attention, as the Motion for Further Relief makes abundantly clear, to these specifics as well as to the general thrust of the Criteria. - 5 - Perhaps of paramount importance to this motion is the Criteria's recognition that the decisions in this case require defendants not only to promulgate guidelines but also to enforce them rigorously. For example, the Criteria cite the Court's oral'directive of January 17, 1977: what I want them [defendants] to do ... is be under the compulsion of a court order to submit to the states certain specific requirements which the states must respond to... Id. at 6659 (emphasis added). The Criteria thus reflect the Court's very clear intent in requiring their creation; to end once and for all the defendants' long-standing failure to operate under standards. As we demonstrate in the instant motion, defendants have abandoned the Criteria and especially the above-quoted passages. Many of the original Adams states are not comply ing with the Criteria, yet DE has not initiated enforcement proceedings. Findings as to a second group of states were finally issued in January of 1981, pursuant to a consent order entered only after plaintiffs had filed a motion for 1/further relief demanding their issuance;” but some of those findings did not uniformly require submission of, statewide plans, and several states to this day have not yet submitted such plans. The current Administration has accepted plans which do not meet the Criteria, and has failed to require corrective measures to implement earlier approved plans even where it is obvious that the plans and the Criteria are being flouted. Defendants simply treat the Criteria as 1/ See Consent Order of December 18, 1980, - 6 - though they do not exist. Thus, after 12 years of litigation, we must regrettably seek relief from this Court once again. Nine years after this Court's original decision and its affirmance by the Court of Appeals, and five years after this Court's Second Supplemental Order requiring promulgation of the Criteria, we are faced with an Administration that has ignored the holdings of this case. The law of this case requires that defendants promulgate and enforce guidelines for desegregation of public higher education. 2/ and at present those guidelines are the Criteria. The Adminis tration now in office may not like the Criteria, but it is under a duty to apply them unless and until such time as they are formally revised and amended through proper procedures subject to review by the courts in this case; any such revision or amendment would, of course, have to comport fully with the holdings of the Court of Appeals and this Court described above. The one thing that defendants clearly cannot do under the law of this case is precisely what they are doing at present. Defendants may not simply sit on their hands and pretend that the Criteria are inoperative or need not be enforced. By so doing, defendants have regressed to the era without standards that existed for many years before the decisions in this case. They have, in effect, treated those decisions as a nullity. 2/ In one state. North Carolina, an enforcement proceeding Tnitiated by the previous Administration with respect to the State's four-year colleges and universities was aborted pursuant to a settlement that flagrantly disregarded the Criteria. On June 25, 1981, this Court denied on jurisdictional grounds plaintiffs' motion for a temporary restraining order and pre liminary injunction enjoining defendants from entering into the settlement agreement. Plaintiffs' appeal from the Court's order was argued on January 8, 1982, and is still pending. - 7 - This Court should grant further relief to require defendants to obey the holdings of this case and to live up to their legal obligation to desegregate this Nation's system of public higher educat ion. Respectfully submitted. Jack Greenberg James M. Nabrit, III Joel Berger 10 Columbus Circle New York, New York 10019 Tel. (212) 586-8397 Joseph L. Rauh, Jr. John Silard Elliott C. Lichtman Rauh, Silard and Lichtman, P.C. 1001 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20036 Tel. (202) 331-1795 Attorneys for Plaintiffs CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE , , I hereby certify that a copy of the Points of Authorities in Support of Plaintiffs' Motion for Further Relief was served by hand this ____ Day of May, 1982, upon Department of Justice, Room 3734, Constitution Avenue beteeen 9th and 10th Streets, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20530. Joseph L. Rauh, Jr. IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA KENNETH ADAMS, et al.. Plaintiffs, V. TERREL H. BELL, et al.. Defendants. ) ) ) Civil Action No. 70-3095 ) ) ORDER Plaintiffs having filed a Motion for Further Relief re quiring defendants to enforce the Revised Criteria Specifying the Ingredients of Acceptable Plans to Desegregate State Systems of Public Higher Education, 43 Fed. Reg. 6658 (February 15, 1978), the Court having considered said Motion and the Points of Authorities filed by plaintiffs in support thereof, and the Court having further considered all papers submitted by defendants in opposition, and This Court finding that the defendants have abandoned the Revised Criteria of February 15, 1978, without public notice and without order of this Court, and have accepted plans which violate said Revised Criteria, IT IS HEREBY ORDERED this ___ day of ____________ , 1 982, that defendants, their successors, agents and employees, are directed 1. To announce publicly and notify each of the previ ously ^ jure segregated states within 10 days from the date of this Order that the Revised Criteria of February 15, 1978, are in full force and effect; 2. To require any state not in compliance with said Revised Criteria to submit within 90 days a new plan for coming into compliance with said Revised Criteria; 3. To determine within the following 60 days whether the newly submitted plan complies with said Revised Criteria, and 4. To commence no later than 150 days from the date of this Order enforcement proceedings with respect to any state failing to submit a plan that complies with said Revised Criteria. UNITED STATES DISTRICT JUDGE - 2 - M E M O R A N D U M March 9, 1982 TO: Jean Fairfax FROM: Joel Berger RE: Motion for Further Plans of Delaware, Relief in Adams v. Bell: West Virginia and Missouri Introduction In Adams v. Richardson, 480 F.2d 1159, 1164 (D.C. Cir. 1973) (en banc), the Court explicitly held that "[t]he problem of integrating higher education must be dealt with on a state-wide rather than a school-by-school basis." Adams requires not merely elimination of "discriminatory admissions policies of individual institutions," but rather comprehensive planning to effectively remedy "the more complex problem of system-wide racial imbalance" in each state. 480 F.2d at 1164-65 n. 10. The Revised Criteria Specifying The Ingredients of Acceptable Plans To Desegregate State Systems of Public Higher Education, 43 Fed. Reg. 6658, 6659 (Feb. 15, 1978), state that "[t]he Court of Appeals in its en banc opinion in Adams directed HEW [now the Department of Edu cation (DE)] to undertake a statewide approach and noted the serious problem created by the lack of viable statewide coordinated planning in higher education." Accordingly, the Revised Criteria require not only that each institution pursue nondiscriminatory student admission and faculty and staff employment practices, but also that the state system as a whole develop a compre hensive and coordinated statewide desegregation plan embodying those specific affirmative, re medial steps which will prove effective in achieving significant progress toward the dis establishment of the structure of the dual system and which address the problem of "systemwide racial imbalance" [quoting Adams, 480 F.2d at 1165 n.lO] . Ibid. In total disregard of this requirement, the Department of Education in 1981 directed the states of Delaware, Missouri and VJest Virginia to submit plans that were not statewide in scope but rather dealt with only a handful of institutions within the complex public higher educational systems of those states. As a result, DE has failed to ensure that the systems in question will be effectively desegregated on a statewide basis. Delaware In a letter to Governor Pierre S. DuPont IV, apparently dated VJanuary 15, 1981, DE Regional Civil Rights Director Dewey E. Dodds (Region III) directed submission of a plan for desegregation of the traditionally white University of Delaware (UD) and the traditionally black Delaware State College (DSC). However, Mr. Dodds did not re- 1/ Although our copy is undated, it is my understanding that most of the letters from DE regional directors to governors of the "second tier" Adams states were dated January 15, 1981. quire the state to specifically address the problems of desegregation within Delaware's Community College System. Mr. Dodds claimed (p.6) that "[b]ecause the schools in the Delaware Community College System were not established as part of the State's former ^ jure system, and no community college campus is racially identifiable by its current student enrollment or faculty employment, they are not included as part of the violation of Title VI [of the Civil Rights Act of 1964]." Such reasoning is, of course, entirely specious. Most state sup ported systems of higher education have expanded by leaps and bounds since the days of ^ jure segregation, and if every campus opened since the ^ jure era were exempted from Title VI Adams would lose all mean ing. As for the failure of Delaware to provide DE with data concerning the community colleges, that is hardly grounds for exempting them from coverage. Although Mr. Dodds requested the state to "take account of the effect that remedial measures applied to one institution will have on other institutions (two-year and four-year) sharing the same service area," he added that the community colleges "should have a relatively minor role in a statewide plan" and directed that they be discussed only to the extent necessary "for an effective remedy." (Letter of January 15, 1981 to Governor DuPont, p.6.) The Delaware authorities, taking their cue from DE, submitted a plan on September 17, 1981, which focuses almost exclusively upon UD and DSC and virtually ignores the community colleges. The failure to address the Delaware system of public higher edu cation on a statewide basis seriously undermines the effort to dese- 3 - segregate UD and DSC. For example, we alleged in our objections to the Delaware plan, filed on September 28, 1981, that there is duplication of programs between the primarily white Delaware Technical and Commu nity College (DTCC) Terry campus in Dover and DSC (also located in Dover). DE did not deny this claim in its response to our objections, but rather stated only that UD does not offer courses at the DTCC Dover branch (DE Response of November 18, 1981, p.3). This response is com pletely inadequate. With DTCC in Dover operating at a 78.3% white enrollment in 1980, and DSC still 63% black (74.6% black in full-time 2/enrollment), any duplication of programs could be fatal to the effort to attract white students from the area to DSC. Similarly, DTCC's Wilmington campus is 30.5% black at a time when UD, also located in the Wilmington region, still has an undergraduate enrollment of only 3.2% b l a c k . Y e t the interrelationship of DTCC Wilmington and UD is ignored by the Delaware plan. With the population of Wilmington at 46% black (see our objections to the Delaware plan, p.l), the inability of UD to attract black enrollment cannot possibly be addressed in a comprehensive fashion without taking into account the existence of a 30.5% black community college in the same region.”'4/ 2/ See Delaware Title VI Compliance Plan, Exhibit One (Sept. 28,1981) . 3/ Ibid. £/ Curiously, Exhibit One to Delaware's plan reveals that a smaller DTCC campus in the Wilmington region, located at Stanton, has a black enrollment of only 8.3%. This suggests the emergence of dualism within the DTCC system itself. - 4 Missouri In a letter to Governor Christopher Bond, dated January 15, 1981, DE Regional Civil Rights Director Jesse High (Region VII) directed submission of a plan for desegregation of only three of Missouri's 28 institutions of public higher education: the University of Missouri at Columbia (the state university's flagship institution), the University of Missouri at Rolla (the state engineering school), and Southeast Missouri State University (one of nine State campuses serving regional and commuter service areas). As noted in our objections, filed with DE on August 13, 1981, enrollment data annexed to Mr. High's letter itself (Table I) esta blishes the inadequacy of DE's directive. The data reveals, for ex ample, a wide disparity in the black enrollment rate at the two four- year institutions in St. Louis: the University of Missouri at St. Louis is 12.4% black, whereas Harris-Stowe College, which traces its roots to the traditionally black Stowe Teachers College of the ^ jure era, remains 75.1% black. Similarly, there are significant disparities in the black enrollment rates at the various community colleges within the Kansas City and St. Louis regions: the four Kansas City area com munity colleges range from 0.9% black at Maplewoods to 66% black at Pioneer, and the three St. Louis area community colleges range from 3.7% at Meramec to 54% at Forest Park. Our objections to DE also cited a recent report, prepared by the Missouri Commission on Human Rights, which further demonstrates the need for statewide planning addressing the problems of the St. Louis and Kansas City areas as well as the three institutions for which DE - 5 - required a plan. The Commission's February 1980 Report on Graduates from the University of Missouri, Missouri State Universities and Colleges in May and June 1979 reveals that only 7% of the bachelor's degrees granted by the University of Missouri at St. Louis in the spring of 1979 were conferred upon black students; thus, while the 1978 black enrollment rate set forth in Table I of Mr. High's letter is 12.4%, there appear to be serious retention and promotion problems for blacks at that institution. Given the fact that the City of St. Louis is 45.6% black according to the 1980 census, the adequacy of Missouri's desegregation efforts in that region is highly suspect. According to the Commission, the University of Missouri at Kansas City granted only 5.4% of its bachelor's degrees to blacks, in contrast to the 7.7% black enrollment rate stated in Mr. High's letter. Kansas City is 27.4% black according to the 1980 census. Quite apart from the failure to address the problems of St. Louis and Kansas City, the absence of a state-wide plan could undermine the state's efforts to achieve desegregation on the three campuses cited by DE as requiring remedial action. For example, the University of Missouri at Columbia is relatively near Moberly College, which at 11% black enrollment is the most integrated community college outside of St. Louis and Kansas City (see High letter. Table I). A comprehensive statewide plan would seek to benefit from the presence of integrated two-year institutions in the region of a segregated university, while at the same time guarding against the possibility of erosion of the two-year school's programs. There are several two and four-year institutions of public higher education in the general vicinity of the - 6 - three universities cited by DE. Thus, the piecemeal approach of DE not only ignores the serious problems existing in the St. Louis and Kansas City regions, but will also hinder progress even at the three insti tutions which have been declared in violation of Title VI by DE. West Virginia In a letter to Governor John D. Rockefeller IV, apparently dated VJanuary 6, 1981, DE Regional Civil Rights Director Dodds directed submission of a plan limited solely to the traditionally white West Virginia University (WVU). In footnote 3 on page 3 of that letter, Mr. Dodds conceded that thirteen other state-supported institutions of higher education in West Virginia "employ very few blacks on their faculties and staffs." Nonetheless, DE did not require West Virginia to submit a statewide plan. The Revised Criteria, 43 Fed. Reg. at 6662, require that each state "commit the state system to the goal of increasing the number and proportion of black employees, academic and non-academic, through out the system ..." The thirteen institutions cited by Mr. Dodds constitute 65.1% of the West Virginia higher educational system in 6/terms of enrollment, yet DE chose to ignore the problem. DE merely announced in footnote 3 of Mr. Dodds' letter that it would turn the 5/ Our copy is undated. Secretary Bell's letter of June 22, 1981, to Elliot Lichtman, rejecting our objections, states that the letter was dated January 6, 1981. 6/ See Appendix A to Mr. Dodds' letter. Employment statistics were not provided. - 7 matter of employment discrimination over to the Office of Federal Contract Com.pliance Programs of the Department of Labor, a gross abdication of responsibility which is totally at oods with the Revised Criteria and Adams. It goes without saying that a college's progress in desegregating faculty and other professional staff positions is crucial to the overall progress of desegregation. The plan submitted by West Virginia on May 5, 1981, in response to Mr. Dodds' letter, is limited solely to W U and provides absolutely no data concerning the state's 15 other public institutions of higher education. Accordingly, it is impossible for us to evaluate DE's claim that progress is satisfactory at all institutions except ViVU. We can only note that since WVU's 1978 enrollment of 14,581 constitutes 24.7% of the statewide total (see Appendix A to Mr. Dodds' letter), it is inconceivable that affirmative action at that institution will have no impact upon the others. WVU is the very heart of this state's system, rather than one of several large facilities. Even assuming arguendo that the other schools are making adequate progress at this time, a genuine effort by WVU to attract black students and faculty will in variably draw blacks from these schools. Accordingly, the need for statewide planning and monitoring remains critical. Conclusion The failure of DE to require statewide plans for Delaware, Missouri and West Virginia is a radical departure from the Revised Criteria and a violation of the holding of the D.C. Circuit in Adams. Progress in each of these three states will suffer severely because of DE's refusal to direct the submission of comprehensive and coordinated plans that address desegregation on a statewide basis. cc: Joseph L. Rauh, Jr,, Esq. Elliot C. Lichtman, Esq. - 9 - '̂V£ ka s (X-c- ĉ. jtr^ .Lt sj ~~ft^ ut c-c . S’jr / I 3^L O/JLla, 0^ /I /f' /ho'î o! 11 >/'' t-' ĉxĵ -T (/-?(->; f w j Ic-j (ĵ ^ y 7 ? ^ /iCi<L- /H .y' } y \ ^ s acc-e^ t x JtjxL^ Oki^^ W - id x x t . LAJ Cî Icî /ji 11 * (̂ 1 c u t ^ ^ I n A / ^ L^ f iuC j A - ^ c n A ot !I OLt^ Az>/'jciX̂ v OhvX X i a i l r h t ^ J 1k al^oo-c s e c fh >ke_ a c < u i i l l ,u ^ CP! , o u u ^ " A 'u I L a v i i i = ^ h L , ^X CA^m -U S ( fy\C)CU\̂ j4 r - s /l4t c> 1 1 I ~C" X ^ l / ( (~~̂ I ' (X Q ul^ 'Ap ̂ itC L c^ j j ( CJ?_ l l i T j /VHUL^Ly,^ 1 a7 ~ ' / i l7 3 OF^F^ ilT ~ 6 u , Q .y J li„ ;j---Hr S Ouu^ Luja. If UJ /cr 7^ 7" / b iA-t- / -• C A L ) s/ I ou a J!-^ ̂ c7 S ' ( Id I -c rfe z . X ' c x u X I s L - < ^ X X t '~ h I l A ~ h r ^ X - t a \ y U ^ t r x ^ ^ c x s i ^ l i s"jAij<L>-1''̂ C 0- I ̂ (A ( T I tXTX la/̂ ( ĉ a P y X r L o t J T X L c . c c , - f t r C o x XA . J. M E M O R A N D U M February 9, 1982 TO: Joseph Rauh James Nabrit Joel Berger Bill Lee Brent Simmons FROM: Jean Fairfax RE: Adams V . Bell: MOTION FOR FURTHER RELIEF The purpose of this memo is to set forth what we can document and how we can make this a manageable task if the Motion is to be filed on March 19. I have tens of thousands of pieces of paper, statistical and narrative reports, received from the Adams states through the Department of Education (DE), plus other materials from other sources. All of this cannot be analyzed so my objective is to isolate the essential issues and concentrate on the data that will support our charges. Listed below is my outline of the charges - not in any order of priority - and my recommendations for documenting them within our timeframe: 1. Having identified in the Criteria the key indicies for progress toward eliminating vestiges of the dual system and having required commitments and measures from six states, DE has repeatedly failed to take action against states that have not shown sufficient progress or have regressed in the implementation of their plans. A. Re: Virginia, Georgia, Oklahoma, Arkansas, North Carolina Community College System 1. A checklist of the indicies of progress listed below will be used to ascertain non-implementa tion of the state plan or regression. Where we have letters from DE regional offices that re veal that DE knew of noncompliance but has not exercised or threatened sanctions or that DE is not pressing any more on certain issues, this lack of enforcement will be noted. I plan to review the letters sent to these states late in 1980, their responses and their summer 1981 reports. 2. Indices: a. Reducing disparity in college going rates b. Increasing black enrollment in 4-year TWI and reducing black/white disparities in rates of enrollment by 50% c. Reducing disparity in retention d. Increasing black enrollment in graduate/pro- fessional programs and reducing disparities in black/white rates of enrollment from bac calaureate level. e. Increasing the black presence in positions not requiring the doctorate to equal pro portion of black recipients of master's de grees f. Increasing blacks in all positions to equal their availability in the labor market; focus v;ill be on faculty, administrative and professional nonfaculty positions and will include hiring statistics g. Increase of blacks in governance h. Enhancement of the TBI's: facilities, new programs, elimination of program duplication i. Integration goals for TBI's j. Statewide measures to accomplish the above: state funds; state level monitoring. 2. Responsibility: Fairfax 3. Deadline: March 1 II. Having made a finding that Florida was not making sufficient progress and indeed had become more segregated, DE approved a revised plan that was weaker than the 1977 plan in key respects. 1. My analysis of spring 1981 should be updated with information from the summer 1981 report from Florida. - 2 - 2. Responsibility: Fairfax 3. Deadline: March 8 III. Having determined that voluntary negotiations could not result in an acceptable plan from North Carolina, HEW and later DE proceeded with administrative hearxngs. These hearings were abruptly ended with the negotiation of a consent agreement that was signed into an order by Judge Dupree. The plan in that order ignores key requirements of the Criteria, does not address issues raised in the hearing, has established a bad precedent for Title VI compliance and undermines the jurisdic tion of this Court and the Court of Appeals. 1. Responsibility: All of us. Most of the work has been done in papers already filed with the Court. I would be willing to read UNO's report to Dupree to ascertain whether it provides fur ther evidence of the danger of withdrawing Federal oversight. Should we ask Brent to do a memo on DE's major charges in the hearings that are not addressed in the consent order. 2. Deadline: March 8 IV. DE has approved new plans that violate the Court of Appeals Order requiring a statewide approach. (Delaware, Missouri, West Virginia) 1. Responsibility: Joel Berger 2. Deadline: March 1 V. DE has approved new plans that ignore key requirements in the Criteria. (Kentucky, South Carolina) 1. Responsibility: Fairfax 2. Deadline: Depends on how much reworking of my earlier analyses will be required. - 3 - VI. DE is in contempt of court for violating deadlines. Pennsylvania) (Texas These states may have moved into earlier categories by March 1. Communications between DE and Pennsylvania strongly indicate that both parties will come up with a plan substantially short of requirements in the January 1981 letter from DE to Pennsylvania. VII. What can we charge re Alabama and Ohio. DE could legally turn them over to Justic although we are convinced this was a stalling trick. VIII. Can we make a charge re Maryland? JF/11